Full text of "Bulletin of Wake Forest University"

Lie-

BULLETIN OF
WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY

CATALOG ISSUE

WINSTON-SALEM

NORTH CAROLINA

*zrsrss*'

JANUARY 1975

FOR STUDENTS ENTERING IN
ACADEMIC YEAR 1975-76

Wait Chapel

New Series

January 1975

Vol. LXX, No. 1

BULLETIN OF

WAKE FOREST W I 3 3
UNIVERSITY

>*rsssff'

GENERAL CATALOG ISSUE

ONE HUNDRED FORTIETH YEAR
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1975-76

The Bulletin of Wake Forest University is published seven times annually by

the University at Winston-Salem, North Carolina. Correspondence and

changes of address notices should be mailed to Wake Forest

University, Winston-Salem, N. C, 27109 (or 27103

for Bowman Gray School of Medicine).

Second-class postage paid at Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109

CORRESPONDENCE

Inquiries to the University should be addressed as indicated
below:

Admissions Director of Admissions

Alumni Affairs Director of Alumni Affairs

Athletics Director of Athletics

Business Administration

and Management Dean of Babcock Graduate

School of Management

Catalogs Director of Admission

Financial Matters Vice President for

Business and Finance

General Policy of the

University President

Gifts and Bequests President

Graduate Studies Dean of the Graduate School

Housing Director of Housing

Law Dean of School of Law

Medicine Director of Admissions

Bowman Gray School of
Medicine, Winston-Salem,
N. C. 27103

Placement Director of Placement

Public Relations and

Development Program President

Scholarships Committee on Scholarships

Student Affairs Dean of the College

Summer Session Dean of Summer Session

Transcripts Registrar

All addresses, except Medicine, are:

Wake Forest University, Reynolda Station

Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109

CONTENTS

Page

General Information 7

Admission 14

Admissions, of Freshmen, Transfer Candidates, Summer
School, Graduate and Professional Schools

Fees and Expenses 20

Tuition & Fees, Housing Charges, Estimated Personal
Expenses

Financial Assistance 24

Scholarships, Loans and part-time employment, Veterans
benefits

Educational Resources 37

History, physical facilities, libraries, art collection

Student Community 56

College Union, Student Government, Honor System, Re-
sidence Councils, Debating, Dramatics, Musical Activities,
Publications, Radio Station, Religious opportunities, Social
Clubs, Fraternities, Societies, Special Lectures, Sports, In-
tramural Athletics, Inter-collegiate Athletics, Medals and
other Awards

Services 69

Advising and orientation, housing, food services, Reading
Improvement Program for University Students, health ser-
vice, placement, counseling and career advising, Human
Enterprises Institute, Urban Affairs Institute, Piedmont
University Center, The Institute of Literature, Ecumenical
Institute, Robinson Lectures, University Artists Series,
Navy ROC program

General Academic Information 79

Honors

Wake Forest Abroad

Courses at Salem College

Requirements for Degrees:

Academic Standards and Regulations 92

Courses in the College 106

Graduate and Professional Schools 192

Graduate School

Babcock Graduate School of Management

School of Law

Bowman Gray School of Medicine

Summer Session"

Trustees and Committees 208

Officers of the Administration 211

Faculty and Standing Committees 216

Degrees Conferred 257

Enrollment and Geographical Distribution 279

Index of Topics 281

1975

MAY

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27 28 29 30 31

JUNE

12 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

29 30

JULY

12 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

27 28 29 30 31

AUGUST l 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

17 18 19 20 21 22 23

24 25 26 27 28 29 30

SEPTEMBER

12 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30

OCTOBER

12 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 23 24 25

26 27 28 29 30 31

NOVEMBER i

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 22

23 24 25 26 27 28 29

DECEMBER

12 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30 31

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

Summer Session 1975

May

Monday

Registration First Term

May

Monday

Classes begin

June

Saturday

First Term ends

June

Monday

Registration Second Term

June

Monday

Classes begin

August

Saturday

Second Term ends

FALL TERM 1975

August

Friday

Residence halls open;
cafeteria open

August

Sunday

Orientation for new
freshmen and transfers

August
August

25
26

Monday "]
Tuesday i

..Registration

August

Wednesday

Classes begin

August

Thursday

Convocation

September

Friday

Last day for
adding courses

September

Thursday

1 grades of last
spring become F
Last day for dropping
courses without
grade penalty

October

Friday "I

Registration for all

October

Saturday i

spring semester
courses: 4-week;
11-week; 15-week

November
November

27
30

Thursday
Sunday J

Thanksgiving Holiday

December

Monday

Classes resume

December

Thursday

Reading Day

December

Friday

Examinations begin

December

Friday

Examinations end

December
January

20
11

Saturday '
Sunday J

> Christmas recess

SPRING TERM 1976

1976

JANUARY

1 2 3

4 5 6 7

8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21

22 23 24

25 26 27 28 29 30 31

FEBRUARY

12 3 4

5 6 7

8 9 10 11

12 13 14

15 16 17 18

19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

MARCH

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9 10

11 12 13

14 15 16 17

18 19 20

21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30 31

APRIL

1 2 3

4 5 6 7

8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27 28 29 30

MAY

2 3 4 5

6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 22

23 24 25 26 27 28 29

30 31

January 12 Monday

January 15 Thursday

January 26 Monday

February
February

February
February
March

March
April
April
April

April
April
May
May
May
May

Monday
Monday

12 Thursday

23 Monday

9 Tuesday

26 Saturday

4 Sunday

5 Monday
15 Thursday

}

Classes begin for

4-week and 15-week

courses
Last day to add

or drop 4-week

courses
Last day for

adding 15-week

courses
Classes begin for

11-week term
I grades of last

fall become F

Last day for

dropping courses

without grade penalty:

15-week term
Founders' Day

Convocation
Last day to add courses

in 11-week term
Last day for

dropping courses

without grade penalty:

11 week-term

Spring recess

5 Monday

17 Saturday

3 Monday

May
May

Classes resume
Last day for payment
of reservation deposit
for next year
Sophomore conferences

with advisers
Examinations begin
5 Wednesday Reading Day
11 Tuesday Examinations end

13 Thursday Senior grades due

in Registrar's office

16 Sunday Baccalaureate Sermon

17 Monday Graduation

OVERVIEW

WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY is composed of a college of Arts and
Sciences, a Graduate School, a School of Law, the Bowman Gray
School of Medicine, and the BabcocK Graduate School of Man-
agement. The University is privately endowed and affiliated with
the Baptist State Convention of North Carolina; it is dedicated
to the service of humanity. Its present rank among the best of
the small private universities is the result of long and dedicated
effort by hundreds of friends, faculty, alumni, and generous
benefactors.

Wake Forest provides an atmosphere where students can pu rsue
personal development to the maximum degree of individual
capabilities. Proud of its heritage and circumspect in the responsi-
ble use of freedom, Wake Forest is eager to encourage the spirit of
free inquiry.

It seeks faculty and administrators who have a commitment to
the search for knowledge, who have an awareness of their
own responsibilities as useful citizens in a free society, and who
have a sense of obligation to the students who will be leaders of
tomorrow.

It invites applicants who are willing to accept the challenge of
new ideas and those with a commitment to education as the means
of achieving their own personal development and of helping to
solve the perplexing problems of our increasingly complex soci-
ety. It seeks students who are intellectually equipped to participate
in a community of scholars and who find satisfaction in the life of
the mind.

It believes that all students should know something of the physi-
cal world and the scientific method by which data are gathered,
verified and organized; that they should be knowledgeable about
the societal relationships which make upthe adult world; thatthey
must cultivate the heritage of the past and be concerned about
their spiritual, moral and physical development; and that as
graduates they should be able to communicate effectively in all
areas with their fellowmen.

It instills in men and women a sense of the dignity and worth of
the individual, a love of freedom, an awareness of the continuity
and interrelationships of human society, and a sense of responsi-

INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES

bility toward others. Its graduates have achieved distinction as
minsters, teachers, lawyers, physicians, business people, jour-
nalists and in a host of other occupations.

Recognizing the importance of providing students with an op-
portunity to enrich their undergraduate experience through study
in other cultures, Wake Forest has instituted programs in France,
India, Italy and Spain. These programs are supervised on a rotating
basis by several academic departments and therefore vary from
time to time. Approximately twenty students each semester study
in Venice and in Dijon and pursue four courses under the direc-
tion of a regular member of the University Faculty. Wake Forest
students participate in the Experiment for International Living
programs.

Interdisciplinary Studies

Wake Forest offers the Open Curriculum and an Interdiscipli-
nary Honors program designed for the superior student. The Open
Curriculum eliminates the basic and divisional requirements, and
the student, with the help of an adviser, may devise his own
curriculum.

Interdisciplinary honors courses, designed to broaden the
student's knowledge, overlap several departments and are taught
by professors from different disciplines. The participants usually
schedule three interdisciplinary honors seminars and later con-
centrate on departmental honors work in their major fields.

Students, however, who are not candidates for departmental hon-
ors and who have completed four interdisciplinary seminars and
have met certain other requirements will be graduated with "Hon-
ors in the Arts and Sciences."

Departmental Honors Program

Many departments offer specialized honors programs for highly
qualified majors. Admission to an Honors Program is by applica-
tion to and with the consent of the department. The minimum
requirement is a grade point average of not less than 3.0 on all
college work and 3.3 on all work in the major. Beyond these
stipulations, a department may at its discretion impose such addi-
tional requirements as the completion of specific courses, an hon-
ors seminar on honors research, an independent study project and
a comprehensive examination on the special project. The specific

CREATIVE ARTS

requirements of each department are listed with the course re-
quirements for the major.

The Graduate School

The Graduate School offers in the School of Arts and Sciences
work leading to the Master of Arts degree, the Master of Arts in
Education, and the Doctor of Philosophy (currently offered only in
Biology and Chemistry). The Master of Science and the Doctor of
Philosophy are offered through programs at the Bowman Gray
School of Medicine.

The Professional Schools

The Juris Doctor degree is awarded by the Wake Forest Univer-
sity School of Law to those students who successfully complete the
required three-year program. In addition to the M.D. degree, the
Bowman Gray School of Medicine also offers the Ph.D. degree in
the fields of Anatomy, Biochemistry, Microbiology, Pharmaecol-
ogy, Physiology, and Comparative and Experimental Pathology.

The Babcock Graduate School of Management offers programs
leading to either the Master of Business Administration degree or
to the Master of Management degree upon successful completion
of two years of study.

More detailed information about courses, costs, and plans of
instruction in these professional schools may be secured by writ-
ing directly to the school concerned.

Creative Arts

The University offers many opportunities for creative expression
and participation. Writers may contribute to one of the three
University publications. The Old Gold and Black, the student
newspaper published weekly since 1916, has a long tradition in
collegiate journalism. The Student, published since 1882, appears
four times a year and is the offici?i literary magazine of the Univer-
sity. It publishes fiction, poetry, and articles about campus life and
contemporary living. The Howler, the college yearbook, was first
published in 1903.

Debating at Wake Forest is conducted under the auspices of the
Speech Communications and Theatre Arts Department. Emphasis
is placed upon giving maximum participation to interested stu-

CREATIVE ARTS

dents. Twenty to thirty students usually receive intercollegiate
debating experience. Wake Forest debaters consistently win
top awards in major national and regional tournaments. Wake
Forest sponsors two college tournaments, a high school debate
tournament, and a workshop for high school students during the
summer.

The University Theatre has an active drama program and a
theatre laboratory where students produce new plays as well as
innovative interpretations of standard works. The Anthony Aston
Society and the Wake Forest Chapter of the National Collegiate
Players, an honorary dramatic fraternity, were formed in 1963.

Musicians may sing in the Chapel Choir, the Touring Choir, the
Madrigal Singers and the Opera Workshop; play in the Wake
Forest Little Symphony, Demon Deacon Marching Band, the Sym-
phonic Wind Ensemble, the Concert Band, the Basketball Varsity
Pep Band, the two Jazz Ensembles, the Percussion Ensemble, the
University Woodwind Quintet, or the Brass Quintet.

The University Artist Series presents a series of outstanding
concerts to the University community. The five concerts each
season are chosen so that in the four years a student is at the
University, he may attend concerts by a balanced range of artists.
Concerts are presented in Wait Chapel Auditorium, and students
are admitted without further charge upon presentation of the
Wake Forest Identification card. Among the recent outstanding
attractions have been Leontyne Price, Yehudi Menuhin, the Vi-
enna Symphony, the Cleveland Orchestra, Marcel Marceau , Alicia
de Larrocha, and the London Symphony.

Since 1964, the Institute of Literature has promoted the cause of
humane letters in special lectures which show something of the
diversity in unity which characterizes the literary heritage of the
West. The Institute has featured such outstanding figures as W. H.
Auden, Malcolm Cowley, James Dickey, V. S. Pritchett, Gilbert
Highet, Whitney Oates, Cedric Whitman and John Finley.

The Robinson Lectures, held biennially, have resulted in the
publication of a number of books, including the well known
Naming the Whirlwind by Langdon Gil key.

The Ecumenical Institute provides an academic setting for better
understanding and wider experience in religion in a pluralistic
society.

COMMUNITY AFFAIRS

The College Union provides a stimulating and challenging series
of lectures, musicians, artists and poets. Recent performers have
included Brooklyn Bridge, Bread, Livingston Taylor, The Byrds,
Mary Travers; Lecturers John Holt, Tom Muston, Bill Russell and a
film festival. The Union designates a portion of its funds for the
purchase of contemporary paintings, sculpture and graphics.

Sports

Recognizing the importance of recreation and fitness activities in
maintaining the well-being of students, the University provides an
opportunity for each student to develop his individual interest and
competence to the level of proficiency he desires. Women partici-
pate in twenty sports in two leagues and more than one-half of the
students take part in these programs. Men participate in nineteen
different sports in three separate leagues: fraternity, house, and
independent.

Varsity sports are vigorous and representative teams participate
in a full schedule in the following sports: football, basketball, track
and field, cross country, swimming, golf and tennis. Varsity teams
have always acquitted themselves well, but perhaps golf has been
the sport which has brought the most recognition.

Community Affairs

Wake Forest students have been active in community affairs. The
Urban Affairs Institute works with students in securing off-campus
learning experiences during the Winter Term. The city provides an
internship which enables students to work with various branches
of the City government. Still other students work with boys' clubs,
the city's Youth Council, and in kindergartens as student teachers.

The students sponsor Challenge, a biennial symposium on con-
temporary American affairs. Now in its ninth year, past Challenge
programs have considered such areas as "The Emerging World of
the American Negro," "The Implications of Prosperity," "The
Challenge of Survival: not man apart," and have brought such
speakers as Senator Edmund Muskie, Harvey Cox, Michael Har-
rington, Ralph Nader, Rene Dubos, Daniel Bell, and Senator John
Tunney.

LOCATION

Residential Housing

Accommodations for approximately 2500 men and women are
provided in the University residence halls. Davis, Taylor, Kitchin,
Poteat, Efird, and Huffman dormitories offer attractive living quar-
ters for men students on the central quadrangle, commonly called
the Plaza. Bostwick, Johnson, Babcock and a recently constructed
and as yet unnamed dormitory located in the south area of the
campus provide housing for approximately 800 women. Faculty
and student legislation relating to residence is provided in full in
The Student Handbook.

Location

Located in the Piedmont section of North Carolina, the college
campus proper occupies 320 acres, which are bordered by the
Reynolda Gardens annex consisting of 148 acres. There are 42
buildings, including four classroom buildings, several libraries,
nine dormitories, and twelve apartment buildings for faculty and
married students. Wake Forest is located in the northeast section
of Winston-Salem, acity of 135,000 inhabitants. In the Salem area of
the city the heritage goes back to the arrival of the Moravians in
1766, while in the Winston area it is a city of the new South. This
combination of cultural heritage and modern business and indus-
trial activity makes it a particularly attractive place for an educa-
tional institution.

In addition to the variety of cultural activities offered by the
campus community, there are two art galleries, a nature-science
center, the restored village of Old Salem, Reynolda House, an
accredited art museum housed in the former home of the late
industrialist, R. J. Reynolds, the Museum of Early Southern De-
corative Arts, the Winston-Salem Symphony, a community theatre,
and the Piedmont University Center.

PURPOSES AND OBJECTIVES

Purposes and Objectives

As an institution founded by the Baptist State Convention of
North Carolina, Wake Forest University seeks to shape its goals,
policies, and practices by Christian ideals. It seeks to help its
students become mature, well-informed and responsible persons.
It seeks to introduce its students to the cultural heritage of our
times, through a broad study of the humanities, the natural and
social sciences and mathematics, and through a concentration in at
least one academic discipline. It seeks to develop in its students
theability to think honestly and clearly, to use the English language
correctly, and to use at least one foreign language effectively. It
seeks to assist its students in building a system of values which
takes full account of the things of the spirit as well as things
material that they may become constructive and useful members
of society. Finally, it seeks to aid its students in achieving for
themselves a vital and relevant faith.

These purposes underlie the total academic program of the
University. Through them the University seeks to prepare its stu-
dents for careers in teaching, the ministry, law, medicine, busi-
ness, research, and other professions.

ADMISSION

A candidate for admission must furnish evidence of maturity and
educational achievement. The Committee on Admissions will give
careful consideration to the applicant's academic records, scores
on tests, and evidences of character, motivation, goals, and gen-
eral fitness for college.

Entrance From Secondary School

The secondary school program of each candidate must establish
his commitment to the kind of broad liberal education reflected in
the academic requirements of Wake Forest College.

The minimum requirement for admission to all degrees is gradu-
ation from an accredited secondary school with a minimum of 16
units of credit. It is strongly recommended that these sixteen units
include 4 units in English, 3 in mathematics, 2 in history and social
studies, 2 in one foreign language, and 1 in natural sciences, and
preference will normally be given to a student whose secondary
school record includes such a course distribution.

However, a student who presents at least 12 units of such college
preparatory subjects, but somewhat differently distributed, and
who otherwise appears to be highly qualified for admission to
Wake Forest College, will still be considered by the Committee on
Admissions.

APPLICATION FEE

A limited number of students may be admitted without the high
school diploma. Particular emphasis will be placed on the
applicant's ability, motivation, and maturity.

Application Procedures

1. The completed application should be filed at least eight months
prior to the date on which the applicant hopes to enroll at Wake
Forest, but not before September 1 of the senior year. Except in
case of emergency, the final date for making application for the
fall semester is August 5; for the spring semester, January 1.

2. The secondary school record of the applicant and the recom-
mendations of the appropriate school officials must be sent by
an official of the secondary school to the Director of Admissions
of Wake Forest College.

3. Each applicant must present a score (senior year preferred) on
the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examina-
tion Board. Information and applications for taking the test may
be secured from the secondary school or from the College
Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey,
08540 or Box 1025, Berkeley, California, 94701 . Test reports must
be sent from the test center; they may not be submitted by the
applicant.

Application Fee and Admissions Deposit

A fee of $15.00 to cover the cost of processing must accom-
pany the application. The fee will not be applied to later charges
in the event of acceptance; in the event of failure to be admitted
or of cancellation of the application, the fee will not be re-
funded. The University reserves the right to reject any applica-
tion without explanation.

When an applicant has received notice of acceptance for
admission or readmission to Wake Forest College, an admission
deposit of $100.00 must be sent to the Director of Admissions of
Wake Forest College not later than three weeks after the notice
of acceptance is mailed. Make checks payable to Wake Forest
University. This deposit will be credited toward the applicant's
college fees. It will be refunded if the application for admission
or readmission is cancelled by the applicant and a written re-
quest for refund is received by the Director of Admissions of

ADVANCED PLACEMENT

Wake Forest College not later than May 1 for the fall semester or
November 1 for the spring semester. Refunds will not be made
after these dates. Failure to pay the deposit within three weeks
after the letter of acceptance has been mailed will indicate that the
applicant does not intend to enter Wake Forest College.

If a student is accepted for admission or readmission after May 1
for the fall semester or after November 1 for the spring semester,
the admission deposit is due within two weeks of the date of
acceptance. Deposits made after May 1 and November 1 are not
refundable. *

No deposit is required of a student who expects to enroll for the
summer session only.

The Early Decision Plan

This plan is available to well qualified high school students who
at the close of their junior year have definitely decided that their
first choice college is Wake Forest. An Early Decision Agreement is
required with each application.

The application for early decision can be filed after completion
of the applicant's junior year but must be completed by late Oc-
tober of the senior year. It must include the high school record,
recommendations, and scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of
the College Entrance Examination Board. Although achievement
tests are not required, the Committee on Admission recommends
the applicant submit achievement tests, especially the test in En-
glish Composition, to supplement the application.

The Committee on Admissions will make decisions on applica-
tions as they are completed with all applicants being notified no
later than early November. If an applicant is accepted, the required
deposit must be paid by January 1. Those not admitted by early
decision will be asked to submit a senior year Scholastic Aptitude
Test score and the first semester's grades of their senior year, or
they will be advised to apply elsewhere.

Advanced Placement

Wake Forest University recognizes college-level work done in
high school by giving credit and placement on the basis of Ad-
vanced Placement Examinations of the College Entrance Ex-

ADMISSION

amination Board and such pertinent supplementary information as
may be available.

Exceptionally qualified applicants for advanced standing may
receive exemption from some basic courses with credit on the
authorization of the department concerned. For the purposes of
computing quality point ratios, etc., credit gained by advanced
standing examination is treated as credit transferred to Wake
Forest College from another college.

Dual Enrollment

A student who earns credit from an accredited college before he
or she is admitted to Wake Forest University as a freshman may
have that credit transferred to Wake Forest, provided that a grade
average of C or higher has been received and provided that the
course is approved by the appropriate department. If the student
receives a grade average of less than C on all work taken, the
student may petition the Executive Committee on the merits of his
case.

Admission To Advanced Standing

The number of transfer students that can be admitted each year
depends upon the availability of space in the sophomore and
junior classes.

An applicant for admission who has attended another college
must be a graduate of a standard junior college or must furnish a
certificate of honorable dismissal stating that the applicant is eligi-
ble in all respects to enter the college last attended, and must have
an overall average of at least C on all college work attempted.
These are minimum requirements for consideration. A student
who is admitted from another college before fully meeting the
prescribed admissions requirements for entering freshmen must
remove the entrance conditions during the first year at Wake
Forest.

Courses satisfactorily completed in other accredited colleges
are accepted under the regulations that have been adopted by
the faculty for the approval of such courses. In general, how-
ever, no credit is allowed for courses not found in the cur-
riculum of Wake Forest College. All credits allowed for ad-
vanced standing are held in suspense until the candidate has

GRADUATE ADMISSIONS

spent one term in residence. The minimum residence requirement
fora baccalaureate degree is two academicyears — the senioryear
and one other.

College Level Examination Program

Wake Forest College participates in the College Level Examina-
tion Program of the Educational Testing Service. Under this prog-
ram a student may be able, with the approval of his adviser and the
department concerned, to obtain a limited amount of college
credit through the subject examinations of the CLEP. Credit will not
normally be granted by way of the general examinations. Approval
will depend on the student's background and experience. The
pertinent department will evaluate the results of any examination
and, in cooperation with the Registrar, determine the credit to be
assigned. Further information is available from the office of Admis-
sions or, for students already enrolled, the Dean of the College.

Summer School

The University holds a summer session on the campus which
begins late in May. Approximately 70 courses are offered. The
normal load is two courses during each five weeks term. Certain
courses are open to qualified high school students and to fresh-
men who plan to matriculate in the fall. Complete information
about entrance, procedures, courses, cost and regulations will be
found in the Summer Session Bulletin published in March of each
year. Copies may be obtained from the Dean of the Summer
Session, Box 7293 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109.

Graduate Admissions

Wake Forest University offers graduate work leading to the de-
grees of Master of Arts, Master of Arts in Education, and Doctor of
Philosophy (currently offered in Biology and Chemistry) in the
School of Arts and Sciences, and Master of Science and Doctor of
Philosophy in the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. Disciplines in
the School of Arts and Sciences which offer graduate programs
are: Biology, Chemistry, Education, English, History, Mathema-
tics, Physical Education, Physics, Psychology, Religion, and Speech
Communication and Theatre Arts.

SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS

All applicants are required to submit scores on the Aptitude Test
and the Advanced Test of the Graduate Record Examinations ad-
ministered by the Educational Testing Service, Box 955, Princeton,
N.J. 98540.

Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts are required to
complete successfully a minimum of twenty-four hours of course
work, write a thesis for which six hours of credit are allotted, and
pass a reading examination in one foreign language or, in some
disciplines, substitute a demonstration of competency in a special
skill such as computer programming or statistics.

Although the requirements for the Master of Arts degree may be
fulfilled in some disciplines in one calendar year, candidates usu-
ally find it profitable to spend three or four semesters of study to
attain this degree.

Most graduate-level courses are planned for students who are
candidates for the various masters' degrees. The departments
which offer this work present a limited number of graduate semi-
nars, advanced experimental work, or special studies designed for
graduate students. These courses carry numbers in the four and
five hundreds in the departmental listingof the"Coursesof Study"
in this catalog.

Scholarships and Fellowships

The Graduate School will have twenty full tuition scholarships
available to be awarded for the summer of 1975 and a total of about
one hundred assistantships, fellowships, and scholarships for the
academicyear 1975-1976. These range in value from $2200 to $4900.

The Bulletin of the Graduate School, an application for admis-
sion form, and an application for grant form may be obtained by
writing the Dean of the Graduate School, Box 7487 Reynolda Sta-
tion, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, North Carolina
27109.

UNIVERSITY CHARGES AND FINANCIAL
ARRANGEMENTS

Statements in this Bulletin concerning expenses are not to be
regarded as forming an irrevocable contact between the student
and the University.

The costs of instruction and other services outlined herein are
those in effect on the date of publication of this Bulletin, and the
University reserves the right to change without notice the costs of
instruction and other services at any time.

Charges are due in full on Aug. 1 for fall semester and Dec. 15 for
Spring Semester. Information concerning payment will be sent to
all students prior to the beginning of each semester.

Faculty regulations require that a student's University account
must be settled in full before he is entitled to receive his grades, a
transcript of his record, a diploma, or to register for the succeeding
semester.

Wake Forest College

Charges for the Regular School Year

TUITION Per Semester Per Year

Full-time (12 or more credits) $1,200 $2,400

Part-time $75 per credit $75

Part-time students are not entitled to claim the designated scholarships listed
on pages 24-30, nor are they eligible for free admission to athletic contests or
Artists Series, reduced rates for campus functions, or free services in the Univer-
sity Health Center.
ROOM CHARGES Per Semester Per Year

Double occupancy $190-$290 $380-$580

In addition to double rooms, there are a few single rooms that rent for $245 per
semester and a limited number of triple rooms for men that rent for $40 per
semester less than a double room.

The reservation deposit (see page 22) is credited to the student's account and
is applied against tuition and room charges.

Deduct admission and reservation deposit from above charges. See pages 15
and 16.

'Part-time students (those enrolled tor fewer than twelve credits) are charged $75.00 per credit. Part-time
students are not entitled to claim the designated scholarships listed on pages 24-30. nor are they granted tree
admission to athletic contests, free receipt of publications or infirmary services.

'In addition to the double rooms, there are a limited number ot single rooms that rent tor $50.00 more a
semester and a limited number ot triple rooms tor men that rent for $40.00 less than a double room. Babcock
Dormitory tor women and the new dormitory for men and women have a room rental range oi $520 to $580 per
year. Upperclassmen are usually assigned to these dormitories.

CHARGES

A cafeteria, soda shop, and table service dining room are located
in Reynolda Hall. Meals maybe purchased individually or under an
optional board plan. The approximate yearly cost individually is
$700.

Books and supplies are available at the College Book Store,
located on the campus. The approximate yearly cost is $150.

Laundry is arranged for privately. A laundry operated by a
Winston-Salem firm has a branch office located on campus. A linen
rental service is also available with lockers located in the men's and
women's dormitories. Coin operated washers and dryers are lo-
cated in the dormitories.

Other College Charges

Admission Application Fee. Required with each application for
admission to cover cost of processing. Non-refundable. $15.00.

Admission Deposit. Required of each student entering for the
first time, or re-entering after a period of non-attendance. Must be
sent to the Director of Admissions within three weeks after accept-
ance for admission or readmission. The deposit is credited to the
student's University charges for the semester for which he has
been accepted for admission. It is refunded if the Director of
Admissions is notified in writing prior to May 1 for the fall semester
and November 1 for the spring semester, of cancellation of plans to
enter. $100.00.

Applied Music. Required in addition to tuition of students enrol-
ling for individual or class study in applied music as described in
the offering of the Department of Music. Payable in the Treasurer's
office. 1

Dormitory Damages and Repairs. The student is charged for
damages to his room or university property in accordance with
Dormitory Rule 4. Appeal may be made to the Board of Dormitory
Damage Appeals.

Graduation Fee. Required of all students who are candidates for
degrees. $20.00.

'Private lessons: 30 mins. $55/regular term; 50 mins. $90/regular term.

30 mins. $15/winter term; 50 mins. $24/winter term.
Practice Room Fees: Organ: 1 hr. $15; 2 hrs. $18. Piano: 1 hr. $7; 2 hrs. $10.
Instruments: 1 hr. $5; 2 hrs. $7.

CHARGES

Hospital Bed and Board Charge. The student is charged when
confined to the University Hospital. An additional charge is made
for special services and expensive drugs. University Hospital
charges range from $20.00 to $30.00 a day.

Since most insurance companies do not cover admissions to a
university hospital or infirmary, students are urged to arrange for
the student insurance which covers these charges. The student
insurance premium is usually under $70.00 per year.

Key Deposit. Required for each key issued to a dormitory room.
Refunded when key is returned. $5.00.

Late Registration Fee. Charged to students registering after the
dates set by the faculty. $10.00.

Library Fines. Charges for lost books and for violation of other
Library regulations. Payable in the Library.

Reservation Deposit. Students enrolled in the spring semester
who expect to return for the next regular session beginning in
August are required to pay a reservation deposit at a date set by the
Treasurer. It is credited to the student's University charges and will
be refunded under the same conditions specified for the admis-
sion deposit, except that refunds will be made if requested prior to
June 1. $100.00.

Room Change Fees. $5.00 is charged for authorized room
changes made after October 1 in the fall semester, after February
15 in the spring semester. The fine is $20.00 for any unauthorized
change.

Special Fxamination. Required for each special examination
taken to remove a course condition. $2.50.

Student Apartment Rental. Paid monthly at $80.00 per month.

Traffic Fines. Assessed against students violating parking regula-
tions, copies of which are obtainable from the Traffic Office. May
be appealed to the Board of Traffic Appeals. Vehicle Registration
$20.00. Illegal parking $2.00 each violation.

Trailer Park Rental. Paid each semester at the rate of $15.00 per
month.

Transcripts. Copies of a student's record are issued for him at a
cost of $1.00 each.

REFUND POLICY

Summer Session

A bulletin of the Summer Session is published in March of each
year and may be obtained by writing the Dean of the Summer
Session, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109.

Management, Law, Medicine and Graduate Schools

Bulletins for these schools should be consulted for information
as to expenses. Requests for the bulletins should be addressed
to the appropriate Dean, Wake Forest University, Winston-
Salem, N. C.

Refund Policy

All students, full and part-time, will be refunded according to the
following table. This policy will apply to students dropping courses
as well as students withdrawing. Students withdrawing must follow
the procedure set forth on page 89 and must present their identifi-
cation cards to the Treasurer before any claim for refund may be
considered. No refund of dormitory room rent is made.

Number of Weeks Percentage of Total Tuition

Attendance* to be Refunded

1 Total tuition less $100

2 75%

3 50%

4 25%

"Counting from the first day of registration; fractions of a week to count as a full week.

SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOAN FUNDS

Wake Forest is committed to the ideal that any students admitted
tothe University who genuinely need financial aid will receive such
financial assistance as they shall require in order to attend Wake
Forest.

By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all financial aid must be
approved by the Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid of
Wake Forest College (Division of Arts and Sciences). The Commit-
tee requires that applications for financial aid be made on forms
obtainable by addressing the Committee at Box 7305, Winston-
Salem, N. C. 27109.

Scholarships supported by funds of the College are not granted
to students enrolled in the graduate and professional schools of
the University.

To receive consideration for financial aid, the applicant must
either be a registered, full-time student in Wake Forest College or
must have been accepted for admission.

Need is a factor in the award of virtually all financial aid, with the
exception of the $1 ,000 honorary Carswell awards. Each applicant
must file a financial statement as part of his application for financial
aid.

The Committee reserves the right to revoke financial aid for
unsatisfactory academic achievement; for violation of University
regulations; or for violation of local, state, or federal laws.

No financial aid is automatically renewable. Application must be
made each year.

Applicants should submit applications sufficiently early so that
final action will have been taken before the beginning of the school
year.

Alcoa Foundation Scholarship. Donated by the Alcoa Foun-
dation, this scholarship is available to a freshman from the Pied-
mont area who is majoring in Chemistry and will be awarded on the
basis of need. The value of this scholarship is $2000.00.

The Alpha Phi Omega Scholarship. Established by the Kappa
Theta Chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, National Service Fraternity,
this scholarship is available to a male freshman student who pres-
ents evidence of need and an excellent high school record. A

SCHOLARSHIPS

minimum of $200.00 is available.

Eliza Pratt Brown Scholarship. Donated by the late Junius Calvin
Brown of Madison, North Carolina, in honor of his wife, Eliza Pratt
Brown, the fund is used to assist needy, worthy, and deserving
students from North Carolina, with preference being given to
students from the town of Madison and Rockingham County. The
maximum value is $2,000.

Burlington Industries Scholarship. Donated by Burlington Indus-
tries Foundation, this scholarship is available to one who has junior
standing, has done all previous work at Wake Forest and has an
average of 3.0 or better. Leadership, scholarship, and need are
considered in making the award. The value of the scholarship is
$1,000.00, with half of this amount available in each of the junior
and senior years.

The J. G. Carroll Memorial Athletic Scholarship. A fund donated
in memory of Professor J. G. Carroll, former Associate Professor of
Mathematics. The award is made to some deserving athlete who is
not on a regular athletic scholarship. The value of this scholarship
is approximately $100.

Guy T. Carswell Scholarships. This scholarship program was
made possible by and established in honor of the late Guy T.
Carswell and his wife, Mrs. Clara Carswell of Charlotte, North
Carolina. The scholarships carry an annual value ranging from a
minimum stipend of $1,000 to a maximum stipend of $3,700.
Awards for more than $1 ,000 are determined on the basis of need.
A Carswell scholar may be any student applying to Wake Forest
College who possesses outstanding qualities of intellect and
leadership. Up to thirty scholars are selected by the Committee
annually.

The Eugene Basil Glover Memorial Scholarship Fund. Single
scholarship awarded each year to incoming or enrolled student.
Based on ability and need, a slight preference is given to students
from Halifax County, North Carolina.

James Lee Carver Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Jean Freeman
Carver, together with her son, James Lee Carver, II, and daughter,
Elizabeth Jeanine Carver, in memory of her husband, James Lee
Carver. This fund is for the purpose of providing scholarships to
deserving and promising students of the University who demon-
strate a need for financial assistance. Preference shall always be

SCHOLARSHIPS

given to students who come to Wake Forest University from Ox-
ford Orphanage. Value of this scholarship is approximately $300.

College Scholarships. These scholarships, in the amounts of
$100 to $2,200 each, are available to freshmen and upperclassmen
presenting satisfactory academic records and evidence of need.

O. B. Crowell Memorial Scholarship Fund. Donated by Mrs.
Louise T. Crowell of Hendersonville, North Carolina in memory of
her husband, O. B. Crowell. This scholarship is awarded annually
on the basis of character, need, and promise. The value of this
scholarship is approximately $600.

Ernst & Ernst Scholarship. Ernst & Ernst, Certified Public Ac-
countants, present to an outstanding accounting major an Ac-
counting Achievement Award. The award is in the amount of $500.
The recipient for this award will be designated by the accounting
faculty.

The Lecausey P. and Lula H. Freeman Scholarship. Donated by
Mr. and Mrs. G. H. Singleton, Raleigh, North Carolina, in memory
of the parents of Mrs. Singleton. One scholarship is available to a
student who may be afreshman, sophomore, or junior, and whose
home is within the West Chowan Baptist Association of North
Carolina with preference to Bertie County students, on the basis of
need and ability. If no qualified applicant appears from the West
Chowan Association, then residents of the Roanoke Association
may be considered. The scholarship is renewable on the basis of
need and ability for all school years except the senior year. The
value of this scholarship is approximately $200.

James W. Gill Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Ruth R. Gill in
memory of her husband, James W. Gill, the fund provides a schol-
arship for a deserving student, with preference to students from
Montgomery and Prince George's Counties, Maryland. The value
of this scholarship is approximately $600.

The Wallace Barger Goebel Scholarship. This scholarship is made
possible through a donation from Mrs. Miriam M. Goebel. One
scholarship shall be awarded during each school year and shall be
based upon both ability and financial need. It is the desire of the
donor that first preference for the award be given to a student with
an interest in literature, second preference to a student with an
interest in history, and third preference to a student enrolled in the
pre-medical program of the College. The value of this scholarship
is approximately $400.

SCHOLARSHIPS

Fuller Hamrick Scholarship. Created under the will of the late
Everett C. Snyder of Wake Forest, North Carolina, in memory of
Fuller Hamrick. The income from this fund is used to educate boys
and girls from The Mills Home in Thomasville, North Carolina.
Value of this scholarship is approximately $500.

George Foster Hankins Scholarships-Freshmen. These schol-
arships were made possible by the late Colonel George Foster
Hankins of Lexington, N. C. Applicants must be residents of North
Carolinaorchildren of Wake Forest alumni residing in other states.
Preference will be given to residents of Davidson County, North
Carolina. Only high school seniors are eligible to compete and
must request the necessary application forms before December 1
of their senior year. The value of these scholarships will range up to
$3,400.

George Foster Hankins Scholarships-Upperclassmen. Up-
perclassmen are eligible for Hankins Scholarships. However, they
must have been enrolled in Wake Forest College for at least one
semester before they may apply as upperclassmen. Applications
must be on file with the scholarships Committee no later than May
1 of each year for the following school year, and preference will be
given to applicants from Davidson County, North Carolina. The
amount of the award will vary according to the student's need as
determined from the financial statement required to be submitted
with his application.

Frank P. Hobgood Scholarship. This scholarship, donated by
Mrs. Kate H. Hobgood of Reidsville, North Carolina, in memory of
her husband, is available to those who qualify on "the basis of
character, purpose, intelligence, and need, with preference being
given to those who plan to enter the ministry, do religious work,
become teachers, or become lawyers, the preference being in the
order named." Applicants must be legal residents of the city of
Reidsville or live within 10 miles of that city and must be recom-
mended by the deacons of the First Baptist Church of Reidsville.
The value of this scholarship is $500.

Junior College Scholarships. One scholarship is available each
year to a graduate of each of the junior colleges of the North
Carolina Baptist State Convention, in the amount of $150. The
recipient must rank in the upper one-fourth of the junior college
graduating class. Awarded only on the recommendation of the
president of the junior college.

SCHOLARSHIPS

Thurman D. Kitchin Scholarship. Donated by the Interfraternity
Council in memory of the late Thurman D. Kitchin, President of
Wake Forest College from 1930 to 1950, it is available to a male
freshman student presenting a high school record of superior
grade and evidence of need. The value of this scholarship is ap-
proximately $300.

Marie Dayton McDonald Scholarship. Donated by Dr. Thane
McDonald and friends in memory of his wife. The income from this
fund is available to a deserving and qualified music student. The
value is approximately $125 per year.

Norfleet Scholarship. Donated by Mr. and Mrs. Eustace Norfleet
of Wilmington, North Carolina, in memory of his parents, John A.
and Mary Pope Norfleet, five scholarships are available in the
amount of $200 each to "deserving and promising students
desiring to attend Wake Forest College and needing financial
assistance."

North Carolina Scholarships. These scholarships are made avail-
able by the North Carolina General Assembly and are awarded on
the basis of financial need to full-time students who are bona fide
residents of North Carolina.

Benjamin Wingate Parham Scholarship. This fund was donated
by Mrs. Kate J. Parham of Oxford, North Carolina, in memory of
her husband. One full scholarship shall be awarded in each school
year on the basis of both ability and need. It may be renewed for
succeeding years.

Thomas F. Pettus Scholarships. Administered by the North
Carolina Baptist Foundation, Inc., under the terms of the will of the
late Thomas F. Pettus of Wilson County, North Carolina, this fund
makes two or more scholarships available each year in memory of
Mr. Pettus. These scholarships are to be awarded by the college on
the basis of merit and need with preference to North Carolina
Baptist students.

William Louis Poteat Scholarships. Five scholarships will be
awarded annually to the graduates of the Baptist junior colleges in
North Carolina. Each scholarship will range up to $500 depending
on need as determined from a financial statement submitted by
each applicant with the application. It may be renewed for the
senior year.

SCHOLARSHIPS

Oliver D. and Caroline E. Revell Memorial Scholarship Fund.
Created under the will of the late Oliver D. Revell of Buncombe
County, North Carolina, this fund makes available $100 per year to
one person preparing for the ministry or full-time religious work.

Kate B. Reynolds Memorial Scholarships. Donated in memory of
the late Mrs. Kate B. Reynolds. Applicants must be residents of
Forsyth County, North Carolina, who without financial aid would
be unable to obtain education beyond high school. Preference will
be given to men. Four scholarships of $1,400 each are awarded.

A. M. Pullen and Company Scholarship. The A. M. Pullen and
Company, Certified Public Accountants, grants to an outstanding
upper division accounting major an annual tuition scholarship of
$600. The recipient, to be designated by the accounting faculty, is
selected on the basis of merit, financial need, and interest in public
accounting.

ROTC Scholarships. One, two, three and four-year ROTC schol-
arships are available to students who are motivated toward the
Army. Applications for four-year scholarships are submitted by
high school seniors in the late fall to the Commanding General of
their respective Army area. ROTC freshmen, sophomores, and
juniors at the University apply to the Professor of Military Science
for one, two and three-year scholarships. Each scholarship recip-
ient commits himself by contract to a special military obligation
and receives full tuition, fees, books and classroom materials for
the regular school year, and a subsistence allowance of $100 per
month for the period that the scholarship is in effect. Once
awarded, scholarships remain in effect throughout the contract
period subject to satisfactory academic and ROTC performance.

The J. W. Straughan Scholarship. Donated by Misses Mattie,
Mable and Alice Straughan in memory of their brother, Dr. J. W.
Straughan of Warsaw, North Carolina. Preference is to be given to
students from Duplin County, N. C. who are interested in pursu-
ing a medical career, especially in the field of family practice.
Though need is not an absolute criterion, strongest consideration
will be given to those who need financial assistance to continue
their education.

The Saddye Stephenson and Benjamin Louis Sykes Scholarship.
Donated by Dr. Charles L. Sykes and Dr. Ralph J. Sykes in memory
of their father and mother. One scholarship is awarded each year
on the basis of Christian character, academic proficiency, and

SCHOLARSHIPS

financial need. Preference is given to freshmen from the State of
North Carolina. It may be renewable each year. The value of this
scholarship is approximately $400.

Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants. These scholar-
ships are available to a limited number of undergraduate students
with exceptional financial need who require these grants to attend
college. To be eligible, the student must also show academic or
creative promise. Grants will range from $200 to $1500 a year, and
can be no more than one-half of the total assistance given the
student. The amount of financial assistance a student may receive
depends upon his need — taking into account his financial re-
sources, those of his parents, and the cost of attending the college
of his choice.

Western Electric Scholarship. Donated by the Western Electric
Fund, this scholarship is awarded to an undergraduate on the basis
of leadership, scholastic attainment, and financial need. Value, up
to $1,500.

Jesse A. Williams Scholarships. Created under the will of the late
Jesse A. Williams of Union County, North Carolina, this fund
provides scholarships in amounts of up to $1 ,200 per year. Prefer-
ence will be given to deserving students of Union County.

Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship. Created under the will of Mrs.
Jennie Mayes Wilson in memory of her husband, the late Charles
Littell Wilson, this fund makes available one freshman scholarship
each year ranging from $200 to $600.

William Luther Wyatt, III, Scholarship Trust. This fund was do-
nated by Mr. and Mrs. William L. Wyatt, Jr., of Raleigh, North
Carolina, in memory of their late son, William Luther Wyatt, III.
The purpose of this fund is to award one or more scholarships in
each school year to a student, preferably to a male student entering
the junior year, who has shown an interest and an ability in the field
of biology. The award shall be based on both the need and the
ability of the student. The value of this scholarship is approximately
$500.

University Scholarships for North Carolinians. The Trustees have
established a scholarship fund from which awards are made on the
basis of need to full-time students whose are bona fide North
Carolina residents. This fund is designed primarily for those stu-
dents whose need is between $100-$200 per year. An abbreviated

LOAN FUNDS

application is required rather than the Parents' Confidential State-
ment of the College Scholarship Service.

Designated Scholarships for:

Ministerial Students. Granted on the following conditions: (1)
Written recommendation or license to preach authorized by the
applicant's own church body and (2) signature by the applicant of
an agreement to pay the amount of the scholarship, with interest,
in the event that he does not serve five years in the pastoral
ministry within twelve years from the late date of attendance at
Wake Forest, subject to cancellation in the event of death. Value,
up to $300.

Children of Ministers. Awards to those whose fathers make their
living chiefly by the ministry. Value, up to $150.

Rehabilitation Students. Awarded to handicapped students who
have (1) secured the necessary letter of approval from the North
Carolina Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, Raleigh, and (2)
filed application for the scholarship. Value, up to $300.

Students' Wives. Awarded to wives of students in Wake Forest
University for not more than four school years or the equivalent.
Becomes void if the husband ceases to be enrolled. Value, up to
$150.

Loan Funds

James E. and Mary Z. Bryan Foundation Student Loan Plan. Legal
residents of North Carolina enrolled full time in undergraduate
programs may borrow up to $750 per semester or $500 per quarter
for a total of $1,500 per school year for an aggregate of $6,000
through College Foundation, Inc. The interest rate is 1 percent
during the in-school and grace periods and 6 percent during the
repayment period. Apply through the institution's financial aid
office.

Bushnell Baptist Church Loan Fund. Established in 1945 with
funds supplied by the Bushnell Baptist Church of Fontana Dam,
North Carolina, for needy students.

Council Fund. Established in 1935 by Mr. C. T. Council of
Durham, North Carolina, for the aid of senior students.

James W. Denmark Loan Fund. This fund was originated by the
late James William Denmark of Dudley, North Carolina, in 1875,

LOAN FUNDS

and available to qualified students. Preference is given to students
from North Carolina. The amount available does not exceed $1 ,500
each year and $6,000 during the entire period of enrollment.

Olivia Dunn Student Loan Fund. Established under the will of
Miss Birdie Dunn of Wake County, North Carolina, in memory of
her mother, to be used as a loan fund for worthy students.

Duplin County Loan Fund. This loan fund was donated in 1942 by
friends of the College who wish to remain anonymous and is
limited to students from Duplin County, North Carolina.

Elliott B. Earnshaw Loan Fund. Established by the Board of Trus-
tees of Wake Forest College as a memorial to the late E. B.
Earnshaw, Bursar of Wake Forest College.

Friendly Student Loan Fund. This fund was established in 1948 by
Miss Nell E. Stinson of Raleigh, North Carolina, in memory of her
sister, Mary Belle Stinson Michael, for the benefit of worthy stu-
dents who need financial aid.

Grover Carroll Loan Fund. Donated by Lt. Col. and Mrs. Robert
C. Wells in memory of the late James Grover Carroll, Associate
Professor of Mathematics at Wake Forest College, the sum of
$1,000 is available, the principal and interest of which may be
loaned at 4 percent interest to worthy students who would other-
wise be unable to finance completely a college education.

George Foster Hankins Loan Fund. Established under the will of
the late Colonel George Foster Hankins of Lexington, North
Carolina, with preference to be given to applicants from Davidson
County, North Carolina.

Harris Memorial Loan Fund. Established by the late J. P. Harris of
Bethel, North Carolina, in memory of his first wife, Lucy Shearon
Harris, and his second wife, Lucy Jones Harris, for students who
have demonstrated ability to apply educational advantages to the
rendition of enriched and greater Christian service in life and
whose circumstances require financial assistance in order to pre-
vent disruption in their educational program.

Thomas M. Hunter, Jr., Memorial Scholarship. Established in
1948 by Mr. and Mrs. Thomas M. Hunter of Fayetteville, North
Carolina, as a loan scholarship in memory of their son. The
loan scholarship is available for students enrolled in the Bowman
Gray School of Medicine who are preparing to become medical
missionaries.

LOAN FUNDS

Edna Tyner Langston Fund. This fund, established in 1942 by Dr.
Henry J. Langston of Danville, Virginia, in memory of his wife, is
available to a student agreed upon by the donor and the college.

The National Direct Student Loan Program. This fund, created
under the National Defense Education Act of 1958, makes avail-
able loans up to $2,500 per year for students in need of financial
assistance.

N. C. Insured Student Loan Program. Legal residents of North
Carolina enrolled full time may borrow up to $750 per semester or
$500 per quarter for a total of $1,500 per academic year for an
aggregate of $7,500 through College Foundation, Inc. Loans are
insured by the State Education Assistance Authority and under
certain conditions, the U. S. Office of Education pays the 7 percent
interest duringthe in-school and grace periods. Apply through the
institution's financial aid office.

Watts Norton Loan Fund. Established in 1949 by Mr. L. Watts
Norton of Durham, North Carolina. For the benefit of worthy
young people enrolled in the Department of Religion who need
financial assistance.

The Powers Fund. This fund was endowed by Dr. Frank P. Powers
of Raleigh, North Carolina, in 1944 as a memorial to his parents,
Frank P. and Effie Reade Powers, and is for the benefit of needy
students, with preference given to orphans.

Grover and Addy Raby Loan Fund. Established in 1945 by Dr. J. G.
Raby of Tarboro, North Carolina, in memory of his parents. Prefer-
ence is given to applicants from the First Baptist Church of Tarboro.

James F. Slate Loan Fund. Established in 1908 by the late j. F. Slate
of Stokes County, North Carolina, and is available for ministerial
students who have been licensed to preach.

College Work-Study Program
On Campus/Off Campus (PACE)

Students who show evidence of financial need may qualify for
financial assistance through the College Work-Study Program.
Summer employment is available for some students who show
evidence of need and who are unavailable to secure adequate
employment on their own. Participants may work for any public
and private, non-profit, institution. They will be permitted to work

SPANISH EXCHANGE SCHOLARSHIP

up to twelve weeks, forty hours per week, and will be paid an
hourly wage. Because the program was designed to allow a student
to contribute to his college expenses, he will be expected to save
approximately 80 percent of his earnings for college expenses
duringthefollowingyear. Astudentwho is interested in participat-
ing in this program should indicate this desire for consideration to
the Financial Aid Office no later than March 15.

Ministerial Aid Fund

The Ministerial Aid Fund was established in 1897 through a be-
quest from the estate of the late J. A. Melke and has been added to
from time to time.

Funds are available to ministerial students on either a loan or a
grant basis. Written application must be made to the Committee
on Scholarships and Student Aid on a form obtainable from that
committee. Awards are made on the basis of merit and need and,
particularly in the case of grants, academic achievement. Five an-
nual grants in the amount of $200 each are regularly available, in
addition to such others as the Committee may award.

German Exchange Scholarship

In 1959 a student exchange program was established between
Wake Forest and the Free University of Berlin. At present one
scholarship is available to an eligible Wake Forest University stu-
dent. It provides (1) 500 German marks a month for ten months at
the Free University of Berlin; (2) remission of all registration and
insurance fees; (3) 200 German marks a semester for the purchase
of books; (4) free accommodation in the Studentendorf (student
village) comprising a single room, use of kitchen, bath, electric
light and linen, or a monthly living allowance of up to 150 marks.
Candidates must have had at least two years of German at the
college level or equivalent and must have acquired junior standing
by the end of the semester in which they apply. Candidates may
major in any of the fields offered at Wake Forest University with the
permission of the chairman of the department in question.

Spanish Exchange Scholarship

In 1964 a student exchange program was established between
Wake Forest University and the University of the Andes, at Bogota,
Colombia. At present the scholarships available to eligible Wake

VETERANS

Forest students are: two scholarships of one semester's study
each; or, one scholarship of two consecutive semesters. It is left to
the discretion of Wake Forest University whether one or two stu-
dents are selected annually to study during any given academic
year at the University of the Andes. The scholarships provide: (1)
remission of tuition and fees; (2) board and lodging; (3) textbooks.
Candidates must have had at least two years of Spanish at the
college level or the equivalent. Candidates may pursue studies in
any of the fields offered at Wake Forest University with the permis-
sion of the department in question.

Church Choir Work Grants

Work grants are given by Wake Forest University and Wake
Forest Baptist Church to encourage outstanding music students.
They are awarded on the basis of talent, reliability, and interest in
the Church. The selection of recipients is made upon the joint
recommendation of the Music Committee of the Church and the
Department of Music of the University. There are 15 awards valued
at $300.00 each.

Student/Student Wife Employment

The Placement Office assists students to locate either on- or
off-campus, part-time employment. A maximum of 20 hours work
per week is suggested for full-time students. Information about
part-time employment, as well as summer jobs, may be obtained in
Room 118, Reynolda Hall. Wives of University students may be
referred by the Placement Office to on-campus jobs or employ-
ment opportunities in the community.

Veterans

Applicants who need information concerning educational bene-
fits for veterans and children of veterans should consult the
nearest regional office of the Veterans Administration. This office
for North Carolina is located in the Wachovia Building, Winston-
Salem, North Carolina.

Sep. t*3s

■Jan. °VW &**.
Ji f Battle 4^

7^ V GAsY</*»* -fee
ft S«"V ^p^

These signatures appear on the lead plate which was placed
in the cornerstone of the original Wait Hall when it was built in
1835. The plate was found in the ashes following the destruction
of Wait Hall by fire in May, 1933.

HISTORY

The history of Wake Forest University divides naturally into three
main periods: (1) from the beginning of the institution in the early
1830's to the early 1860's, when the Civil War forced its temporary
closing; (2) from 1865 to the early 1950's, when the movement of
the college campus from Wake Forest, North Carolina, to
Winston-Salem, North Carolina, was organized and carried out;
and (3) from 1956, when the school began operation in Winston-
Salem, to the present. The institution has seen difficult times and
gone through hard struggles; but in each of the three periods the
movement toward greater diversity and excellence of academic life
was and continues to be steadily maintained. Now, as throughout
its history, the guiding purpose of the University is to be found in
the simple motto on the University seal: Pro Humanitate.

Beginnings To The Early 1860's

The founding of Wake Forest College in 1834 was one manifesta-
tion of the intellectual and humanitarian reform movement which
characterized North Carolina and the nation in the decade of the
1830's. The beginnings of the College and the formation of the
Baptist State Convention were closely interwoven. A leading mo-
tive for the organization of the Convention in 1830 was that it might
serve as an agency for establishing an institution that would pro-
vide education under Christian influences for ministers and
laymen.

The leaders in the movement for Convention and College were
Baptist ministers and laymen from diverse backgrounds. Martin
Ross, a North Carolinian, long had been a prominent Baptist minis-
ter in the Chowan area and an advocate of an educated ministry;
Thomas Meredith, a graduate of the University of Pennsylvania,
had been pastor first at New Bern and after 1825 at Edenton; and
Samuel Wait, a graduate of Columbia College, New York, had been
pastor of the New Bern Baptist Church since 1827. The inspiration
of Ross, the scholarship of Meredith, who wrote the Convention
Constitution and later founded and edited the Biblical Recorder,
and the leadership of Wait combined to lead the Baptists of the
State into the formation of the Baptist State Convention on March
26, 1830. Fourteen men, seven ministers and seven laymen, ap-
pointed Wait as its agent to explain to churches, associations,

HISTORY

and individuals the need for a college to provide "an education in
the liberal arts in fields requisite for gentlemen."

For nearly three years Wait traveled over the state in his wagon,
his wife and young daughter accompanying him. He visited
churches and associations and the homes of individual Baptists,
speaking to a large number of the approximately 15,000 Baptists
who lived in the Piedmont and Coastal counties of the State.
Perhaps as many as one-half of the Baptists opposed missions,
education, and other benevolences, but after two years of educa-
tional canvassing Wait reported sufficient sentiment in favor of the
program for the Convention to proceed.

A600 acre plantation, located sixteen miles north of Raleigh, was
purchased from Dr. Calvin Jones for $2,000 in 1832. The Legislature
was asked to grant a charter for a literary institution based on the
manual labor principle. The lobbying of opponents, both Baptist
and non-Baptist was effective in the Legislature and only the tie-
breaking vote of William D. Moseley, Speaker of the Senate, se-
cured passage of the charter-granting bill. It was a meager charter,
subject to various restrictions and limited to a period of 20 years,
but the birth of Wake Forest had been achieved. Its subsequent
growth would be the result of creative adjustments and successful
responses to a series of other challenges.

After his successful three-year canvass of the State, it is not
surprising that Samuel Wait was elected principal of the new in-
stitution. Sixteen students registered February 3, 1834, and before
the end of the year seventy-two had enrolled. The Baptists, who
had regarded the manual labor principle as a partial means of
financing the institution, abandoned the idea after five years, and
the school was rechartered in 1839 as Wake Forest College.

President Wait's home was the farmhouse on the Jones planta-
tion which is now preserved as an historical museum in the town of
Wake Forest. Students lived in what had been slave quarters and
classes were conducted in the carriage house. In 1835 construction
on the first brick building was begun by Captain John Berry, a
prominent builder of that period, who agreed to accept payment in
notes, due in three annual installments. Because of the financial
panic of 1837, the final payment was not made until 1850. The
economiccrisis had such an adverse effect that financial support of
the College and student enrollment steadily declined; only a loan
of $10,000 from the State Literary Fund in 1841 prevented bank-

HISTORY

ruptcy. During these years of arduous struggle to keep the College
alive, President Wait exhausted his physical strength and con-
tracted an illness which compelled him to resign the presidency in
1845.

Dr. William Hooper succeeded President Wait and the prospects
of the College became brighter. Hooper, a grandson of William
Hooper, one of North Carolina's three signers of the Declaration of
Independence, had received his education at the University of
North Carolina. As a native North Carolinian and with family con-
nection extending over several generations, he was able to
mobilize public opinion in support of the College. His leadership
during his brief tenure generated such enthusiasm in support of
education that a successful campaign for funds retired the debt for
the College buildings in 1850.

After Hooper's resignation, the Trustees elected to the presi-
dency Professor John B. White of the Mathematics Department, a
graduate of Brown University. Since the physical facilities were
now free of mortgages, fund-raising efforts during President
White's administration could be concentrated on increasing the
endowment. A campaign begun in 1852 had as its goal increasing
the endowment by $50,000. The Trustees placed in charge of this
campaign Washington Manly Wingate, a graduate of the Class of
1849; and with the vigor of youth and a devotion to his alma mater
almost unparalleled, he raised within a year and a half approxi-
mately $33,000.

President White was an able man, but the temper of the times
was unsuited to leadership by a Northerner. President White re-
signed in 1854, and the Trustees chose as his successor Washing-
ton Manly Wingate, then twenty-six years old and the first alumnus
to serve as President. Under his vigorous leadership which span-
ned nearly three tumultuous decades, the quality of students im-
proved, and new faculty members were added. The preparatory
department was discontinued in 1860. During the first eight years
of Wingate's administration, sixty-six students graduated, more
than half of the total graduated during the first twenty-three years
of the existence of the College. In 1857 President Wingate
launched a campaign to raise an additional endowment of $50,000.
Over one-half of the amount was raised in a single evening during
the 1857 meeting of the Convention.

This period of growth and expansion was cut short by the divi-

HISTORY

sion of the Union into two separate countries in 1861. The Con-
scription Act of 1863 did not exempt students, and for three years
during the Civil War, the College suspended operations. The
buildings were used briefly for a girls' school, but after 1863 the
Confederate Government used the facilities as a military hospital.

Post-War Re-Birth

Following Sherman's march through the South and Lee's sur-
render at Appomatox, a peace of desolation pervaded the South.
Supporters of Wake Forest surveyed what remained after the ces-
sation of hostilities: college buildings, now leaky and in a poor
state of repair, approximately $11 ,700 from its pre-war endowment
of $100,000, its former President and faculty, and a loyal group of
Trustees. There was also something else — an indomitable spirit of
determination that Wake Forest College should emerge from the
wreck of war and fulfill its mission.

The needs of the College were great and the financial prospects
poor, yet in November, 1865, barely six months after the end of the
war, nine members of the Board of Trustees acting with unwar-
ranted courage authorized the resumption of classes at the Col-
lege. Dr. Wingate was persuaded to resumethe Presidency, and on
January 15, 1866, fifty-one students enrolled. The enrollment
gradually increased as the region and the economy slowly reco-
vered during the Reconstruction Era.

President Wingate realized that the people of North Carolina
must be awakened to the great need for education in the New
South and that they must be persuaded that Wake Forest College
could effectively serve their needs. To launch this educational
campaign, a Baptist sponsored state-wide educational convention
was held in Raleigh, but before funds could be collected, the
financial crisis of 1873 ended all immediate hope for endowment.

The failure of the 1873-74 fund-raising campaign placed the Col-
lege in a precarious position. The triple encumbrances of war,
reconstruction, and the financial panic of 1873 made it evident that
little money could be raised in North Carolina. The Committee on
Endowment of the Board of Trustees appointed James S. Purefoy,a
local merchant and Baptist minister, agent to solicit funds in the
Northern states for continued operation of the College. While
serving as Treasurer of the Board before the war, he had salvaged
$11,700 from the pre-war endowment of $100,000 by persuading

HISTORY

the Trustees to invest half of the endowment in state bonds. He
was now asked, at the age of sixty-one, to undertake still another
mission for the College. After two years of unrelenting and often
discouraging labor, without remuneration, he placed in the hands
of the Trustees the sum of $9,200.

It was also in these bleak days of financial uncertainty that a
Wake Forest student, James W. Denmark, proposed and founded
the first college student loan fund in the United States. Denmark, a
Confederate veteran, had worked six years to accumulate enough
money for his college expenses. Soon after entering Wake Forest
in 1871 , he realized that many students had the same great financial
need. From his meager funds, he spent five dollars for post cards
and wrote to the college presidents across the country asking how
their loan funds were organized. He found, surprisingly, that the
colleges had no loan funds. He enlisted the support of faculty and
students at Wake Forest and in 1877 persuaded the Legislature to
charter the North Carolina Baptist Student Loan Fund. Chartered
with a capital of $25,000, it was actually begun with a paid-in capital
of $150. Now known as the James W. Denmark Loan Fund, and the
oldest college student loan fund in the United States, it has assets
of $325,000 and continues to serve the needs of students according
to the purposes of its founder.

At the close of President Wingate's second administration in
1879, the College had been successfully revived; the endowment
had been increased from approximately $11,000 to $40,000; a new
library building had been constructed, and another building, Win-
gate Hall, was under construction. Perhaps the greatest service
President Wingate rendered was bringing to the College with un-
erring good judgment, a faculty composed of men who were
highly qualified as scholars and who served the College with abil-
ity, distinction, and dedication over a long period of years. Among
these were Professors William G. Simmons, 1855-88; William
Royall, 1859-70, 1880-92; William Bailey Royall, 1866-1928; Luther
Rice Mills, 1867-1907; and Charles Elisha Taylor, 1870-1915, who
served as President of the College, 1884-1905. Two other scholars
who became tutors or adjunct professors in the last year of Presi-
dent Wingate's administration were also destined to play impor-
tant roles in the life of the College: Needham Y. Gulley, who
established the School of Law in 1894and served as its first Dean for
thirty-six years, and William Louis Poteat, who served the College
for fifty years, twenty-two of them as President.

HISTORY

The administration of President Thomas Henderson Pritchard,
which followed that of President Wingate, was brief, only three
years, and served principally to further President Wingate's efforts
to persuade the Baptists and North Carolinians generally to im-
prove the deplorable condition of education in the state. Dr.
Pritchard, the second alumnus of the College to serve as President,
was an eloquent speaker and his prominent leadership among
Baptists in the state succeeded in increasing the patronage of the
College and in improving its image mong its constituency.

Dr. Charles Elisha Taylor, whom President Wingate had brought
to the faculty in 1880, was elected in 1884 to serve as the sixth
president of Wake Forest. While serving as professor of Moral
Philosophy in 1882, he had proposed to the Board of Trustees
a plan to increase the endowment from $53,000 to $100,000.
He recommended a short one-year campaign and the solicitation
of funds from a few wealthy men rather than the usual pro-
tracted campaign among Baptists generally who had little money to
contribute.

In the course of his efforts to increase the endowment, Professor
Taylor succeeded in enlisting the support of Jabez A. Bostwick of
New York City whose contributions during the lifetime and later in
his will, probated in 1923, established Wake Forest as a private
endowed college. The income from the $1,500,000 gift of stock in
the Standard Oil Company remains one of the larger items in the
University's endowment.

President Taylor's administration, 1884-1905, also brought en-
richment of the academic program in a variety of ways. Academic
departments were increased from eight to thirteen and the size of
the faculty more than doubled. Two new schools were added: the
School of Law in 1894 and the School of Medicine in 1902. Progress
in other areas included the addition of three buildings, a science
laboratory, a general classroom building and a new gymnasium.
The campus was landscaped, and with the able assistance of Presi-
dent Taylor's co-worker, "Doctor" Tom Jeffries, over 400 trees
were planted, making Magnolia grandiflora almost synonymous
with the Wake Forest campus.

President Taylor was succeeded by Dr. William Louis Poteat of
the Department of Biology. Affectionately known as "Dr. Billy" toa
host of students during his twenty-two year administration, he

HISTORY

continued to promote the general growth of all areas of the Col-
lege. Special emphasis was placed on development in the area of
sciences, reflecting in part the interests of the President and also in
part the need to enrich the premedical training required by the
new School of Medicine.

As student enrollment increased from 313 in 1905 to 742 in 1927,
there was a corresponding increase in the size of the faculty.
Increased registration in religion, English, education, and social
sciences required more administrative direction, and a Dean and a
Registrar as well as Librarians were employed. Expansion of physi-
cal facilities included science laboratories, two new dormitories,
an athletic field, a heating plant and an infirmary. Wake Forest,
joining the trend of the other colleges in the state, gave more
attention to sports and achieved an envied reputation in baseball
and football.

Notable also during President Poteat's administration was the
continued growth of the endowment. Through the efforts of
Professor John B. Carlyle $117,000 was added, one-fourth of which
was contributed by the General Education Board of New York.
Later a gift of $100,000 in Duke Power Company stock was received
from Benjamin N. Duke, and $458,000 from the Southern Baptist
Convention.

Beyond these significant material advances, President Poteat
brought another distinction in the form of state and national rec-
ognition. A devout Christian, an eloquent speaker, an accom-
plished scholar, he became a state-wide leader in education and
probably the foremost Baptist layman in the state. As a distin-
guished scientist he was among the first to introduce the theory of
evolution to his biology classes. His Christian commitment in his
personal and public life enabled him to successfullyjdefend his
views on evolution before the Baptist State Convention in 1924.
This was considered a major victory for academic freedom and
attracted national attention. Due in part to his influence and that of
the Wake Forest alumni who supported his view, the Legislature of
North Carolina did not follow other Southern states in the passage
of anti-evolution laws in the 1920's.

During the administration of Dr. Francis Pendleton Gaines,
1927-1930, the academic program was strengthened.

In 1930 the Trustees selected Dr. Thurman D. Kitchin, Dean of

HISTORY

the Medical School, to fill the presidency. Dr. Kitchin was a
member of a family prominent in state and national affairs. One
brother, William W. Kitchin, had served as Governor of North
Carolina, and another, Claude Kitchin, had served as Majority
Leader in Congress. Dr. Kitchin's twenty-year administration,
1930-50, was one of progress in spite of many obstacles — depres-
sion, destructive campus fires, one of which destroyed venerable
Wait Hall, and the disruption caused by World War II which de-
pleted the campus of students.

Notable accomplishments during this period were the approval
of the School of Law by the American Bar Association in 1936, and
the removal of the School of Medicine to Winston-Salem in 1941
where it became a four-year School of Medicine in association with
the North Carolina Baptist Hospital. It was named the Bowman
Cray School of Medicine of Wake Forest College in honor of the
benefactor who made this expansion possible.

World War II brought other changes. Although the College was
able to remain open, the enrollment dropped to 474 in 1942. The
College met this crisis by modifying its century old adminissions
policy and becoming a coeducational institution in 1942. To further
fill the void, it leased its facilities to the Army Finance School. In the
post-war period, enrollment mushroomed with the return of the
veterans and reached a peak of 1,762 students in 1949.

The Dawn of a New Era

Just prior to the beginning of World War II a major $7,000,000
capital expansion campaign for buildings and endowment had
been launched by President Kitchin. The war forced the post-
ponement of any construction but out of the campaign came a
proposal which offered an opportunity for yet another re-birth.
The Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation proposed that up to $350,000 a
year of the income from the Foundation be given in perpetuity to
Wake Forest College, provided the entire College was relocated in
Winston-Salem, and with the stipulation that other friends of the
College provide a campus site and buildings. In 1946 the Board of
Trustees, the Convention, which had originally founded Wake
Forest, and the Baptist constituency of the State accepted this
proposal.

To remove a century old College from its essentially rural setting

HISTORY

110 miles to a new campus in an urban environment would require
leadership of great vision, determination and youthful vigor.
President Kitchin had led the College through twenty eventful
years embracing depression, fires, and World War II. Upon reach-
ing his sixty-fifth birthday, he resigned: To succeed him and to
organize the removal to Winston-Salem, the Trustees in 1950
elected to the presidency Dr. Harold Wayland Tribble, then Presi-
dent of Andover-Newton Theological Seminary.

President Tribble immediately began to mobilize the alumni,
friends of the College, and the Baptist State Convention in support
of the great transition. The State Convention adopted a nine-year
program of increased annual support to all the Baptist Colleges in
the state and pledged funds for the building of Wait Chapel on the
new campus.

The Reynolds Foundation agreed to set aside for buildings the
$350,000 annual support until the removal actually occurred, and
from these funds the Z. Smith Reynolds Library was constructed.
The Foundation also offered a $3,000,000 challenge gift, from
which Reynolda Hall was constructed. The citizens of Winston-
Salem and Forsyth County contributed the cost of construction of a
science building, and William Neal Reynolds contributed
$1,000,000 for a gymnasium.

A three hundred and twenty acre campus site was provided
through the generosity of the late Charles H. and Mary Reynolds
Babcock. Ground-breaking ceremonies were held on October 15,
1952, and a crowd of more than 20,000 watched President Harry S.
Truman lift the first shovel of dirt to begin construction on the new
campus. Between 1952 and 1956 fourteen buildings were erected
on the campus and the actual removal of the College to its new
home was accomplished in time for the opening of the summer
session in 1956.

In the next eleven years of President Tribble's administration,
the College experienced many changes. It had revised its cur-
riculum as a prelude to the removal to the new campus, offering a
more flexible program to students. The number of students in-
creased to 3,022, and the size of the faculty expanded rapidly,
reducing the teacher-student ratio to fourteen to one.

The campus was further expanded with the erection of a new Life
Sciences building in 1961, a new women's dormitory in 1962, and a

HISTORY

new general classroom building in 1963; and work was begun on a
new 31,000 seat stadium, which was completed in 1968.

Additional resources also came to the College in its new home.
In 1954 just prior to the move, the will of Colonel George Foster
Hankins provided over $1,000,000 to be used for scholarships. In
1956 the Ford Foundation contributed $680,000 to the endowment
of the School of Arts and Sciences and $1,600,000 to the Bowman
Gray School of Medicine. At the time of the removal of the College,
the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation increased its annual support
from $350,000 to $500,000. After the completion of a challenge gift
of $3,000,000 offered in 1965, the Foundation raised its annual
contribution to $620,000.

The holdings of the University's libraries more than tripled and
the library was awarded the income from an endowment fund of
about $4,500,000 contributed by the Mary Reynolds Babcock
Foundation and Mrs. Nancy Reynolds.

Graduate work, first offered in 1866, but suspended during the
removal program, was resumed in 1961 when the Trustees estab-
lished the Division of Graduate Studies. In 1967, recognizing the
augmented resources of the College and the fact that in all except
name it was a university rather than a college, the Trustees officially
changed the name to Wake Forest University. The Division of
Graduate Studies became the Wake Forest University Graduate
School. The name Wake Forest College was retained as the desig-
nation for the undergraduate School of Arts and Sciences.

In 1967, after seventeen years of strenuous effort, President
Tribble retired, leaving as his lasting memorial the removal of the
College from Wake Forest to Winston-Salem and its changed status
from College to University, with enhanced resources.

As his successor the Trustees chose Dr. James Ralph Scales,
former President of Oklahoma Baptist University and former Dean
of Arts and Sciences, Oklahoma State University. Since his ad-
ministration began in 1967, there have been important new de-
velopments. The Guy T. and Clara H. Carswell Scholarship Fund,
valued at $1,600,000, was established to undergird the under-
graduate School of Arts and Sciences. The School of Business
Administration was converted into a Graduate School of Manage-
ment in 1 969 and named in honor of Charles H. Babcock, one of the
principal benefactors of the University. Through the generosity of

ENDOWMENT

the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation and Mrs. Nancy Susan
Reynolds, a new building was constructed to house this School. A
subsequent gift of $2,000,000 was received from the Mary Reynolds
Babcock Foundation to be used as endowment.

In 1971 the School of Law added a $500,000 wing which allowed
for an increase in enrollment and faculty. The Bowman Gray
School of Medicine-Baptist Hospital complex also completed a
$30,000,000 expansion program. In addition, a new women's dor-
mitory housing approximately 300 undergraduates was completed
on the Reynolda campus. The University's new fine arts center is
scheduled for completion by 1976.

Complementing the material growth, the University re-
examined its program and goals and adopted a number of changes
in its curriculum. In 1971 it adopted a new calendar and a coopera-
tive exchange of courses with Salem College; and established a
Wake Forest University Overseas Center in Venice, Italy, and in
Dijon, France.

As a mark of its increased stature, the Kenan Foundation in 1970
awarded a grant of $500,000 for the establishment of a Kenan
Professorship.

In retrospect, the University has had a long, arduous and fruitful
history. With the pains of removal and rebirth behind it, with a
modern and well-equipped campus and greatly enhanced re-
sources, and a youthful administration and faculty, it stands on the
threshold of a new era. Relocation has brought new facilities and
new opportunities but the ideals remain unchanged and the Uni-
versity continues to function as its founders envisioned, Pro
Humanitate.

Endowment, Trust Funds and Foundations

In 1865 the endowment fund of Wake Forest University was
$11,700, the remnant from the wreck of war. Under the terms of the
will of Mr. Jabez A. Bostwick, the endowment was increased, in
1923, by stock valued at about $1,500,000. On August 3, 1939, the
resources of the Bowman Gray Foundation were awarded to Wake
Forest College, to be used exclusively by the School of Medicine.

Under the terms of the will of Colonel George Foster Hankins of
Lexington, North Carolina, who died in 1954, the George Foster
Hankins Foundation was established, the income to be used for

ENDOWMENT

scholarships. The assets of the Foundation on June 30, 1973, were
approximately $1,750,000.

The Ford Foundation in 1956 made two gifts to the endowment of
the College, the sum of $680,500 for the School of Arts and Sci-
ences and $1,600,000 for the Bowman Gray School of Medicine.

The Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation made gifts, in 1958 and
1962, of the Reynolda Gardens and an endowment with the total
value of approximately $1 ,500,000. In 1965 the College received an
additional gift of land on which a plant of the Western Electric
Company is located. This gift, valued at $3,500,000 is to be used for
the support of the Library and the Chair of Botany. In December,
1969, an endowment in the amount of $2,300,000 was received
from the Foundation for the use and benefit of the Babcock
Graduate School of Management.

In 1965, 1966, and 1967 a gift totaling $1 ,000,000, the income from
which is to be used to support the Library, was received from Mrs.
Nancy Reynolds.

From the estate of the late Guy T. Carswell, who died in 1966, the
University received the Guy T. and Clara H. Carswell Scholarship
Fund. Investments in this fund were approximately $2,400,000 at
June 30, 1974.

On June 30, 1974, all endowment funds controlled by the Uni-
versity had a book value of $45,790,000 and market value of
$40,271,000.

In addition to the endowment funds controlled by the Trustees,
various trust funds are held by banks for the benefit of the Univer-
sity. Among these are the James A. Gray Trust Fund, the Mary K.
Fassett Trust Fund, the Lucy Teague Fassett Memorial Trust Fund,
and the Nathalie H. Bernard Fund.

The Trustees of the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation, Inc. and The
Trustees of Wake Forest College entered into a contract on
November 16, 1946, whereby the Foundation made available to the
College income of the Foundation up to $350,000 per year in
perpetuity, this sum being increased to $500,000 in 1955. In 1965,
the Foundation announced a matching grant of $3,000,000 for a
period of four years. Upon reaching this goal, the Foundation
increased the annual grant of $620,000 in 1968. In 1972, they an-
nounced an additional grant of $200,000 per year for five years.

ACADEMIC BUILDINGS

Buildings and Grounds

Wake Forest University is situated on approximately 320 acres of
land, and the physical plant consists of 30 buildings, including 12
apartment buildings for faculty and married students. The property
was given to the University by the Mary Reynolds Babcock Founda-
tion and Mr. Charles H. Babcock, and construction of the new
campus was begun in 1952. It was occupied for the first time during
the 1956 summer session. The buildings are of modified Georgian
architecture and constructed of Old Virginia brick trimmed in
granite and limestone. Situated on beautifully landscaped hills, the
campus is one of the most attractive in the South.

The Reynolda Gardens annex, consisting of 148 acres and includ-
ing Reynolda Woods, Reynolda Village, and Reynolda Gardens, is
adjacent to the campus on the south. This tract includes a formal
garden, greenhouses, parkingareas, and a wooded area with trails.
The formal garden features one of the first collections of Japanese
cherry trees in the United States. This area of natural beauty was a
gift to the College from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation
through transfers made in 1958, 1961, and 1963.

Academic Buildings

Wait Chapel. Named in memory of the first President of Wake
Forest College, Wait Chapel, with an auditorium which seats
twenty-three hundred, contains Davis Chapel, which seats 150 and
is used for special services. Wingate Hall, attached to Wait Chapel,
provides classroom space for the Departments of Music and Reli-
gion. Wingate Hall is named in honor of Washington Manly Wing-
ate, President of Wake Forest College, 1854-1879.

Reynolda Hall. This building serves both as an administration
building and a student center. Food services are centralized in
Reynolda Hall and consist of a cafeteria, snack shop, banquet
room, the Magnolia Room, and other smaller dining rooms. The
University Computer Center is located in the basement.

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library. Situated at the center of the
academic campus, this building contains space for eight tiers of
book stacks, with a capacity of about one million volumes. Sur-
rounding the book stacks are four floors of rooms for reading,
reference, and various other uses of a modern library. The Univer-
sity Theatre is located on the top level of the Library.

LIBRARIES

Salem Hall. Directly west of the Library, this three-story building
contains laboratories, classrooms, and offices forthe Departments
of Chemistry and Physics.

Winston Hall. Located just west of Salem Hall, this building was
occupied in September 1961. It provides instructional and office
space for the Departments of Biology and Psychology.

The W. N. Reynolds Gymnasium. Located just east of Reynolda
Hall, this building is equipped with classrooms for instruction in
physical education, courts for basketball and other indoor sports, a
swimming pool, and offices for the Department of Physical Educa-
tion and the Department of Athletics. Surrounding the Gymnasium
are sports fields and courts for tennis, track, soccer, football, and
field hockey. Memorial Coliseum is used for intercollegiate bas-
ketball games. The Department of Military Science is also housed
in this building.

Harold W. Tribble Hall. This building accommodates the social
sciences and the humanities and contains instructional and office
space, a small projection theatre, the philosophy library, a cur-
riculum materials center, the Honors seminar room, and a main
lecture room which seats 200.

Law Building. This four-story structure contains classrooms, of-
fices, a moot court, an assembly room, a library, faculty and stu-
dent lounges, and other specific use rooms. An expansion of the
building in 1972 provided additional classrooms, offices, and li-
brary space.

Charles H. Babcock Building. Occupied in September, 1969, this
building contains offices and classrooms for the Department of
Business and Accountancy, the Department of Mathematics and
the Babcock Graduate School of Management. A variety of instruc-
tional spaces are available, including ampitheatres, seminar
rooms, library, and computer terminal stations for individual stu-
dent use. The building was expanded in 1972 to provide new
offices, a seminar room, and a reading room for the Deaprtment of
Mathematics.

Libraries

The several libraries of the University contain a total of 562,757
volumes. The Z. Smith Reynolds Library holds the main collection

LIBRARIES

of 432,991 volumes of general and diversified research character.
The other libraries represent, in volume holdings as follows, the
respective areas they serve: the Library of the School of Law,
54,053; that of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 68,991; and
that of the Charles H. Babcock Graduate School of Management,
recently established in 1970, 6,722. A rapidly growing microtext
collection is maintained, principally in the Z. Smith Reynolds Li-
brary. There are available 15,032 reels of microfilm, containing files
of local, national, and foreign newspapers; and 181,966 pieces of
other microforms, which include such substantial items as the
British Parliamentary Papers, the Human Relations Area File, and
the Encyclopedia Britannica "Library of American Civilization" on
ultrafiche.

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library provides excellent support for a
liberal arts curriculum and a somewhat limited, although expand-
ing, graduate program. In certain areas special collecting has been
undertaken. For instance, moderate emphasis has been placed on
North Carolina and Southeastern materials; the Ethel Taylor Crit-
tenden Collection in Baptist History has acquired more than 8,000
items which include files of Baptist serials and individual church
records; and the works of selected late nineteenth and early twen-
tieth century authors, together with appropriate critical studies,
are being collected in the Rare Book Rooms.

An open-stack policy enables users to consult books directly at
the shelves. With a few exceptions in special collections, the books
are classified according to the Library of Congress schedules. Cur-
rent issues and bound volumes of periodicals in chemistry and
physics are shelved in Salem Hall for convenience in laboratory
research.

In addition to regular University appropriations, the Z. Smith
Reynolds Library receives the income from an endowment fund of
about $4,500,000, the result of two major gifts : a donation of assets
worth $3,500,000 by the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation; and a
gift of $1,000,000 made in 1967 by Mrs. Nancy Reynolds. This
income is applied principally to the purchase of books necessary
for graduate studies.

Other gifts have enriched the University library collections. Mr.
Tracy McGregor provided a collection of valuable titles on the
colonial and early national periods of American history. To acquire
the important editions of Edmund Spenser and related back-

LIBRARIES

ground material, a contribution was made by Dr. Charles G. Smith
in honor of his wife, Cornelia Marschall Smith. Dr. Herman Harrell
Home established a fund for the purchase of titles of a general
nature. A collection in music was presented to the Library by Dr.
and Mrs. Stringham of Chapel Hill. It is known as the Edwin John
Stringham Collection in Music and Allied Subjects.

Dr. Charles Lee Smith of Raleigh bequeathed to the University
his personal library of about 7,000 volumes, rich in first editions,
while a bequest from his brother, Oscar T. Smith of Baltimore,
affords additional purchases of similar volumes.

The Paschal Collection was established Christmas, 1950 by Dr.
George W. Paschal, Jr., Raleigh surgeon, in recognition of the
interest in the Library manifested by his father, George Washing-
ton Paschal, and also in memory of his father's twin brother, Robert
Lee Paschal. The Collection is regularly enlarged and, although
heterogenous in nature, primarily contains material relating to the
humanities. The aim of the founder of the Collection is to add to
the working efficiency of the Library. While this Collection is prin-
cipally supported by the donor, it has also received and welcomes
contributions from interested friends. A special bookplate is used
for items acquired for the Collection.

In 1970 the acquisition of an important Mark Twain collection
was made possible through the generosity of Mrs. Nancy
Reynolds. The collection contains many variant editions of his
works, with critical material and memorabilia. Form the estate of
Judge R. Hunt Parker the Library received a well-selected collec-
tion of more than 3,000 volumes.

The Library of the School of Law contains 54,053 volumes, includ-
ing the reports, digests, and statutes required by the American
Association of Law Schools, together with the leading periodicals,
encyclopedias, and textbooks.

Library facilities at the Bowman Gray School of Medicine include
68,991 volumes, furnishing the periodicals, texts, and monographs
essential to instruction and research in medical theory and prac-
tice.

The Charles H. Babcock Graduate School of Management is
developing a library of basic materials for its graduate program.
Still modest in size because of its recent origin, now containing
6,722 volumes, the library is steadily moving forward toward an

ART COLLECTION

adequate collection.

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar houses carefully selected
books for the use of advanced students in philosophy. Although
not supported by library funds, but by an endowment given by Dr.
B. W. Spilman and by the A. C. Reid Philosophy Fund, it forms a
valuable part of the book resources of the University.

The Library of the Military Science Department, located in the
Gymnasium, has available for student use over 2,000 books and
periodicals. In addition to major military conflicts involving the
United States, the material covers such subjects as communism,
the "Cold War," counterinsurgency, anti-guerilla warfare, foreign
policy, and space activities.

Art Collection

The T. J. Simmons Collection, presented to the College by the
late Dr. Thomas Jackson Simmons of Gainesville, Ga., was formally
opened to the public on June 2, 1941. It includes about sixty
paintings, thirty-five etchings and lithographs, five pieces of sculp-
ture, and several other art objects.

The collection was enriched in 1957 by three paintings from the
Hammer Galleries given by Mr. Arnold Kirkeby, and in 1960 by two
paintings given by Mr. Clark Hartwell and three by Mrs. April Ruth
Akston. Nearly all of the paintings are hung in public areas of
various buildings on the campus.

■''' #*»

«<«

^^/'h^f^l

STUDENT COMMUNITY

Student Government

The branches of student government are executive, legislative
and judicial.

The executive branch of the student government is comprised of
the four student body officers, president, vice president, sec-
retary, treasurer, and the executive advisory committees. Report-
ing directly to the officers are the Dining, Health, Psychological
Services and Athletic Advisory Committees who work on improv-
ing service to students in these areas. These committees are open
to any students who wish to serve.

The Student Legislature is composed of fifty-eight student rep-
resentatives. The vice president of the student body serves as
Speaker. The Legislature shall represent the interests of students in
social and academic matters and shall promote and fund projects
which benefit the student body and the community. This group
shall also oversee the dispensation of funds to student groups and
recommend the chartering of newly formed student organiza-
tions. Major committees of this body are the Charter Committee,
the Student Budget Advisory Committee, and the Student
Economic Board.

Responsibilities for the judicial branch are divided between an
honor council and a judicial board. The student honor council
consists of ten members: two co-chairmen selected by the Honor
Council of the previous year plus two representatives from each
class. There are three non-voting faculty advisers.

The Honor System is an expression of the concern of Wake
Forest University that its students shall be dominated by ideals of
honor and integrity. The Honor System is an integral part of the
Student Government of the College as adopted by the students
and approved by the faculty. The essence of the Honor System is
that each student's word can be trusted implicitly and that any
violation of a student's word is an offense against the whole stu-
dent community. The Honor System binds the student in such
matters as the following: he must neither give nor receive aid upon
any examination, quiz or other pledge work; he must have com-
plete respect for the property rights of others; he must not give

STUDENT JUDICIAL BOARD

false testimony or pass a worthless check knowing it to be such; he
must confront any student who has violated the Honor System and
tell him that it is his responsibility to report himself or face the
possiblity of being turned in to the Honor Council.

It is the duty of the Student Honor Council to receive, prefer,
investigate, and arrange trial proceedings in all charges of viola-
tions of the Honor System. If a student is found guilty of cheating,
the minimum penalty shall be a recommended grade of F for the
course and a probation period, and the maximum penalty shall be
expulsion. The minimum penalty for stealing, plagiarism, interfer-
ing with the Honor Council, or refusing to pay just debts shall be
probation. The maximum penalty shall be suspension on the first
offense. Expulsion may occur thereafter. All actions of the Council
shall be reported to the Dean of the College.

Any student convicted of violating the Honor Code is ineligible
to represent the University in any manner whatsoever until the
period of his punishment, be it suspension, probation, or any
other form, is completed and the student is returned to good
standing. A student who has been suspended shall be readmitted
to the College only on the approval of the Faculty or its Executive
Committee, and during the period of suspension he shall not be
certified to another institution as being in good standing.

Students enforcing the Honor System are protecting the integ-
rity of their student community and their individual rights and
reputations. They thereby enjoy the confidence of one another,
the Faculty, the Administration and the public.

The Student Judicial Board is composed of twelve members, at
least three men and three women, who are elected at large from
the student body. It is the duty of the Student Judicial Board to
receive, prefer, and try all charges of social misconduct and viola-
tions of University rules and regulations for individual students as
well as student organizations not covered by the Honor Council. A
student who violates these regulations or who behaves in such a
way as to bring reproach upon himself or upon the University is
subject to penalties ranging from verbal reprimand to suspension
on the first offense. Expulsion may occur only thereafter.

College Union

Among the College Union facilities are meeting rooms, lounges,
offices for student organizations, a billiard and table tennis room, a

RESIDENCE COUNCIL

snack shop, and coffee house. The Union also operates an infor-
mation center, a lost and found service, private and general music
listening facilities and a Western Union station. The Office of
Student Activities, located in room 124 of Reynolda Hall, is respon-
sible for scheduling activities, assisting student organizations, and
providing supporting equipment and services necessary in trans-
lating ideas into reality.

The College Union Board of Directors, representing all under-
graduate and graduate students, cooperates with the Union staff in
the day-to-day operation of the facility and supervises the efforts of
a large body of student volunteers who develop and present pro-
grams for the entire University. Through the development of vari-
ous programs and activities, it is the intent of both the Union and
the Board of Directors to meet the following goals:

— to be a campus center where all members of the campus
community can meet formally and informally;

— to provide services and facilities to the University com-
munity;

— to complement the educational goals of the University; pro-
viding cultural, social, and recreational programs; and

— to maintain the Union as an open forum where all sides of
issues can be aired.

Men's Residence Council

A major student development at Wake Forest is the Men's Resi-
dence Council, an organization open to all male residents. The
fundamental objective of the organization has been to encourage
students to realize their potentialities and to implement a com-
prehensive concept of education. Learning is not restricted to the
confines of the classroom, but instead, occurs in some of its
deeper dimensions in extra-class interaction with fellow students
and faculty through residence hall life.

While the central Men's Residence Council's overall guidance is
necessary and important, the real strength of the MRC is found in
the four Houses themselves. Each House has its own officers and
carries out its own academic, athletic, and social programs. The
MRC House system provides the student with an opportunity to
become actively involved in student life at Wake Forest.

TOURNAMENTS

Women's Residence Council

The Women's Residence Council is concerned with a program
designed to nurture a comprehensiveconcept of education. Occa-
sions for interaction with all members of the college community
are provided for through discussions, social and sports events. The
Women's Residence Council participates in developing policy to
create the kind of atmosphere in which maximum development
may take place.

joint Faculty-Student Committees

Students and faculty work together on a number of joint commit-
tees which deal with many aspects of college life, such as admis-
sions, honors, undergraduate life, library, evaluation study, discip-
line, student activities, and lectures.

Forensic Activities

Traditionally, Wake Forest has excelled in forensic activities. The
Debate Team travels to as many as forty state, regional and national
tournaments per year. During most years twenty to twenty-five
students participate by competing in debate and individual events.
Many other students participate by coaching high school teams
and aiding in tournament administration. Students who excel in
forensics may be selected for membership in Delta Sigma Rho-Tau
Kappa Alpha, the national forensic honorary fraternity.

All undergraduate students in good standing are eligible to par-
ticipate in forensics and to represent the University in intercol-
legiate competition.

Debate and Speech Tournaments

A. Wake Forest Novice Debate Tournament
Dixie Classic Debate Tournament

In the fall of each year the University sponsors two tourna-
ments for college debate teams. The Novice Tournament is
open to college students who have never participated in inter-
collegiate debating. The Dixie Classic, a tournament for experi-
enced debaters, attracts the best varsity debate teams from
throughout the United States.

THEATRE

B. Wake Forest Invitational High School Debate Tournament

In the winter of each year, the University chapter of DER-TKA
sponsors a high school debate tournament, which is attended
by teams from approximately 15 southern, eastern, and mid-
western states.

C. Speech Festival for High School Students

In the spring of each year, the University sponsors a speech
festival for North Carolina high school students. The depart-
ment awards certificates to outstanding schools and individuals
in oral interpretation, radio announcing, extemporaneous
speaking, oratory, after-dinner speaking and duet acting.

Debate and Theatre Workshops

High school students are invited to participate in the Summer
Debate and Theatre Workshops which are held during the regular
summer session, and which are open to students from all states.
Students in the Debate Workshop are given an opportunity to
debate the national debate resolution in advance of the regular
debate season. Theatre Workshop students study acting tech-
niques, technical theatre, theatre history, and production theory
in addition to their active participation in several short plays.

University Theatre

The Wake Forest University Theatre, located on the 7th and 8th
levels of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, presents four major pro-
ductions annually. In past seasons the University Theatre has pre-
sented Twelfth Night, Macbeth, A Man for All Seasons, Hedda
Gabler, A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Forum, The
Threepenny Opera, We Bombed In New Haven, Rosencrantz and
Guildenstern Are Dead, Hamlet, The Importance of Being Earnest,
Uncle Vanya and numerous other plays, both modern and Classic.
In addition to the main stage presentations, there is an active
theatre laboratory where students produce new plays as well as
innovative interpretations of standard works. The University
Theatre offers a meaningful, creative outlet for all students at the
University. Any student enrolled in the University is eligible to
audition for the plays and to work with the production staffs.

The Wake Forest Chapter of the National Collegiate Players,
honorary dramatic fraternity, was formed in the Spring of 1963.

RELIGIOUS PROGRAM

Eligibility for membership is determined by a student's scholastic
average and an accumulation of points acquired through participa-
tion in University Theatre activities. The Anthony Aston Society, a
theatre service organization, is open to participants in the activities
of the University Theatre and membership is determined by an
accumulation of points through work on the productions.

In 1976 the University Theatre will move into Theatre facilities
included in the new Fine Arts Center which is under construction.
The new facilities will include a 337 seat proscenium/thrust theatre
and an experimental ring theatre seating 150. Both of the theatres
were designed by Jo Mielziner, the eminent American theatre
designer.

Music Opportunities

Students at Wake Forest University have ample and widely varied
opportunities to attend Music Department events either as listen-
ers or participants. All students are encouraged to attend the
activities sponsored by the Department of Music: faculty recitals,
visiting artists and lecturers, student recitals (which are held on the
first and third Mondays of each month at 7 p.m. in the lower
auditorium of Wingate Hall), senior recitals, instrumental and
vocal student organization programs. The Department encourages
participation in all of the many organizations sponsored by the
Department of Music. These include: the Demon Deacon March-
ing Band, the Symphonic Wind Ensemble, the Concert Band, the
Basketball Varsity Pep Band, the nine o'clock Jazz Ensemble, the
Percussion Ensemble, the University Woodwind Quintet, and the
University Brass Quintet. In addition, the Wake Forest Little Sym-
phony, the Chapel Choir, the Touring Choir, the Madrigal Singers,
and the Opera Workshop are all activities offered by the Depart-
ment of Music for students. Some of the foregoing activities are
offered for University credit.

Religious Program

Wake Forest was founded as a result of a Christian commitment
to higher education as one of the missions of Baptists. Throughout
its history Wake Forest has attempted to demonstrate the affirma-
tive relationship between faith and learning, between academic
excellence freely pursued, and the pilgrimage of students to grow
"in wisdom and stature and in favor with God and man."

The religious program is one expression of the University's pur-

UNIVERSITY RADIO

pose of offering quality education within a religious context. There
are voluntary weekly worship services and special celebrations
during the Church year under the supervision of the University
Chaplain. Discussion groups on the Bible, vocations, and personal
growth are led by chaplains and students. Personal counseling is
anotherarea in which the campus ministers seekto serve students,
faculty, and staff. Opportunities are provided for students to work
in local churches, engage in tutoring programs, shape and partici-
pate in summer mission projects.

The Wake Forest Baptist Church is at worship each Sunday in
Wait Chapel. Its constituency embraces students, faculty and other
people from Winston-Salem. Although planted in the soil of Bap-
tist tradition and associated with larger Baptist bodies, the Wake
Forest Church has contributed to the growing ecumenism of the
University. Its membership and mission are open to all who may
seek its ministry and may wish to use it as an instrument for their
mission to the world.

Convocations

The Opening Convocation and the Convocation celebrating
Founders' Day each February signify the desire to bring students
and faculty together. Everyone is expected to attend in the hope
that the purposes which link us together can be affirmed and
renewed on such occasions. Distinguished persons in various
fields of endeavor participate in these programs which often in-
clude the awarding of medallions of merit to outstanding alumni
and friends of the University.

University Radio Station — WFDD-FM

The University Radio Station, WFDD-FM, broadcasts year-round
to the campus and throughout Piedmont North Carolina. The
station is fully licensed by the Federal Communications Commis-
sion. Programs include music, news, sports, lectures, discussions,
interviews, documentaries and drama. The station provides an
opportunity for students to learn all phases of radio production
while actually participating as announcers, interviewers, directors,
newscasters, sportscasters, actors, and writers.

Participation is open to all students. Several financial assistant-
ships, as well as summer jobs, are available each year for qualified
students.

AWARDS

Publications

The Student, a literary magazine, Old Gold and Black, a weekly
newspaper, and The Howler, the University annual, are published
by the students.

Challenge

CHALLENGE is a biennial symposium on contemporary Ameri-
can affairs directed and coordinated by University students. The
CHALLENGE staff corporately selects an issue of major concern to
which the University directs its attention in three major ways: 1)
noted experts are asked to relate their ideas to the University
community, 2) students, faculty, and administrators corporately
analyze and consider the ideas presented, making suggestions and
analyses of their own, and, 3) an evaluative process is conducted
whereby Wake Forest as an academic, sociological, and educa-
tional community works to meet the exigencies of the issue under
consideration. CHALLENGE originated from a rap session among
students in 1964, and is now in its ninth year. Past CHALLENGE
programs have considered such areas as "The Emerging World of
the American Negro," "The Implications of Prosperity," "Urban
Crisis: The Students' Response," "The Challenge of Survival: not
man apart," and have brought such speakers as Sen. Edmund
Muskie, Harvey Cox, Michael Harrington, Ralph Nader, Rene
Dubos, Daniel Bell, and Sen. John Tunney.

Medals and Other Awards

The A. D. Ward Medal is awarded annually to the senior making
the best address on commencement day.

The Lura Baker Paden Medal, established in 1922 by Dean S.
Paden (B.A., 1918), is awarded annually to the outstanding senior
majoring in business.

The F. B. Currin Medal is awarded annually for the best oration
on the general topic of Christ in Modern Life.

The Carolina Award is presented to the major in Biology who
writes the best paper on a subject selected by the National Biology
Society. Given by the Carolina Biological Supply Company of Elon
College, N. C.

The Biology Research Award is presented to the major in Biology
who does the best piece of original research during the year. Given
by the Beta Rho Chapter of Beta Beta Beta of Wake Forest Univer-
sity. 63

FRATERNITIES

The Poteat Award is presented to the student in Biology 111-112
who is adjudged the most outstanding, and plans to major in the
department. Given by the Will Corporation of Georgia, and spon-
sored by Beta Beta Beta.

The William E. Speas Memorial Award is presented each year to
the outstanding graduating senior in the Department of Physics.

The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal is presented each year
during commencement to the graduating accounting major who
has reached the highest achievement in accounting studies.

The Wall Street Journal Medal and one year's subscription to the
Journal are received each year by the graduating senior who has
been most outstanding in finance courses.

The Tom Baker Award In Debate is given to the senior who has
made the most outstanding contribution in the field of intercol-
legiate debating.

The Tom Baker Award In Publications is given to the senior who
has made the most outstanding contribution in the field of student
publications.

The Claud H. Richards Award in Politics is presented annually to
the outstanding graduating senior in the Department of Politics.

The Ruth Foster Campbell Award is presented annually to the
student whose ability in the Spanish language and spirit of joyful
inquiry into Spanish culture have been most outstanding.

The H. Broadus Jones Award is presented annually to the col-
lege student whose paper shows most insight into the works of
Shakespeare.

The D. A. Brown Prize in Poetry is given annually to a student
whose poems merit recognition.

Fraternities

The following social fraternities have been established: Alpha
Sigma Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Sigma, Lambda
Chi Alpha, Pi Kappa Alpha, Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi Epsilon, sigma Pi,
ThetaChi.

The Interfraternity Council, under the supervision of the Faculty
Committee on Student Life, is the governing body of the social
fraternities. The Council endeavors to maintain a high standard of
conduct and scholarship. The Council offers a cup to the fraternity

HONOR SOCIETIES

whose members made the highest class grades. By order of the
faculty, students who are on probation for any reason may not be
initiated into any fraternity until the end of their probationary
period.

The following professional fraternities have been established:
Phi Alpha Delta (law), Phi Delta Phi (law), Phi Epsilon Kappa (physi-
cal education) and Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia (Music). There is also a
chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, national service fraternity.

Societies

The following societies for women have been established:
Fideles, SOPH, STEPS, Strings, Thymes. Any woman under-
graduate may hold membership in one of the societies. Their
purposes are social and service.

The Intersociety Council, under the supervision of the Dean of
Women and the Faculty Committee on Student Life, is the govern-
ing body of the societies.

Honor Societies

The following honor societies have been established: Alpha
Epsilon Delta (pre-medicine), Beta Beta Beta (biology), Delta Kappa
Alpha (ministry), Delta Phi Alpha (German), Delta Sigma Rho-Tau
Kappa Alpha (forensic), Eta Sigma Phi (classics), Gamma Sigma
Epsilon (chemistry), Kappa Mu Epsilon (mathematics), National
Collegiate Players (dramatics), Omicron Delta Epsilon (eco-
nomics), Pershing Rifles (military), Phi Alpha Theta (history), Phi
Sigma lota (Romance languages), Pi Gamma Mu (social science),
Rho Tau Sigma (radio), Scabbard and Blade (military), Phi Beta
Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa, and Mortar Board. There is also a
Wake Forest University Student Section of the American Institute
of Physics.

ODE is the international honor society in economics. The Eta
Chapter of North Carolina was chartered at W.F.U. on May 22,
1970.

Phi Beta Kappa, an honor society founded at the College of
William and Mary in 1776 and having chapters in many American
colleges and universities, each year invites to membership a lim-
ited number of students who have displayed personal qualities of
high character and who particularly have distinguished them-

RECREATION AND ATHLETICS

selves in fields of liberal scholarship.

Omicron Delta Kappa, an intercollegiate honor society which
has as its purpose the recognition and encouragement "of intelli-
gent, democratic leadership among college men," elects annually
on the basis of character and eminence in one or more of the
following five phases of campus life: "scholarship; athletics; stu-
dent government; social and religious activities; publications; and
forensic, dramatic, musical and other cultural activities."

Mortar Board is an intercollegiate honor society for women. Its
purpose is "to advance the spirit of service and fellowship among
university women, to promote and maintain a high standard of
scholarship and to recognize and encourage leadership, and to
stimulate and develop a finer type of college woman." Member-
ship is based on service, scholarship, and leadership.

Recreation and Athletics

Recognizing the importance of recreation and fitness activities in
maintaining the well-being of students, the University provides
extensive sports and recreational facilities and a faculty of trained
specialists to supervise and direct activities in these areas. Each
student is given the opportunity to develop his individual interest
and competence to the level of proficiency he desires. There are
several facets to this approach. First, there is an adequate Univer-
sity health service program which is basic to the health and physical
well-being of all students. The next step is the activity classes
both of a required and elective nature where both women and
men students may develop skill and interest in a wide variety of
activities.

On top of this base in the recreational and activity pyramid is a
broad program of intramurals and general recreational activities
for both men and women. Men participate in 19 different sports
and three separate leagues: fraternity, house, and independent.
Women participate in 20 sports in two leagues: society and inde-
pendent. More than 50% of the students take part in these pro-
grams. Handsome trophies and medals are awarded to all team and
individual champions.

Included in this middle of the pyramid is the general recreation
program consisting of sports and recreation clubs such as aquatics,
gymnastics, dance, weight training, and soccer. Beyond these ac-

INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS

tivities students are encouraged to participate on their own in a
voluntary recreation and fitness program.

At the top of the pyramid and growing out of the other aspects is
the intercollegiate athletic program. This is the program for the
athletically gifted and represents the epitome of sports participa-
tion. In the program for woman, the University is a member of the
National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for women. Inter-
collegiate teams are sponsored in golf, tennis, basketball, vol-
leyball and field hockey. A full slate of games is scheduled in each
sport and the rules of the National Association of Girls and Women
in Sports, AAHPER, govern play. In the program for men, the
University is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Associa-
tion and the Atlantic Coast Conference. Rules and regulations of
the NCAA and the ACC apply to all intercollegiate sports and
eligibility of players. Representative teams participate in a full
schedule of the following varsity sports: football, basketball,
baseball, track and field, cross country, swimming, golf, and ten-
nis. Varsity teams have always acquitted themselves well.

In order to provide for this program for all students, excellent
indoor and outdoor facilities are provided. The focal point for
sports and athletics is the William N. Reynolds Gymnasium: four
gymnasiums with eight basketball courts, eight handball and
squash courts, gymnastic and wrestling room, weight training
room, dance studio, rifle range, table tennis area, and a fully
equipped check-out cage where students may check out a wide
variety of sports and recreation equipment. Outdoor facilities in-
clude three batteries of all-weather tennis courts totaling 16, quar-
ter mile running track and infield, four football fields, five in-
tramural fields, golf putting green, and two baseball fields.

Research in fitness and motor skills is carried on in three
laboratories located in the gymnasium: the Physical Fitness
Laboratory, Body Composition Laboratory, and the Motor Perfor-
mance Laboratory.

INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS FOR WOMEN

The Director of Women' Athletics has general control over all
women's intercollegiate athletic activities.

The University is a member of the National Association of
Intercollegiate Athletics for Women, Region II of the Association

BRIAN PICCOLO AWARD

of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women, and the State Association
of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women. These organizations have
their own manuals of rules and by-laws, and the women's sports at
Wake Forest University are conducted within these regulations.

All full-time students who are in good academic standing are
eligible to participate in the program. A full schedule of games are
played in each of the following sports: golf, tennis, volleyball,
basketball, and field hockey. State, Regional, and National Tour-
naments are held in various sports.

The Women's Intercollegiate program at Wake Forest University
is directed and coached by members of the Physical Education
faculty.

INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS FOR MEN

Athletics

The University participates in the following eight sports:
baseball, basketball, cross country, football, golf, swimming, ten-
nis, and track. Scholarships are offered in each sport, partial as well
as full. The full scholarship allowed by the National Collegiate
Athletic Association is tuition, fees, room, board, books and $15.00
a month incidental expenses. The University also offers a club
program in riflery, soccer, and gymnastics and offers a very exten-
sive intramural program in a large number of other men's and
women's sports.

The Director of Athletics has general supervision of the men's
intercollegiate athletic activities.

The University is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic
Association and the Atlantic Coast Conference. Rules and Regula-
tions of the NCAA, of the Conference, and of the University apply
to all intercollegiate sports for men and eligibility of players.

The Brian Piccolo Award

This award is presented annually at the North Carolina-Wake
Forest football game to the player who, as judged by the Deacon
coaching staff, best exemplifies the qualities and courage of the
former Deacon star, Brian Piccolo, in the University of North
Carolina game.

ORIENTATION

The Brian Piccolo Scholarship

Presented annually to a Chicago area high school player bound
for Wake Forest. Selection is made by the coaching staff. They are
invited by Chicago high school coaches and an attempt is made to
select an individual who most closely exempifies the spirit of Brian
Piccolo. The current recipient is Steve Bettenhausen.

The Arnold Palmer Award

This award is presented annually by the Monogram Club to the
Wake Forest Athlete of The Year. The recipient of the award is
determined by a vote of the members of the Monogram Club.
Trophies are also presented to the outstanding athlete in the eight
varsity sports at a year-end All-Sports Banquet.

The Buddy Worsham Memorial Scholarship

Established by Arnold Palmer in memory of his college room-
mate who was killed in an automobile accident. It has been
awarded to a male golfer for his four years at Wake Forest. Begin-
ning in 1973, two golfers are selected for the Buddy Worsham
Scholarship. Current recipients are Curtis Strange and Bob Byman.

John R. Knott Scholarship

This four year scholarship was established by alumnus John R.
Knott of Charlotte, N. C. in 1968 to support the University Athletic
Program. It was later restricted to golf, and since Mr. Knott's death
in 1969, the value has increased sufficiently to include two golfers.
Current golfers on the scholarship are Jay Haas, and one to be
named.

The Orientation and Advising Program

The orientation program is planned to enable the new student to
makeasmooth adjustmentto life at Wake Forest both academically
and socially. To achieve this purpose, there is certain information
which must be passed along to new students and certain informa-
tion which must be obtained from them. A four-day orientation
period is scheduled each fall immediately before registration to
allow for the transfer of this information. During this period the
students are given language placement and other tests; they meet
with faculty and student advisors to learn about the academic

HOUSING

requirements, the social life, and the cultural opportunities; and
they learn about Wake Forest's past and present in both formal and
informal meetings.

Each new student is assigned to a faculty member who serves as
his academic advisor and each advisor has approximately 30 stu-
dents — 15 freshmen and 15 sophomores who have been assigned
to him at the beginning of their freshmen year and continue with
him until they have completed the work of the sophomore year
and have been assigned to major advisors. Although the primary
duty of the advisor is to assist students in selecting courses to
enable them to meet the basic academic requirements, a less
tangible, but perhaps more important function of the advisor is to
provide general support for the student, not only in his academic
program, but also in all matters pertaining to his general happiness
and peace of mind. This does not require advisors to be profes-
sional counselors (for which they are not trained), but it does
require that they have a genuine personal interest in each of their
students. An important aspect of this is that the advisor convey this
interest and concern to the student in such a way that he will
believe it and will think of his advisor as the one to see when he
needs support or help.

The advisor has an essential role in the orientation program for
new students, transfers as well as freshmen. (All transfer students
are assigned to one or two advisors.) The advisor meets with his
new advisees as a group and individually, and most advisors also
have their respective groups in their homes for supper and discus-
sion during the orientation period.

The advisor is present at registration to help his advisees select
and enroll in the proper courses. The advisor indicates his approval
of the student's courses by signing his schedule card. If a student is
experiencing academic difficulty in any subject, he should consult
with his advisor. There are any number of things the advisor may
suggest to help in such a situation if he is aware of it.

Housing

All unmarried freshmen students are required to live in Univer-
sity residence halls except when permission is granted for fresh-
man men by the Dean of Men and for freshman women by the
Dean of Women to live off campus under one of the following
circumstances:

HOUSING

(1) Residing with parents; permission to live with a relative in
the metropolitan area of Winston-Salem.

(2) Student is eighteen years of age or older.

(3) By special arrangement, when space is not available in the
residence halls.

Housing for Men

The men's residence halls are supervised by a professional staff
and student assistants. The staff serves as advisers and counselors
in areas of personal growth and development, and their work is
coordinated by the Director of Men's Residence Life. The student
staff reports to the Director and is responsible for the general
well-being of students as well as certain aspects of the physical
maintenance of buildings. The residence staff assists in the general
functioning of residence life, with emphasis on total student de-
velopment through interpersonal relationships in residence hall
living.

The semester charge for double occupancy in the four large
men's residence halls is $200 per semester for front rooms in each
suite and $190 per semester for back rooms. A few rooms are
available for men in New Dorm at a rate of $290 per semester for
double occupancy.

Single rooms are $245 per semester, and a double room oc-
cupied as a single room is $300 per semester. Room rent is due and
payable with tuition and is non-deferrable. Room rent is not re-
funded upon withdrawal from the University. Room assignments
are made by the Housing Office.

Housing For Women

The women's residence halls are staffed by adult and student
counselors underthe supervision of the Dean of Women. The staff
is concerned with personal and corporate development of the
residents. Freshmen women observe curfew until Thanksgiving.

Married women students are not ordinarily permitted to live in
the residence halls. Exceptions are made by the Dean of Women.

Semester charges range from $220- $290 per semester due and
payable with tuition and may not be deferred. Room assignments
are made by the Housing Office, and room rent is not refundable
upon withdrawal from the University. Single rooms range from
$270- $310 per semester, and the rate for a double room used as a
single ranges from $320-$435 per semester.

HEALTH SERVICE

Housing Regulations

Details of regulations and conditions governing occupancy of
University housing are found in the Application and Agreement for
Residence Halls.

Housing for Married Students

An apartment building containing 56 apartments is located on
the north-west edge of the campus. A trailer park containing 50
spaces is located on the east side of the campus. Apartments and
trailer spaces are available only to bona fide students of Wake
Forest University.

Applications for either apartments or trailer spaces should be
directed to the Director of Housing. Assignments are made on the
basis of priorities established by the date of application, and a lease
is executed by the student and the University.

Food Services

Four types of food service are available to students at Wake
Forest University — cafeteria, grill, table service, and special dining
service for small parties. The cafeteria menus feature multiple
choices planned and supervised by a trained dietitian. Table ser-
vice is provided in the Magnolia Room and gives the students a
quiet place to enjoy eating from a menu of greater variety, as well
as foods prepared to order. Buffets are served in the Magnolia
Room each Wednesday noon and Thursday evening.

University Health Service

The University Health Service through the University Clinic and
Hospital provide those services necessary to the student in
maintenance of their health. Utilizing the required Pre-entrance
Medical Report from the student's physician, the Health Service
evaluates the student's health status prior to admission. Any
Health problems present then or arising later are handled by the
Health Service Staff so as to assure the student's continued educa-
tion as far as possible without endangering his health or that of
others. The facilities and staff of the Bowman Gray School of
Medicine, The North Carolina Baptist Hospital, The Forsyth

PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES

Memorial Hospital, and others are also used if needed. The Health
Service also works closely with the Center for Pyschological Ser-
vices on mental health problems.

In the clinic a minimum charge is made for medications and
laboratory tests, but none for office visits. Charges are made for
University Hospital in-patient care. When it becomes necessary to
refer patients to specialists or for studies elsewhere all costs must
be assumed by the student.

North Carolina State Law states that "any minor age 18 years or
older may contract for medical services for himself or his child."
This means that all medical information and all contacts between
the student and the Health Service are confidential and cannot be
revealed to anyone, including parents and administration, without
the consent of the patient if he has reached 18 years of age.

Reading Improvement Program For University Students

A reading improvement course is available on the Wake Forest
University campus to all students. It is designed to help students
read and study more effectively to achieve a greater measure of
success in the many different areas of university work. Instruction
centers around increasing the speed of comprehension and im-
proving comprehension, vocabulary, and study skills. Group diag-
nostic tests are given to determine specific weaknesses of stu-
dents. The class meets twice each week (one hour periods) in the
afternoons and is offered both semesters. The charge for the
course is $85.00, which includes fees for materials and use of the
reading machines.

Center for Psychological Services

The Center in Efird Hall serves students, faculty, and staff in
many ways. For the student who wishes to maximize opportunities
for academic and professional development in college, the Center
offers educational-vocational counseling. The professionally
trained staff provide individual and group therapy in a confidential
setting. The Center also consults with individuals, groups and
organizations with regard to study skills, motivation, leadership,
and other areas in which the application of psychological princi-
ples are sought. The Center also conducts research, offers infor-
mation concerning students' opinions, aptitudes, and interests,
and participates in the training of graduate students in the

PIEDMONT UNIVERSITY CENTER

psychological disciplines. Services are free to currently enrolled
students.

Career Development & Placement Office Services

The Placement Office arranges on-campus career interviews
with business firms, government agencies, school systems, and
other organizations, for graduating students at Wake Forest Uni-
versity. Career information may be found in the Placement Office,
Room 118, Reynolda Hall. The Placement Director is available dur-
ing regular office hours for consultation on career matters.

Human Enterprises Institute

The Human Enterprises Institute provides learning oppor-
tunities for clergy of all religious groups to understand industry.
Since its establishment in 1966, it has placed clergy in educational
centers operated by industry and in continuing education centers
operated by universities for industry and has conducted summer
programs for seminarians in industry. In addition to consulting
services, it also designs conferences for denominational groups
and seminaries. The Institute publishes a quarterly of reprints for
clergy.

Urban Affairs Institute

The Wake Forest Urban Affairs Institute, established in 1968,
serves as the means to channel the resources of the University into
problem areas of the urban community. It also serves as a com-
munications focal point for agencies and individuals outside the
University. In the pursuit of its responsibilities the Institute en-
gages in programs of education, research and community service
utilizing the resources of both the faculty and student body.

The Piedmont University Center

Established in 1963 as an academic consortium, the Piedmont
University Center has sponsored the development of interinstitu-
tional programs for twenty-one participating colleges located in
the Piedmont area of North Carolina. A part of Reynolda House has
served as headquarters for the Center. Wake Forest, a charter
member of the Piedmont University Center, has cooperated with
member institutions in such projects as the Visiting Scholars Pro-
gram, the Film Library, the program of Grants for Faculty Research,

ECUMENICAL INSTITUTE

and activities of committees concerned with Admissions, Library
Affairs, International Education, Student Personnel, Business
Managers, Development Officers, or Teacher Education.

Since the North Carolina Association of Independent Colleges
and Universities will include in its developing educational program
many of the functions of the Piedmont University Center, the
Center will terminate its activities at the close of the academic year
1974-75.

The Institute of Literature

Founded in 1964, the Institute of Literature is jointly sponsored
by the Departments of English, Classics, German, and Romance
Languages. Its purpose is to promote the cause of humane letters
and to manifest something of the diversity in unity which charac-
terizes the literary heritage of the West. To achieve this purpose
the Institute each year invites distinguished writers and scholars to
the Wake Forest campus for extended visits. Institute lecturers
have included such outstanding figures as W. H. Auden, Malcolm
Cowley, James Dickey, and V. S. Pritchett (English); Gilbert
Highet, Whitney Oates, Cedric Whitman, and John Finley (Clas-
sics); Germaine Bree, Henri Peyre, Morris Bishop, and Alfred D.
Menut (Romance Languages); Arthur Henkel, Taylor Starck, Erich
Heller, and Victor Lange (German).

The Robinson Lectures

Samuel Robinson, the uncle of Mrs. George C. Mackie, wife of
the late Dr. Mackie, who was a long-time physician to the Univer-
sity, endowed a portion of his trust to the Department of Religion.
This fund is used to sponsor the Robinson Lectures and other
activities of the Department.

These lectures are held biennially and have resulted in the publi-
cation of a number of books. In addition, the funds from the trust
are used to sponsor individual lectures which are given at more
frequent intervals.

Ecumenical Institute

The Ecumenical Institute of Wake Forest University was estab-
lished in 1968. It became co-sponsored by Belmont Abbey College
in the spring of 1974. Its purpose is to provide a means in an

UNIVERSITY ARTISTS SERIES

academic setting for better understanding and wider experience in
religion in a pluralistic society. The Institute is supported by dona-
tions from individuals and foundations. It sponsors conferences
between various religious groups, both on and off the two cam-
puses. Some of the funds have been used in publication, and a
limited number of student Fellowships are available for programs
of study sponsored by the Institute.

University Artists Series

The University Artists Series presents a series of outstanding
concerts to the University community. These are of such quality
that they represent an extension of the Arts curriculum as well as
entertainment for students and faculty. The Series brings artists
who have reached the top of their fields as well as the most
promising younger artists. Among the outstanding attractions in
recent years have been Leontyne Price, Yehudi Menuhin, Marcel
Marceau, Alicia de Larrocha, The Vienna Symphony, the Cleveland
Orchestra, The New York Philharmonic, and other artists and
groups of comparable quality. The Series is equally proud of the
artists it has presented who have gone on to illustrious careers,
such as Byron Janis, Phillippe Entremont, Janos Starker, Chris-
topher Parkening, Itzhak Perlman, John Ogdon, and others. The
1975-76 season will feature The London Symphony conducted by
Andre Previn and the brilliant young violinist, Eugene Fodor. The
five concerts each season are chosen so that in the four years a
student is at Wake Forest he may attend concerts by a balanced
range of artists. Concerts are presented in Wait Chapel Au-
ditorium, and students are admitted without further charge upon
presentation of the Wake Forest identification card.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Academic Calendar

The academic calendar of Wake Forest College includes a fall
semester ending before Christmas, a spring semester beginning in
January and ending in May, and a summer session. Courses of-
fered in the fall semester normally meet for approximately fifteen
weeks. During the spring semester some courses meet on a
fifteen-week schedule as in the fall, some meet for four weeks
(normally during January), and others for the remaining eleven
weeks of the semester. A student may enroll for fifteen-week
courses only, for four-week and eleven-week courses only, or
under certain conditions one may combine courses from the two
tracks during the same spring semester. The Calendar for 1975-76
appears in the first pages of this bulletin.

Credits; Normal Load

Progress toward a degree is calculated in terms of credits. Most
courses have a value of four credits, but course values vary from
one credit to five.

A student's normal load is 18 credits a semester or 36 credits for
an academic year. Under unusual circumstances a student of dem-
onstrated ability may be allowed a slightly heavier load. Twelve
credits per semester, the minimum registration without specific
permission to enroll as a part-time student, constitute full-time
status.

Classification

The requirements for classification after the freshman year are as
follows:

Sophomore — the removal of all entrance conditions and the
completion of not fewer than 29 credits toward a degree, with a
minimum of 58 quality points; Junior — the completion of not
fewer than 60 credits toward a degree, with a minimum of 120
quality points; Senior — not fewer than 108 credits toward a de-
gree, with a minimum of 216 quality points.

Procedure in Registering

There are five steps in registration: (1) payment of fees to the

EXAMINATIONS AND GRADES

Treasurer; (2) securing from the Registrar's office a summary of
prior record; (3) consultation with an adviser, who gives such
assistance as may be necessary in regard to the program of work;
(4) sectioning of classes by departmental representatives.

No student is allowed to enter any class until registration has
been completed.

Registration after the Freshman Year

During each spring semester before an announced date (see
Calendar) students who plan to return for the fall semester must
make a reservation deposit. An undergraduate student who fails to
pay the deposit at the required time is not eligible to register for the
fall semester.

Auditing of Classes

A student regularly enrolled on a full-time basis may audit classes
without charge, provided that the permission of the instructor is
obtained. A person other than a regularly enrolled full-time stu-
dent may audit classes for a fee with the permission of the dean of
the appropriate school and the instructor. An auditor is listed on
the class roll as such and is subject to the usual attendance regula-
tions and to whatever additional requirements the instructor may
impose. If these conditions are properly fulfilled, a notation
"audit" is entered in lieu of a grade on the instructor's final grade
report. For the regularly enrolled student, this notation is also
entered on his permanent record card. An auditor may receive no
grade or credit for the course.

Each instructor shall report to the Registrar the presence of any
student not registered regularly or as an auditor.

An audit course may not be changed to a credit course, and a
credit course may not be changed to an audit course.

Examinations and Grades

All examinations are conducted in accordance with the honor
system adopted by the students and approved by the Faculty.
Under this system the student is expected not only to rerain from
unfairness in any form but also to report to the Honor Council
anyone whom he knows to be guilty of cheating. Examination
papers are accompanied by a signed statement that no aid has been
given or received.

PASS-FAIL GRADES

Grades in each course are assigned by the instructor as follows:
A, exceptionally high achievement; B, superior; C, satisfactory; D,
passing but unsatisfactory; E, conditional failure; F, failure.

Grades are assigned quality points as follows: for each credit of
A, 4 points; of B, 3 points; of C, 2 points; D; 1 point; of E and F, no
points. The quality point ratio is calculated by dividing the total
number of quality points earned by the total number of credits
attempted, whether passed or not, with the exception of work
taken on a pass-fail basis.

Grade of I

The grade of I (incomplete) may be assigned only when on
account of illness or some other emergency a student does not
complete the work of his course. If the work recorded as I is not
completed within thirty days after the student enters for his next
semester, the grade automatically becomes F.

Grade of E

A student who makes a grade of E on any course may be re-
examined at any regular examination period within a year, or
during he first week of the fall semester. The re-examination per-
mit must be obtained from the Registrar's Office a few days in
advance. No grade higher than a D may be assigned as a result of a
re-examination. A student who does not remove a conditional
failure by one re-examination must repeat the course to secure
credit.

Pass-Fail Grades

A student may not count toward the B.A. or B.S. degree more
than twenty-four credits taken on a Pass-Fail basis.

During his junior and senior year a student is permitted to elect
courses totaling no more than sixteen credits (and no more than
five such credits in a given term), with the stipulation that grades
forthese courses will be recorded asPass (P) orFail (F) onlyandthat
these grades will not be counted in computing the student's qual-
ity point ratio. A grade of Pass carries full academic credit. A
student indicates at the time of registration that he is choosing to
take a course under this arrangement; in no case may he change
from Pass-Fail to a letter-grade basis or vice versa after the first two
weeks of classes.

CLASS ATTENDANCE

Some courses in the College, including those especially de-
signed for the four-week term beginning in January, are offered
only on a Pass-Fail basis. Except for these courses, a student may
not select for Pass-Fail grades any course that he submits to satisfy
the College's basic and divisional course requirements or to com-
plete requirements for his major. Courses in the major field of
study that are not used for satisfying the requirement for the major
may be taken on a Pass-Fail basis except where an individual de-
partment specifies otherwise.

Repetition of Courses

A student may not repeat for credit a course on which he has
already received a grade of C or higher.

Class Attendance

The attendance regulations specifically place the responsibility
for class attendance upon the individual student. He is expected to
attend classes regularly and punctually. A student should recog-
nize that one of the most vital aspects of a residential college
experience is attendance in the classroom and that the value of this
academic experience cannot be fully measured by testing proce-
dures alone.

The members of the student body are considered sufficiently
mature to appreciate the necessity of regular attendance, to accept
this personal responsibility, and to demonstrate the kind of self-
discipline essential for such performance and, conversely, to rec-
ognize and accept the consequences of failure to attend. An in-
structor is privileged to refer to the Office of the Dean of the
College for suitable action students who in his opinion are causing
their work or that of the class to suffer because of absences or
latenesses. Any student who does not attend classes regularly, or
who demonstrates other evidence of academic irresponsibility, is
subjectto such disciplinary action as the Executive Committee may
prescribe, including immediate suspension from the College.

The Office of the Dean of the College maintains a list of students
who have been absent from class (1) because of illness (when
certified by the University Health Service) or other extenuating
circumstances or (2) as authorized representatives of the Univer-
sity (when their names have been submitted by appropriate Uni-
versity officials forty-eight hours in advance of the hour when the

WITHDRAWAL FROM COLLEGE

absences are to commence). Such absences are considered "ex-
cused," and a record of them is available to the student's instruc-
tors upon request. An instructor determines whether work the
student has missed (including quizzes) may be made up.

Enforcement of Regulations

The enforcement of all regulations pertaining to academic mat-
ters is a function of the faculty, or representatives of the faculty. A
well-organized Student Government assumes responsibility, in
co-operation with the Office of the Dean, for the regulation of the
honor system and various other matters involving personal con-
duct. In general, the regulations of the University are adapted to
and intended for those who have reached such maturity that they
may exercise self-control. All students are expected to be faithful in
work, to be prompt and regular in attendance upon all their college
duties, and to refrain from practices injurious to others. Those who
neglect their work, or engage in conduct that brings reproach
upon themselves and upon the University, or disregard the rights
and the welfare of their students are required to withdraw from the
University.

Dropping A Course

The last day for dropping a class without the grade of F is listed in
the calendar on page 4 of this Catalog. A student who wishes to
drop any course before this date must consult the Registrar and his
faculty adviser. After this date, if he wishes to drop a course, he
must consult his faculty adviser, his instructor, and the Dean of the
College. If the Dean approves the request, he authorizes the stu-
dent to discontinue the course. Except in the case of an
emergency, the grade in the course will be recorded as F.

If, at any time, a student shall drop any course without prior,
written approval of the Dean, a grade of F for that course shall be
reported by the instructor to the Registrar, and the student will be
subject to academic probation for the following semester or to
such other penalties as the Executive Committee of thefaculty may
impose.

Withdrawal From College

A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from the College is
required to do so through the Office of the Dean of the College. If

MINIMUM ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS

in the judgment of the dean the withdrawal is justified and the
student is otherwise in good academic standing, no grades will be
recorded on the student's permanent record for that semester.
However, the student's standing in his courses at the time of
withdrawal will be taken into consideration should he at a later
date seek readmission to the College. If the withdrawal is for
academic reasons, failing grades may be assigned in all courses in
which the student is not doing satisfactory work.

If a student leaves the College without officially withdrawing, he
will be assigned failing grades in all his current courses and his
unofficial withdrawal will be indicated on his record.

Minimum Academic Requirements for Continuation

Each student is expected to be aware at all times of his academic
status and to be responsible for knowing whether he has met the
College's minimum academic requirements for continuation as
outlined below.

On the basis of their cumulative records at the end of the spring
semester, the following students are academically ineligible to
enroll for the following fall term:

(1) Those students who, having attempted 53 or fewer credits
in all colleges attended, have an over-all quality point ratio* of
less than 1.35 on work attempted at Wake Forest.

(2) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than 54
and no more than 97 credits in all colleges attended, have an
over-all quality point ratio of less than 1 .65 on work attempted at
Wake Forest.

(3) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than 98
and no more than 134 credits in all colleges attended, have an
over-all quality point ratio of less than 1 .85 on work attempted at
Wake Forest.

(4) Those students who, having attempted 135 credits or more
courses in all colleges attended, have an over-all quality point
ratio of less than 1.90 on work attempted at Wake Forest.

In the determination of quality point ratio, non-credit courses
are not counted.

* The quality point ratio is obtained by dividing the quality points earned by the number ot credits attempted.

REQUIREMENTS FOR READMISSION

Ordinarily a student who is ineligible under the minimum re-
quirements above may attend the first summer term at Wake
Forest; if he is successful in raising his over-all quality point ratio
on work attempted at Wake Forest to the required minimum, he
may enroll for the fall semester. If he is unsuccessful by the end of
the first summer term, he may attend the second term in Wake
Forest; if he is successful then in raising his quality point ratio to
the required minimum, he may apply for readmission no earlier
than for the following spring semester. If he is unsuccessful in
meeting the minimum requirements by the end of the second
summer term, he may apply for readmission no earlier than for the
following summer session.

Requirements for continuation are to be determined by the
catalog under which the student expects to be graduated.

Under exceptionally extenuating circumstances beyond the
control of the student, and after consultation with the student's
dean, an appeal from theforegoingeligibility requirements maybe
considered by the Executive Committee of the faculty.

The Executive Committee of the faculty may also suspend from
college at the end of any term any student whose record for that
term has been unsatisfactory, particularly with regard to the
number of courses passed and failed, or who has not attended
class regularly or has otherwise ignored the rules and regulations
of the College.

Requirements for Readmission

Any student seeking readmission to Wake Forest University
must meet the minimum academic requirements for continuation
for students in his category of courses attempted (see page 84),
except that:

(1) a student who has not met these requirements may apply
for admission to the summer school only;

(2) a student may apply for readmission if he has been away
from Wake Forest continuously for at least a year and a half and
has spent that time constructively;

(3) a student may apply for readmission after less than the year
and a half if he has been enrolled in another college or if his
failure to have the required average at the time of his suspension
was due to exceptionally extenuating circumstances beyond his

TRANSCRIPTS

control.

It should be understood by the student and his parents that
meeting the requirements set forth above does not insure that the
student will be readmitted to the University.

Probation

A student is responsible at all times for knowing his academic
standing.

Any student who at the end of the fall semester does not have the
grade average which he will be required to have at the end of the
spring semester will be automatically on academic probation.

Any student who is placed on probation because of honor code
or conduct code violations shall also be placed on such special
academic probation as the Executive Committee of the faculty shall
impose. In addition, the Executive Committee may at any time
place on probation any student whose academic performance or
social behavior is incosistent with what the Committee deems to
be the best interests of the student or the University.

Senior Conditions

A candidate for graduation in his final semester who receives a
grade of E at the close of the previous semester may apply to the
Registrar for re-examination 30 days after the opening of the final
semester and not less than 30 days before its close.

All conditions must be removed 30 days before the end of the last
term of the student's graduation year. The name of a candidate for
graduation who has a condition after that date is dropped from the
list of candidates.

If a student receives a grade of E in a course in the final term of his
graduation year, he is not allowed a re-examination before the next
examination period.

Reports

A mid-term report and a final report of grades are given to
students each term.

Transcripts of Student Records

Request for a copy of a student's record should be made to the

INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS

Registrar, and should be accompanied by a remittance of one
dollar for each copy desired. No transcript will be issued without
the authorization of the owner of the record.

The Dean's List

The Dean's List, issued at the end of each semester by the Dean
of the College, includes all full-time students who have made a
quality point ratio of 3.0 for the semester and have earned no grade
below the level of C. Grades earned during a summer session are
not considered in the preparation of the list.

Graduation Distinctions

Under the quality point system, graduation distinctions are de-
termined as follows:

A candidate for a baccalaureate degree who is credited with
quality points which give him a ratio of not less than 3.80, in
relation to the total number of courses attempted, shall be
graduated with the distinction summa cum laude; not less than
3.50, magna cum laude; not less than 3.00, cum laude. The entire
record of a student is considered, with the understanding that a
transfer student may receive no distinction which requires a qual-
ity point ratio greater than that earned in Wake Forest University.

Interdisciplinary Honors Program

Wake Forest University offers an interdisciplinary honors pro-
gram for a limited number of highly qualified students. Participa-
tion is with the approval of the Faculty Committee on Honors.

During their first three years in college, participants will usually
schedule three interdisciplinary honors seminars (normally includ-
ing two courses in the Lower Division and one course in the Upper
Division). Many students will probably not participate formally in
the interdisciplinary program beyond the third year, but will
choose instead to concentrate on departmental honors work in
their major fields. Students, however, who are not candidates for
departmental honors and who have completed four interdiscipli-
nary seminars with a superior record may elect Honors 281 (di-
rected study culminating in an honors paper and an oral examina-
tion). Those whose work in this course is superior and who have
achieved an over-all quality point ratio of at least 3.0 in all college

ASIAN STUDIES PROGRAM

work will be graduated "with Honors in the Arts and Sciences."
Those students, on the other hand, who have chosen to be candi-
dates for departmental honors may not also be candidates for
"Honors in the Arts and Sciences."

Departmental Honors

Many departments offer specialized honors programs for highly
qualified majors. Admission to an honors program is by application
to and with the consent of the department. The minimum re-
quirement is a grade point average of not less than 3.0 on all college
work and 3.3 on all work in the major, except as may be specified by
individual departments.

Beyond these stipulations, a department may at its discretion
impose such additional requirements as the completion of specific
courses, the honors seminars, an independent study project, or
honors research and a comprehensive examination on the special
project. The specific requirements of each department are listed
with the course requirements for the major.

Wake Forest University Semester in France

The department of Romance Languages sponsors a Semester in
France program at Dijon, the site of a well-established French
university. Students are placed in courses according to level of
ability in French, as ascertained by a test given at Dijon. The
minimum requirement is at least one French course beyond the
intermediate level, preferably French 221 or its equivalent. The list
of courses, which are taught by native French professors, may be
found under the Romance Languages course listings.

The Asian Studies Program Semester in India

The Asian Studies Program conducts a Semester in India Pro-
gram under which a selected group of students spends three
months doing academic work at an Indian college and travel in
India as a part of the total curriculum. A student who wishes to use
one or more of these courses to meet basic, divisional, or major
requirements must obtain written approval of each course. When
possible, this should be done before enrolling in the overseas
program. Further information on this may be obtained from the
Director of the Asian Studies Program.

STUDY ABROAD

Wake Forest University of Spain

The department of Romance Languages sponsors a study abroad
program conducted at the University of Madrid.

Students live with Spanish families selected by the program's
resident director of a professor of Spanish from Wake Forest. The
courses are taught by native Spanish professors attached to the
University's Facultad de Filosofia y Letras, the Spanish equivalent
of the college of arts and sciences.

Course offerings and specific requirements for eligibility are
listed under the Spanish section of the Romance Language De-
partment in the catalog.

Wake Forest-in-Venice Program

Since 1971 the University has conducted a Wake Forest-in-
Venice program that permits approximately twenty students each
semester to study in Venice. Students are housed in a large, com-
fortable building on the Grand Canal near St. Mark's Square, and
pursue their course of study under the direction of a regular
member of the Wake Forest Faculty. The program offered there
varies from time to time and is supervised on a rotating basis by
several academicdepartments. A student in the program should be
able to make normal progress toward meeting degree require-
ments. A student who wishes to use one or more of the Venice
courses to meet basic, divisional, or major requirements must
obtain written approval for each course. When possible, this
should be done before enrolling in the overseas progam. Further
information about the program may be obtained from the Office of
the Dean of the College.

Study Abroad

To be granted the privilege of studying abroad a student who
plans to return to Wake Forest must plan a program of study
relevantto hisdegree program atthe University and must secure in
advance the approval of the chairman of his major department and
the Dean of the College. He must then file an approved Study
Abroad Application with the Registrar.

Normal credit for a full year program (36 credits) may be granted
upon evidence of a satisfactory evaluation by the University of the
work taken.

SUMMER SESSION ELSEWHERE

Students are encouraged to study under one of the established
programs sponsored by American colleges and universities. In
some cases independent study at foreign universities may be ap-
proved. A transcript of the record is required for posting after
completion of approved foreign study.

Experiment in International Living

The Independent Study Program of The Experiment in Interna-
tional Living, Putney, Vermont, 05346, is recognized by the Univer-
sity. This is a semester program, available in any one of several
countries either semester. To participate in this program, a student
must be a regularly enrolled student planning to return to the
University upon completion of the semester abroad. The program
of study must be approved in advance by the chairman of the
student's major department, the chairman of such other depart-
ments as may be involved and the Dean. The program carries a
maximum of 14 credits upon satisfactory completion, subject to
evaluation by the Wake Forest Faculty.

COURSES AT SALEM COLLEGE

Wake Forest University and Salem College participate in a plan of
exchange credits whereby courses offered at Salem and not of-
fered at Wake Forest are available to full-time students regularly
enrolled at Wake Forest. The same privilege is extended by Wake
Forest to full-time Salem students.

A Wake Forest student interested in taking a course at Salem
must make formal application in advance, and the application must
be approved by his faculty adviser and by the Dean of the College.
No financial payment is necessary except in certain courses in
which the student receives private instruction. Grades and quality
points earned in courses at Salem are evaluated in the same way as
they would be if the work were taken at Wake Forest.

More detailed information about this plan is available in the
offices of the Registrar and the Dean of the College. The plan is
effective only during the regular academic year and not during any
summer session.

Summer Session Elsewhere

A student who desires to attend summer session in another

SUMMER SESSION ELSEWHERE

college must secure in advance the approval of the Registrar and
the chairman of the department concerned.

A transcript of the record is required for posting at the close of
the summer session.

Grades received elsewhere are not used in computing a
student's grade average at Wake Forest. All academic work com-
pleted on the semester hour plan at other colleges or universities
will be converted to Wake Forest credits on the basis that 3 semes-
ter hours equal 3.375 credits.

ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS

The degrees conferred are Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science,
Master of Arts, Master of Business Administration and Master of
Management, Juris Doctor, Doctor of Philosophy; and Doctor of
Medicine, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the
Bowman Gray School of Medicine.

The basic and divisional requirements for the Bachelor of Arts
and the Bachelor of Science degrees are the same.

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred only upon those
students who (1) complete a major in Accountancy, Business,
Chemistry*, Mathematics, Physical Education, Physics*, or Educa-
tion with State teacher's certification in Science; (2) complete the
degree requirements in Medical Sciences, Medical Technology, or
the Physician Assistant Program; or (3) complete the requirements
for the combined degree in Dentistry, Engineering, or Forestry.

The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon those students
who (1) complete a major in Art, Biology, Chemistry*, Classical
Languages, Economics, English, German, History, Music,
Philosophy, Physics*, Politics, Psychology, Religion, Romance
Languages, Sociology and Anthropology, or Speech Communica-
tion and Theatre Arts; or (2) complete a major in Intermediate
Education or Education with State teacher's certification in Social
Studies.

Each student is responsible for acquainting himself with the
requirements for graduation, and for meeting the requirements as
stated.

A student who has been graduated from Wake Forest University
with the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science may not
thereafter receive the other of these two degrees.
The Undergraduate Curriculum

The undergraduate curriculum offers students considerable
latitude in planning the first two years of their college work. Apart
from a year of physical education, only three specific courses are
required — one in English Composition and two in a foreign lan-
guage. Even these may sometimes be waived under certain condi-
tions. To round out their preparation for more specialized work in
a major field, students select three courses in each of four divi-

'Under certain conditions, a student majoring in Chemistry or Physics may receive either a B.S. or a B.A.
degree. For details, see the introduction to course offerings in Chemistry and Physics.

ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS

sions: I. Language, Literature, and the Arts; II. Natural Sciences
and Mathematics; III. History, Religion, and Philosophy; and IV.
Social and Behavioral Sciences. By the spring of the sophomore
year students should have decided on a major field of concentra-
tion. Ordinarily a large part of the work of the junior and senior
years is devoted to the major field.

Four-Week Courses

The schedule of the spring semester makes it possible for those
students and professors who wish to do so to engage in non-
traditional study for four weeks of the springterm. Under this plan
a number of courses may be offered off-campus in this country or
abroad, serious individual-study projects may be pursued, or a
member of the faculty and a group of students may, while remain-
ing on campus, devote all their time for four weeks to a single topic
of study. Such four-week courses are graded as the instructor
decides; that is, there may be letter grades only, Pass-Fail grades
only, or students may be granted, at the time of registration, a
choice between the two grading systems.

Academic Requirements

For the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science the
student must complete (1) the basic and divisional course re-
quirements, (2) a course of study approved by his major depart-
ment, and (3) elective courses to make a total of 144 credits. No
more than 16 of the 144 credits required for graduation may be
earned in the following courses: Military Science 111, 112, 151,152,
211, 212, 251, 252; Music 107-120 inclusive (Ensemble courses);
100-level courses in Physical Education other than 111 and 112.

In addition to the above requirements for graduation, the
student must earn a C average on all courses attempted.

A student who transfers from another institution or takes any
work in other institutions must earn a C average on all courses
attempted in Wake Forest College and a C average on all work
attempted at all colleges.

Of the144credits required forgraduation, 72 must be completed
in Wake Forest College, including the work of the senior year. An
exception to this rule is made in the case of combined degrees.

A student has the privilege of graduating under the require-

DIVISIONAL COURSE REQUIREMENTS

ments of the catalog under which he enters provided that he
completes his course within six years. After the interval of six years
he is expected to conform to the requirements specified for the
class with which he is graduated.

Basic Requirements

All students enrolled in Wake Forest College must complete
three required basic courses. However, any or all of these courses
may be waived through procedures established by the depart-
ments concerned. In case of such waivers, no substitutes are
required. The courses are:

English 110 (English Composition) or 112 (English Composition and Literature)
Foreign Language 153 (Intermediate)*
Foreign Language (Literature) [one course]

French or Spanish 215 or 216

Russian Any course in Russian Literature

German 211 or 212

Creek 211 or 212

Latin 211, 212, or 216

Hebrew 211

Hindi 211

Italian 215

Divisional Requirements

All students are required to select 3 courses from each of 4 major
divisions of the curriculum, as follows (except that qualified ap-
plicants for "Advanced Placement" may be exempt from these
courses and may under certain conditions receive college credit
for them without being required to make substitutions):

I. Literature and the Arts: Three courses to be chosen from among the follow-
ing: (No more than one may be chosen from each category.)

1. English Literature
English 160 or 165

2. American Literature
English 170 or 175

*No student may repeat for credit language courses equivalent to those which were taken in high school
unless, after taking the language placement test, the student is gisen permission bv the advisor and by a
committee composed of one faculty member trom each of the three language departments. A student who
begins a foreign language in college, receives elective credit (or the first year.

DIVISIONAL COURSE REQUIREMENTS

3. Foreign Literature II (The same course may not be used to satisfy both the
divisional and basic course requirements.)

a. Classical Languages

Greek 211, 212, 231, 241, or 242
Latin 212, 216, 221 , 225 or 226
Classics 253, 254, 263, 264, 265, or 272

b. German 211 or 212

c. Romance Languages and Russian

Four credits in French, Spanish, or Russian

literature not used to satisfy the basic course requirement above.

d. Humanities 213, 214, 215 or 216

4. Fine Arts
Humanities 111

II. Natural Sciences and Mathematics: Three courses to be chosen from
among the following (The three courses are to be selected from only two
departments.)

1. Biology

Biology 111, 150, 151

2. Chemistry

Chemistry 111 , 112 [If the student has had no chemistry; other courses
for those with advance preparation.]

3. Physics

Physics 111, 112 (one or both courses)

4. Mathematics

Mathematics 111 , 112, 115, 116, 157. [If one course only, may be any one
of the five. If two, may be any of these three pairs: 111-2,115-6,111-157.]

III. History, Religion, and Philosophy: Three courses (No more than one to be
chosen from each category.)

1. History [Any one course]

History 111, 112, 113, 215, 216, 315, 341, 342, 345, 346, 349, 350

2. Religion [Any one course]

Any course excepf 218, 225, 237, 239, 240, 265, 266, 270, 273, 282, 286-287,
292, 346, 362

3. Philosophy [Any one course]
Philosophy 151, 171, 172

IV. Economics, Politics, Psychology, Sociology, and Anthropology: Three
courses to be chosen from among the following (No more than two may be
selected from any one department)

1. Economics

Economics 111, 151, 152 [If one course only, Economics 111 or 151. If two
courses, Economics 151-152; however, Economics 111 and any other
Economics course may be taken by permission of the department.]

2. Politics

Politics 113, 114, 115 [If one course only, any of those listed. If two
courses, any two listed or one of those listed and any other in the
department.]

OPEN CURRICULUM

3. Psychology

Psychology 151 required as first course. Second course involves at least 3
credits: in any 200 level psychology course (except 280,281); in Psychol-
ogy 335, 358, or 367; or in other 300 level courses taken with permission
of instructor.

4. Sociology and Anthropology

Students who choose Sociology and/or Anthropology to meet divisional
requirements may select one of the following combinations: Sociology
151 and any other Sociology course except Sociology 301-310 or 370-371 ;
or Anthropology 162 and any of the following: 252, 342-351, 353-366;
381-386 or any other four-credit or three-credit Anthropology course
approved by the department; or Sociology 151 and Anthropology 162, or
vice versa.

5. Speech Communication and Theater Arts

Speech Communication and Theater Arts 153 [If this course is selected,
the other two courses in Division IV must be introductory level courses
in two of the other departments in this area.]

Physical Education Requirement

All students must complete two semesters in Physical
Education — Course 111-112.

Completion of Course Requirements

The basic and divisional course requirements, along with the
Physical Education requirement, are to be completed, where pos-
sible, by the end of the sophomore year. Some students will find it
necessary to postpone some of these requirements until the junior
year in order to begin certain courses essential to the major field;
but a minimum of three courses from among the requirements
must appear on the student's program each semester until such
requirements have been met.

No course requirements may be set aside or replaced by substi-
tutes except through regular procedures already established by
the faculty, or through a specific vote of the faculty in regular
session. An important exception to this rule is described below.

The Open Curriculum

The Open Curriculum is an experimental program that gives a
limited number of freshmen the opportunity to design their own
program of study under faculty supervision. A student in the Open
Curriculum may enroll in some basic and divisional courses but
by-pass others. If his qualifications are adequate, he may proceed
at once to some of the more advanced courses. The Open Cur-

UPPER DIVISION

riculum is administered by a Faculty committee under the basic
principle that a liberal education entails work in a number of areas
representing the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social
sciences.

Admission to the Upper Division

The work in the lower division, as specified in the preceding
pages of this section, is intended to give the student an introduc-
tion to the various fields of knowledge and to lay the foundation for
concentration in a major subject and related fields during the
junior and senior years.

Before applying for admission to the upper division and begin-
ning work on the major subject, a student should have 72 credits
and 144 quality points in the lower division. In no case will a
student be admitted to the upper division with fewer than 60
credits and 120 quality points.

All students at the end of the sophomore year or at the beginning
of the junior year are required to pass a proficiency test in the use
of the English language.

Course of Study for the Upper Division

Thirty days before the end of his sophomore year each student is
required to indicate to the Registrar and to the department con-
cerned his selection of a major subject in which he wishes to
concentrate during his junior and senior years. Before this selec-
tion is formally approved by the Registrar, however, the student
must present to him a written statement from the authorized rep-
resentative of the department in which he wishes to major that he
has received the permission of that department. The student will
also at this time be assigned a specific adviser from the department
to assist him in planning his work for the junior and senior years.

A department which rejects a student as a major will file with the
Dean of the College a written statement including the reason(s) for
the rejection.

After the beginning of the junior year a student may not change
from one major to another without the approval of the depart-
ments concerned.

The student's course of study for the junior and senior years
includes the minimum requirements for the departmental major,

MAJORS IN TWO DEPARTMENTS

together with such other courses as he shall select and his adviser
shall approve.

For specific course requirements in the various fields of study,
consult the introductory statements for each department in the
section of the catalog where course offerings are listed.

At least half of the major must be completed in Wake Forest
College.

Students preparing for the ministry are advised to elect three
courses in religion beyond the course included in the divisional
requirements.

Fields of Study

The following fields of study are recognized: Accountancy, An-
thropology, Art, Biology, Business, Chemistry, Economics, Educa-
tion, English, French, German, Greek, History, Latin, Mathema-
tics, Music, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics, Politics,
Psychology, Religion, Sociology, Spanish, and Speech Communi-
cation and Theatre Arts.

Maximum Number of Courses in a Department

A maximum of 48 credits in a single field of study (as in the
paragraph above) are allowed within the 144 credits required for
graduation. This excludes required related courses from other
departments.

For Dual-Major departments, 56 credits toward graduation are
allowed in any department authorized to offer two fields of study.
Elementary foreign language in the major field of study and Ac-
counting 111-112 are excluded.

These limits may only be exceeded in unusual circumstances by
action of the Dean of the College.

Majors in Two Departments

A student may elect to major in two separate departments with
the written permission of the chairman of each of the departments
and on condition that the student meet all requirements for the
major in the respective departments. For administrative purposes,
the student must designate one of the two fields as his primary
major; this major will appear first on the student's record.

SCHOOL OF LAW

joint Majors

A joint major consisting of 56 credits in two departments is
available in Mathematics-Biology, Mathematics-Business,
Mathematical Economics and in French and Spanish in the De-
partment of Romance Languages.

Senior Testing Program

All seniors are required to participate in a testing program de-
signed to provide objective evidence of educational development
while in college. The program will employ measures of academic
achievement such as selected portions of the Graduate Record
Examination and/or other tests deemed appropriate by the Execu-
tive Committee of the faculty. The tests are given in late spring, and
relevant results are made available to the student for his informa-
tion. The primary purpose of the program, however, is to provide
the college with information that will facilitate the assessment of
the total educational process. (This program does not supplant the
regular administrations of the Graduate Record Examination for
those students applying for admission to graduate schools.)

COMBINED DEGREES

Degrees in The School of Law

A combined course makes it possible for a student in Wake
Forest University to receive the two degrees of Bachelor of Arts and
Juris Doctor in six academic years or their equivalent instead of the
seven years required if the two curricula are pursued independ-
ently. The first three years of the combined course are in Wake
Forest College and the last three are in the School of Law.

A student pursuing this plan must fulfill the following require-
ments:

1. Complete the basic and divisional course requirements of
Wake Forest College (see p. 000) and become qualified for
admission to the upper division.

2. Initiate an application for admission to the School of Law, and
secure through the Law School Adviser, who is a member of
the Law faculty, permission to pursue the combined course
plan. (Admission to the School of Law is based on the

MEDICAL SCIENCES

applicant's entire undergraduate record, Law School Admis-
sion Test scores, and other criteria. Therefore, permission to
pursue the combined degree program does not constitute
admission to the School of Law.)

3. Perform the junior year of study in Wake Forest College under
the supervision of the Law School Adviser.

4. Complete at least 110 credits in Wake Forest College with a
minimum average of C and the first full year of Law in the
School of Law with an average sufficient for him to remain in
the School of Law.

The last year of the required college academic work must be
taken at Wake Forest College. A student who transfers from
another institution at the end of his first or second year must
maintain a minimum average grade of C on all academic work
undertaken during his residence at Wake Forest College.

A student who completes this program successfully will be eligi-
ble to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree at the end of the first full
year in the School of Law. The Juris Doctor degree will be awarded
the student who, having received the B. A. degree, also fulfills
requirements for the J. D. degree as described on page 199.

The quantitative and qualitative academic requirements set forth
herein are minimum requirements for the successful completion
of the combined degree program. Satisfying the requirements of
the three-year program in the College does not necessarily entitle
an applicant to admission to the School of Law. Admission re-
quirements for the School of Law are given in detail on page 197
and in the Bulletin of the School of Law.

Degrees in Medical Sciences

A limited number of students, by taking advantage of the special
arrangement explained here, may receive the B.S. degree with a
major in Medical Sciences.

Under this plan the student fulfills the requirements for the
degree by completing three years of work in Wake Forest College
with a minimum average grade of C, and by satisfactorily complet-
ing the first full year of Medicine (at least 30 semester hours) as
outlined by the faculty of the Bowman Cray School of Medicine,
with a record entitling him to promotion to the Second Year Class.

100

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY

t least one year (36 credits) of the required academic work must
3 completed in Wake Forest College.

Candidates for the B.S. degree with a major in Medical Sciences
ust complete the following courses in Wake Forest College be-
>re entering the School of Medicine for their fourth year of
ork:*

The basic course requirements listed on page 94.
The divisional course requirements in Division I, III, and IV (see
iges 94-96).

The physical education requirement (see page 96).
Biology 150, 151, 152 (2 courses)

Biology (2 courses) selected from the following: 312, 320, 321,
!6, 351, 360, 370
Chemistry 111, 112 (2 courses)
Chemistry 221, 222 (2 courses)
Physics 111, 112 (2 courses)
Mathematics (1 course)
Electives (to make a total of 118 credits)

The completion of the prescribed academic subjects does not
^cessarily admit any student to the School of Medicine. All other
ctors being equal, applicants who have done all their college
ork in Wake Forest College are given preference.

Degree in Medical Technology

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in Med-
al Technology by completion of the academic requirements out-
led below and by satisfactory completion of the full program in
.edical Technology offered by the Division of Allied Health Pro-
ams of Bowman Gray School of Medicine with at least a grade of
in all courses taken in the program of Medical Technology. At
ast one year (36 credits) of the required academic work must be
)mpleted in Wake Forest College. Students seeking admission to
e program must file application in thefall of their junioryear with
e Division of Allied Health Programs of Bowman Gray School of
ledicine.t

A B average is usually required in Biology and Chemistry for
Jmission to the program.

See the special bulletin of the Bowman Cray School of Medicine for further information.
"For further information write to the Division of Allied Health Programs of the Bowman Cray School of
idicine.

101

MICROBIOLOGY

The basic course requirements listed on page 94.

The divisional course requirements in Division I, III, and IV (see
pages 94-96).

The physical education requirement (see page 96).

Biology 111 (1 course)

Biology 150, 151, 152 (3 courses)

Biology 326 (1 course)

Chemistry 111, 112

Chemistry 221, 222

Mathematics (1 course)

Electives (to make a total of 115 credits)

Degrees in the Physician Assistant Program

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in the
Physician Assistant Program by completion of three years (108
credits) in college with a minimum average grade of C and by
satisfactory completion of the full 24-months course in the Physi-
cian Assistant Program offered by the Division of Allied Health
Programs of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. At least one
year (36credits) of the required academic work must be completed
in Wake Forest College. Candidates for the degree must complete
the basic course requirements, the divisional course require-
ments, and the physical education requirement, as outlined on
pages 94-96 of this catalog. They must take at least 4 courses in
biology, including one course in microbiology, and at least 4
courses in the social sciences (sociology, psychology, and
economics are recommended). A course in statistics and 3 or 4
courses in chemistry are also recommended.

Degree in Microbiology

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in Mi-
crobiology by completion of three years (112 credits) in college
with a minimum average grade of C and by satisfactory comton of a
32-hour major in Microbiology at the Bowman Gray School of
Medicine. At least one year (36 credits) of the required academic
work must be completed in Wake Forest College. Candidates for
the degree must complete the basic course requirements, the
divisional course requirements, and the physical education re-
quirement as outlined on pages 94-96 of this catalog.

102

ENGINEERING

The major in Microbiology must include Microbiology 301, 302,
308,311, and 312 and Biology 370. In some cases Biology 326 maybe
substituted for Microbiology 301 . Two additional courses must be
chosen from among: Microbiology 309, 310, 313, and 314 and
Biology 321. Required related courses are 2 courses in Physics and
at least 2 courses in Organic Chemistry. Additional chemistry and
mathematics courses may be suggested by the major adviser for
students progressing towards advanced work in Microbiology.

For further information about the Department of Microbiology,
see the Bulletin of the Graduate School.

Degree With Major In Dentistry

A student may fulfill the requirements for a B.S. degree with a
major in Dentistry by completing three years of work in Wake
Forest College with a minimum average grade of C, and by satisfac-
torily completing the first two years of work in one of certain
approved dental schools designated by Wake Forest University,
with a record entitling him to advancement to the Third Year Class.

For this degree the requirements in Wake Forest College are the
same as outlined above for the B.S. degree with a major in Medical
Sciences.

Degrees in Engineering
The 3-2 Engineering Program

Wake Forest University now cooperates with North Carolina
State University in offering a broad course of study in the arts and
sciences combined with specialized training in engineering.

The program, for outstanding students, covers five years of
study including three initial years on the campus of Wake Forest
University and two full years of technical training in one of the
fields of engineering. Depending upon the field chosen, rt may be
necessary for a student to take an additional summer's work in
engineering.

Upon successful completion of the five years of study the stu-
dent will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science from Wake
Forest University and the degree of Bachelor of Science in one of
the specialized engineering fields from North Carolina State Uni-
versity.

By obtaining the first degree from Wake Forest University and

103

ENGINEERING

the second from an engineering college, the graduate will be well
suited for positions of higher responsibility where public relations
and technical knowledge are combined. This combination plan is
recognized by nationally known educators as a wise program in
allowing the student a broad background in the liberal arts in
addition to the specialized and technical training involved in the
engineering degree.

The curriculum for the first three years must include all the basic
course requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree, as out-
lined on pages 94-96 of this catalog. A suggested program follows:

1st semester
English 110
Physics 111
Math 111

Foreign Language
Physical Education 111

Freshman Year

2nd semester

Eng. Lit 160*

Chem. 118

Math 112

For Lan. 211, 215, or 216

Physical Ed. 112

Sophomore Year

Amer. Lit. 170
Physics 161
Philosophy 151**
Psychology, Sociology or
Politics

Humanities 111*
Physics 162
Math 251
Religion**

History**
Science Elective
Math 311
Econ. 151

Junior Year

Science Elective
Elective
Econ. 152
Elective

This is a rigorous curriculum, demanding even for students with
an aptitude for science and mathematics. The electives are chosen
in consultation with the engineering adviser in the Department of
Physics.

'Foreign Literature is also an option tor any one ot these.
'Several options are allowed in each of these disciplines.

104

FORESTRY

Degrees in Forestry

Wake Forest University cooperates with Duke University in an
academic forestry training program. A student in this program
devotes three years to study in the arts and sciences at Wake Forest
University. [At least two years (72 credits) must be completed in
Wake Forest College. He spends the summer between his junior
and senior years and the two following years in the Duke University
School of Forestry]. Upon the successful completion of this five-
year course of study he receives the degree of Bachelor of Science
from Wake Forest University and the degree of Master of Forestry
from the Duke School of Forestry.

A student who wishes to qualify for this program must make
formal application for admission to the Duke School of Forestry
not later than the end of the first semester of his third year in
college. To qualify for admission he must have followed a planned
course of study as outlined below, must have the official recom-
mendation of Wake Forest University, and must have an over-all
quality point ratio of at least 2.5.

Candidates for the degree in forestry must complete the follow-
ing three-year course before beginning study in the Duke School
of Forestry:

The basic course requirements listed on page 94.

The divisional course requirements in Divisions I, III, and IV (see
pages 94-96).

The physical education requirement (see page 102).

Biology 150, 151, 152 (3 courses)

Economics 151, 152 (2 courses)

Chemistry 111, 112 (2 courses)

Mathematics 111, 112 (2 courses)

Physics 111, 112 (2 courses)

Two courses beyond the first year introductory courses in any
one of the biological, physical, or social sciences.

Electives (to make a total of 116 credits)

(Suggested electives: Biology, Chemistry, Logic, Mathematics,
Speech)

Students in this program will be advised in the Department of
Biology.

105

COURSES IN THE COLLEGE

Course Numbers

The numbers of the semester courses offered by the various
departments are explained as follows: courses 1-99 carry no credit;
courses 101-199 are primarily for freshmen and sophomores;
courses 201-299, primarily for juniors and seniors; courses 301-399,
for advanced undergraduate and graduate students; and courses
401-499, for graduate students. The letter S used as a prefix to a
course number indicates that the course is offered during the
summer session only.

Courses with odd numbers are regularly given in the fall term;
courses with even numbers, in the spring term. However, intro-
ductoryorbasic courses in many departments will beoffered every
term so that students may arrange their work in regular sequence,
according to the time of entrance. Accordingly, revised class
schedules will be distributed each term, containing the name of
each instructor and the time and location of each class.

As the result of the University's implementation of an automated
record-keeping system as this catalogue goes to print, certain
course numbers will have been altered by the 1975-1976 academic
year.

Credits: Laboratory Courses

In the course listings below, the value of each course, in credits,
is given in parentheses immediately after the course number. The
course description of a course that includes laboratory work indi-
cates the number of hours per week normally spent in the labora-
tory, as "Lab. — 3 hrs."

Prerequisites and Corequisites

The prerequisite for a course is indicated, for example, as P-153,
meaning that course 153 in the department under consideration
will be required for admission to the desired course.

The following four-week courses have been offered in the past;
foradescription, see departmental listings in thiscatalog. Whether
or notthey are repeated in thefuture, this list will give some idea of
the unique and innovative nature of courses designed specifically

106

INNOVATIVE COURSES

for January. For information about courses to be offered next year,
see the supplemental January catalog published each spring.
Anthropology

305 Conflict and Change on Roatan Island (Honduras)

306 Stokes County Cave Man: Off Campus Excavation at a Pre-
historic Rock Shelter

365 Field Research in Physical Anthropology
Art
242 Minoan and Mycean Art

283 Impressionism

284 Contemporary American Art
Biology

324 Botany for Everyday Use
352 Nutritional Physiology
374 Methods in Electron Microscopy
391, 392 Special Problems in Biology
Business
223 International Marketing

Chemistry

392 Independent Study

Classics

251 Seminar in Classical Mythology
273 Private Life of the Romans
288 Individual Study

Economics

172 International Finance (Study Abroad)

188 Independent Study

205 Mathematical Economics

261 American Economic Development
Education

272 Geography of Western Europe

306 Values: History and Philosophy
English

120 Reading Poetry

167 Cat's Cradle to Cuckoo's Nest

185 Creative Writing

186 Geoffrey Crayon Rides Again

195 Images of Women in Modern Literature

107

INNOVATIVE COURSES

200 Black Poetry

235 Jane Austen— A Bicentennial Celebration

266 G. B. Shaw: Plays & The Man

355 Fabulous Fiction

French

199 Individual Study

161 Introduction to the French Press

162 French Film Festival

163 The Baroque World View
165 Black African Literature
181 Swiss French Civilization

183 French Literary and Civilization Tour

224 French Civilization

German

216 Basic Conv: Level One

253 Eighteenth Cent Germ Literature

270 Individual Study

Greek

101 Inensive Introduction to Classical Greek

History

160 Freud

162 History of Wake Forest University

163 Russian History and Culture from the Source

164 The American People in China

165 Contemporary Conflict

Latin

125 Medieval Latin

Mathematics

154 Computer Programming
156 Statistical Concepts

Music

121 Class Piano

Norwegian

*165 From the Vikings to Modern Norway through Literature ant

Art

Philosophy

131 A Critique of Life Styles
136 Amor and Psyche

108

INNOVATIVE COURSES

Physical Education

482 Data Analysis & Interpretation

Politics

210 Amer Pub Policy Analysis

221 North Carolina Politics

277 Theory of Representation & British Two-party System

Psychology

100 Learning to Learn

102 Exploring Careers

239 Altered States of Consciousness

264 The Therapeutic Process
283 Directed Study

321 Neuropsychology

408 Sem in Behav Mod

Religion

111 Introduction to the Old Testament

201 Phenomenology of Religion

225 The Gospel Genre

265 Religion in N. C.

266 Religious Sects & Cults
270 Walker Percy

Russian

165 Solzhenitsyn: The Politics of Literature

Sociology

301 Religion as a Social Institution

303 Police & Society

310 Death and Dying

385, 386 Special Problems Seminar

Spanish

161 The Spanish Romancero

162 Un Panorama Dramatico

171 Contemporary Spanish American Novel

181 Colombia: Study Tourof Bucaramanga, Cali, and Mendellin

182 January in Madrid

281 Spanish Individual Study
Speech Communication & Theatre Arts
228 Contemporary English Theatre
372 Organizational Communication

•These courses were not offered during the past year and course descriptions are not listed under the
departments.

109

HONORS PROGRAM

Interdisciplinary Honors Program

Wake Forest University offers an interdisciplinary honors pro-
gram for a limited number of qualified students. Students in-
terested in admission to the program, which is supervised by the
Faculty Committee on Honors, should consult the Coordinator of
the Honors Program.

During their first three years in college, participants will often
schedule three interdisciplinary honors seminars (normally includ-
ing two courses in the Lower Division and one course in the Upper
Division). Many students will probably not participate formally in
the interdisciplinary program beyond the third year, but will
choose instead to concentrate on departmental honors work in
their major fields. Students, however, who are not candidates for
departmental honors and who have completed four interdiscipli-
nary seminars with a superior record may elect Honors 281 (di-
rected study culminating in an honors paper and an oral examina-
tion). Those whose work in this course is superior and who have
achieved an over-all quality point ratio of at least 3.0 in all college
work will be graduated "with Honors in the Arts and Sciences."
Those students, on the other hand, who have chosen to be candi-
dates for departmental honors may not also be candidates for
"Honors in the Arts and Sciences."

The courses described below (except for Honors 281) are de-
signed to supplement the usual general education of the freshman
and sophomore years and the more specialized work of the junior
year. Honors 281 will normally be scheduled in the first semester of
the senior year.

Faculty participants in these courses represent a diversity of
academic disciplines.

Honors 131, 132. (4, 4) Approaches to Human Experience (I). An inquiry into the
nature and interrelationships of several approaches to man's experience, rep-
resented by the work of three such men as Leonardo da Vinci, Dante, Newton,
Gandhi, Confucious, Dostoyevsky, Descartes, Goya, Mozart, Jefferson, and Bohr.
Seminar discussion based on primary and secondary sources, including musical
works and paintings. Written reports and a term paper required.
(Offered in alternate years)

Honors 133, 134. (4, 4) Approaches to Human Experience (II). A parallel course to

Honors 131, 132, concentrating on the work of a different set of figures such as

Buber, Galileo, Keynes, Pascal, Camus, Picasso, Ibsen, Tagore, Sophocles, and

Bach.

(Offered in alternate years)

110

HONORS PROGRAMS

One or more of the following courses are offered each year at the discretion of the
Honors Committee:

Honors 233. (4) Darwinism and the Modern World. A study of the Darwinian theory
of evolution and the impact of evolutionary thought on fields such as economics,
politics, psychology, literature and the other arts, and philosophy.

Honors 235. (4) The Ideal Society. Man's effort to establish or imagin the ideal
community, state or society, principles of political and social organization, chang-
ing goals and values.

Honors 237. (4) The Scientific Outlook. An exploration into the origins and de-
velopment of the scientific method and into some of its contemporary applications
in the natural and social sciences and the humanities.

Honors 238. (4) Romanticism. Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic of mind and
art and as a specific historical movement in Europe and America in the late 18th and
19th centuries. Emphasis upon primary materials in such fields as philosophy,
history, literature, music and painting.

Honors 239. (4) Man and the Irrational. The phenomenon of the irrational, with
emphasis on its 20th century manifestations but with attenton also to its presence in
centuries and cultures other than our own. Such areas as philosophy, religion,
literature, and psychology, politics and the arts will be explored.

Honors 242. (4) The Comic View. The theory of comedy in ancient and modern
times; the expression of the comic spirit in literature, art, music, the theater and the
motion picture.

Honors 244. (4) Man and the Structure of the Universe. An investigation of various
conceptions of the universe and of their implications for man. Study will not
necessarily be limited to the cosmologies of Ptolemy, Copernicus, and their mod-
ern successors, but may also include theories like the Babylonian, Mayan, and
Taoist.

Honors 246. (4) Man and His Environment. An interdisciplinary examination of man
and his society in relation to his environment.

Honors 281 . (4) Directed Study. Readings on an interdisciplinary topic approved by
the Faculty Committee on Honors; preparation of a major research or interpretative
paper based on these readings, under the direction of a member of the Faculty; and
an oral examination on the topic, administered by the faculty supervisor and the
Committee on Honors. Eligible students who wish to take this course must submit a
written request to the Committee on Honors by the end of the junior year. (Not
open to candidates for departmental honors.)

Departmental Honors Programs

A number of departments in the College offer specialized hon-
ors programs for highly qualified majors, who may be graduated
"with Honors" in their major field. Details are given by the de-
partments concerned.

111

ART HISTORY

ART

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR BOYD (Chairman)

INSTRUCTORS GRIFFIN, LEGAKIS

The major in Art requires 40 credits in Art History and in Studio
courses. A student will generally concentrate in either Art History
or in Studio, but will take courses in both areas. All art majors will
have a comprehensive examination at the end of their senior year
based on their courses of study to that time.

One foreign language is required of all majors. Students who
plan to pursue graduate work in Art History should have a reading
knowledge of two languages — German, and either French or
Italian.

Any student interested in majoring in Art should contact the
Chairman of the Department as soon as possible upon enteringthe
University. The Honors program in the Department is open to all
qualified majors.

ART HISTORY

Courses listed below are open to qualified freshmen and
sophomores with permission of the instructor.

111. (4) (Humanities) Introduction to Art, Music, and Theatre: An Interdisciplinary
Approach. A study of the interrelationship of Music, Art, and Theatre, designed to
foster a deeper understanding and pleasure. Students will be expected to attend
recommended concerts, art exhibits, plays, and other appropriate activities. Staff
provided from the Departments of Art, Music, Speech Communication and Theatre
Arts.

221. (4) Indian Art. A survey of Architecture, Painting, and Sculpture from the
earliest times to 1200 A.D. Mr. Cokhale

224. (4) Oriental Art. A survey of the Architecture, Painting, and Sculpture of China
and Japan from the Prehistoric period to 1900. Mrs. Griffin

225. (4) Traditional Arts of Africa, Oceania, and the Americas. A survey of the art of
Africa (South of the Sahara), Polynesia, New Guinea, Australia, Pre-Columbian
Central and South America, and North America. Mr. Legakis
227. (4) Art of the Ancient Near East. A survey of Architecture, Painting, and Sculp-
ture of Egypt, Mesopotamia and Anatolia, with an introduction to Prehistoric Euro-
pean Art. Mr. Legakis
231. (4) American Art. A survey of American Painting from 1600 to 1900. Mr. Boyd
233. (4) American Architecture. A survey of American Architecture from 1600 to 1900,

112

ART STUDIO

with emphasis on the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. Mr. Boyd

242. (4) Minoan and Mycenean Art. A survey of the Architecture, Painting, and
Sculpture of the Minoan and Mycenaean civilizations. Mr. Legakis

244. (3) Greek Art. A survey of Architecture, Painting, and Sculpture from the
Prehistoric through the Hellenistic periods. Mr. Legakis

245. (3) Roman Art. A survey of Etruscan and Roman Architecture, Painting and
Sculpture. Mr. Legakis

246. (4) Greek and Roman Architecture. A survey of Classical Architecture from the
Archaic Creek through the Late Roman periods. Mr. Legakis
250. (4) (Humanities) 20th Century American Art and Literature. An exploration of
the ideas, values, and feelings found in the Art and Literature of Twentieth century
figures such as Kandinsky, Stevens, Picasso and Kafka. Mrs. Griffin, Mr. Milner
252. (4) Medieval Art. A survey of Painting and Sculpture in Europe from 400 to 1400.
256. (2) History of Books and Painting. An examination of the development of the
book from the invention of printing to the present. Mr. Murdock

267. (4) European Renaissance Art of the Fifteenth Century. A survey of Painting and
Sculpture in Italy and Northern Europe from 1400 to 1500. Mr. Boyd

268. (4) European Renaissance Art of the Sixteenth Century. A survey of Painting and
Sculpture in Italy and Northern Europe from 1500 to 1600. P-267 is recommended.

Mr. Boyd
272. (4) Baroque Art. A survey of European painting and Sculpture from 1600 to 1700.

Staff

281. (4) Modern Art To 1900. A survey of European Painting and Sculpture from 1700
to 1900, emphasizing the nineteenth century. Staff

282. (4) Modern Art After 1900. A survey of European and American Painting and
Sculpture from 1900 to the present. P-281 is recommended. Staff

283. (4) Impressionism. A detailed study of the French Impressionist painters, with
some consideration of Impressionism in other art forms. Mrs. Safyan

284. (4) Contemporary American Art. An intensive study of American Painting and
Sculpture from 1950 to the present. Mrs. Griffin

291. (4) Individual Study. A course of independent study with faculty guidance
(offered on a 4, 11, or 15 week basis for full or partial credit).

292. (4) Individual Study. A course of independent study with faculty guidance
(offered on a 4, 11, or 15 week basis with full or partial credit).

294. {4) Architecture Survey After 1700. A survey of European and American architec-
ture from 1700 to the present, emphasizing the twentieth century.

Art Studio

111, 112. (4,4) Introduction to Painting. A basic course in drawing and painting in
pencil, ink, charcoal, pastel, watercolor, acrylic, and oil. 111 is prerequisite for 112.

Staff
201, 202. (4,4) Advanced Painting. A course of individual study with faculty gui-
dance. P-111, 112. Staff
213, 214. (4,4) Advanced Drawing. A course of individual study with faculty gui-
dance. P-111, 112. Staff

113

ASIAN STUDIES PROGRAM

Four Week January Term Courses

242. (4) Minoan and Mycenean Art

283. (4) Impressionism

284. (4) Contemporary American Art

THE ASIAN STUDIES PROGRAM

*B. G. Gokhale, Director

The Asian Studies Program, established in 1960 with financial
assistance from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation, is inter-
disciplinary in its nature and involves the cooperation and re-
sources of several departments in the humanities and social sci-
ences. Its objectives are to broaden the university's traditional
curriculum with the infusion of a systematic knowledge and un-
derstanding of the culture of Asia.

A description of each of these courses may be found in the
curriculum of the department concerned.

Art 221. (4) Art of India.

Asian Studies 211, 212. (4, 4) Asian Thought and Civilization. Some dominant

themes in Asian thought and their influence on Asian civilizations.

Chinese 111, 112. (4) Elementary Chinese.

History, 341, 342. (4,4) History and Civilization of Southeast Asia.

History 343, 344. (4, 4) Imperial and Modern China.

History 345, 346. (4) History and Civilization of South Asia.

History 349, 350. (4, 4) East Asia.

Hindi 111, 112. (4) Elementary Hindi.

Hindi 153. (4) Intermediate Hindi.

Hindi 211. (4) Hindi Literature.

Politics 234. (4) Government and Politics in East Asia.

Politics 245. (4) Government and Politics of South Asia.

Religion 360. (4) Hinduism.

Religion 361. (4) Buddhism.

'Absent on leave. Fall 1974.

114

BIOLOGY

Professors Allen, Flory

Associate Professors Amen, Dimmick, Esch*, Kuhn, McDonald
(Chairman), Olive, Sullivan, Weigl, Wyatt

Assistant Professors Becker, Dimock, Eure, Lane, Thomas

Adjunct Professors Gengozian, Richardson

Adjunct Associate Professor Gibbons

At the end of the sophomore year a student electing to major in
Biology meets with a major adviser and at this time the course of
study for the junior and senior years is planned. The requirements
for completion of the major are those in effect at the time of the
conference, since the curriculum and departmental requirements
may change slightly during the student's period of residence at
Wake Forest. All majors are required to take Biology 150, 151, 152.
Co-major requirements are four full courses in physical science.

For students declaring majors in the spring of 1976 the require-
ment for a major is forty credits in Biology, which must include one
course from Biology 325, 327, 328, 338, and one from Biology 320,
321 , 331 , 333, 334. The forty credits must include at least six Biology
courses carrying five credits. A minimum grade average of C on all
courses attempted in Biology is required for graduation with a
major in Biology. Students declaring a major later than the spring
of 1976 should consult with a Biology major adviser for the specific
major requirements at that time.

Prospective majors are strongly urged to take Chemistry 111-112
in the freshman year and Biology 150 in the second semester of the
freshman year. They are advised to take Biology 151 and Biology
152 in the sophomore year as well as organic chemistry. Deviations
from this pattern may necessitate summer work to fit the basic
courses into an orderly sequence.

Advanced work in many areas of Biology may require additional
courses in mathematics, the physical sciences and other Biology
courses. The adviser will call these to the attention of the student
depending on individual needs. All 300 level Biology courses pre-
sume a background equivalent to introductory and intermediate
Biology, that is through course 152.

'Absent on leave, 1974-75.

115

BIOLOGY

Highly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply
for admission to the honors program in Biology. To be graduated
with the distinction "Honors in Biology", they must complete a
research project under the direction of a staff member and pass a
comprehensive oral examination, in addition to maintaining a 3.3
grade average in the major and a 3.0 average overall.

Joint Major in Mathematics-Biology. The Department of
Mathematics and the Department of Biology offer a joint major
leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematics-Biology.
This interdisciplinary program, consisting of no more than 56 cre-
dits, affords the student an opportunity to apply mathematical
methods to the development and analysis of biological systems.
The major will consist of the following course requirements:
Mathematics 112, 155, 157 or 357; Biology 150, 151, 152; seven
additional courses (at least three in each department) chosen with
the approval of the program advisors. Program advisors: Amen and
Seelbinder.

Highly qualified majors may be invited to apply for admission to
the honors program in the joint major. To be graduated with the
designation "Honors in Mathematics-Biology," they must meet
minimum requirements listed on page 8, must complete a senior
research paper, and pass a comprehensive oral examination on the
project. For additional information, members of the staff should be
consulted.

111. (5) Biological Unity. Fundamental ideas pertinent to the development and
activity of living systems. Generally not for majors. Lab — 3 hrs.

150. (5) Biological Diversity. Phylogenetic survey and life cycle concepts of plants
and animals. For non-majors and majors. Lab — 3 hrs.

151. (5) Cell Biology. Molecular and cellular aspects of living systems. Lab — 3 hrs.
P-150.

152. (4) Biological Principles. Physiological, developmental, genetic, and ecological
principles common to a wide range of organisms. P-151.

312. (5) Genetics. A study of the principles of inheritance and their application to
plants and animals, including man. Laboratory work in the methods of breeding
some genetically important organisms and of compiling and presenting data.
Lab — 3 hrs.

314. (4) Evolution. Analysis of the theories, evidences, and mechanisms of evolution.
318. (4) Economic Botany. A survey of the plant kingdom giving consideration to
both the positive and negative importance of plants of all groups to man.
320. (5) Chordates. A study of chordate animals with emphasis on comparative
anatomy and phylogeny. Dissection of representative forms in the laboratory.
Lab— 4 hrs.

116

BIOLOGY

321. (5) Parasitology. A survey of protozoan, helminth, and arthropod parasites from
the standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life-histories, and host-parasite relation-
ships. Lab — 4 hrs.

324. (5) Botany for Everyday Use. A course to develop a knowledge and appreciation
of common plants and plant products and plant handling. (Winter term only. Lab — 2
hrs. daily. Permission of instructor required.)

325. (5) Plant Anatomy. A study of comparative anatomy of the vascular plants with
emphasis on phylogeny and anatomical microtechniques. Lab — 4 hrs.

326. (5) Microbiology. A study of the more important groups of microorganisms,
with emphasis on bacteria and their activities. Lab — 4 hrs.

327. (5) Non-vascular Plants. An examination of representative non-vascular plants,
with emphasis on morphology and phylogeny. Lab — 4 hrs.

328. (5) Vascular Plants. A comparative survey of the vascular plants with emphasis
on structure, reproduction, classification and phylogeny. Lab — 4 hrs.

331. (5) Invertebrates. Systematic study of invertebrates with emphasis on func-
tional morphology, behavior, ecology, and phylogeny. Lab — 3 hrs.

333. (5) Vertebrates. Systematic study of vertebrates with emphasis on evolution,
physiology, behavior, and ecology. Laboratory devoted to systematic, field, and
experimental studies. Lab — 4 hrs.

334. (5) Entomology. A study of insects with emphasis on structure, development,
taxonomy, and phylogeny. Lab — 4 hrs.

338. (5) Plant Taxonomy. A study of the classification of seed plants with emphasis
on a comparative study of orders and families. Lab — 4 hrs.

340. (5) Ecology. Inter-relationships among living systems and their environments.
Structure and dynamics of major ecosystem types. Contemporary problems in
ecology. Lab — 4 hrs.

341. (5) Marine Biology. An introduction to the physical, chemical, and biological
parameters affecting the distribution of marine organisms. Lab — 3 hrs.

351 . (5) Physiology. A study of the physiological activities of all types of organisms.
Emphasis on intermediary metabolism and regulatory mechanisms. Lab — 4 hrs.

352. (4) Nutritional Physiology. Deals with nutritional needs of college age students
and the areas where diets are usually deficient. (Winter term only, hours arranged.)
355. (5) Developmental Physiology. A functional study of the growth, development,
and reproduction of selected organisms with emphasis on the regulatory
mechanisms of morphogenesis. Lab — 3 hrs.

360. (5) Development. A study of development including aspects of vertebrate,
invertebrate, and other developmental systems emphasizing the regulation of
differentiation. Lab — 4 hrs.

370. (5) Biochemistry. A lecture and laboratory course in biochemistry, including
principles of biochemistry, chemical composition of living systems, intermediary
metabolism, enzyme kinetics, biochemical techniques, and biochemical ener-
getics. Lab — 3 hrs.

372. (5) Cytology. Histology and Microtechnique. A study of the structure and
function of cells and tissues with laboratory emphasis on methods of preparation of
cells and tissues for examination. Lab — 4 hrs.

117

BUSINESS AND ACCOUNTANCY

374. (5) Methods in Electron Microscopy. Techniques in preparation of materials for
examination with the electron microscope. (Winter term only, hours arr., permis-
sion of instructor required.)

391,392. (2 per sem.) Special Problems in Biology. Independent library and labora-
tory investigation carried out under the supervision of a member of the staff.
Permission of the instructor required.

395. (4) Philosophy of Biology. A seminar course dealing with the philosophic
structure of the biologic sciences, including an examination of major conceptual
schemes and theoretic ideas unique to biology.

397. (4) Seminar in Biology. Consideration of major biological topics through inten-
sive reading and discussions.

Courses for Graduate Students*

401-408. Topics in Biology

411, 412. Directed Study in Biology

420. Genetics (Cytogenetics)

430. Invertebrate Zoology

440. Physiological Ecology

450. Cell Biology

460. Developmental Biology

480. Biosystematics

491,492. Thesis Research

591, 592. Dissertation Research

BUSINESS AND ACCOUNTANCY

Professors Hylton, Owen
Associate Professor Cook
Assistant Professors Ewing, Taylor
Instructors Rhyne, Sekely

General requirements for both the B.S. in Business and the B.S. in
Accountancy.

For each degree, the student must make the following selections
from these required course categories:

(a) from Natural Sciences and Mathematics: one or preferably
two courses must be selected from Mathematics.

(b) from the Social Sciences: at least one course must be
selected in the Economics Department.

The requirements for additional work in each degree are stated
in the following descriptions:

'For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.

118

BUSINESS

For the major in Business, a minimum of 36 credits earned in the
Department of Business and Accountancy is required. Included in
the major must be: Accountancy 111 and 112; Business 211, 221,
231 , 261 , 268 and 271 .

The degree, B.S. in Business, is offered for the student who
anticipates a career in the business world. The curriculum is de-
signed to equip the student with basic tools and knowledge which
should enable him to perform adequately in his first position and
to advance to more responsible positions in the management
hierarchy.

Students with a grade point average of at least 3.0 on all college
work and 3.3 on all work in business are invited to apply for
admission to the honors program in Business. A project, paper, or
readings and/or an oral exam will be required. Those who success-
fully complete the requirements specified by the department will
be graduated with the designation "Honors in Business". For addi-
tional information, interested students should consult with a
member of the departmental faculty.

Joint Major in Mathematics-Business. The Department of
Mathematics and the Department of Business and Accountancy
offer a joint major leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in
Business-Mathematics. This interdisciplinary program prepares
students for careers in business with a strong background in
mathematics. The major will consist of the following course re-
quirements: Mathematics 111, 112, 155, 157, 256 or 355; Account-
ing 111, 112; Business 211, 221, 231; either Business 268 or
Mathematics 357; either Business 271 or Mathematics 253; two
additional courses chosen from the following: Accounting 252,
278, Business 281, Mathematics 121, 348, 353, 381, or specially
designed 4-week courses. (Economics 151-152 is strongly recom-
mended to meet Division IV basic course requirements.)

Highly qualified majors may be invited to apply for admission to
the honors program in the joint major. To be graduated with the
designation "Honors in Mathematics-Business," they must meet
minimum requirements listed on page 8, must complete a senior
research paper, and pass a comprehensive oral examination on the
project. For additional information, members of the staff should be
consulted. Program advisers J. G. May and Ewing.

119

ACCOUNTANCY

211. (4) Organization and Management. The study of the basic management func-
tions, principles, concepts, and practices in the operation of modern business
organization.

212. (4) Advanced Management. A study of the techniques of decision making
utilizing case analyses, problem-solving, and report writing procedures based on
extensive readings. P-211.

221. (4) Principles of Marketing. Survey of marketing structures, concepts, and
motivation of current marketing environment. Study of managerial decisions
necessary in the distribution of industrial and consumer goods.

222. (4) Advanced Marketing. A study of the management of marketing activities, the
interrelationship of these activities, and their relationship to the other functions of
the firm. P-221.

223. (4) International Marketing. An analysis of the nature, organization, and
methods of marketing at the international level. The course will include an in-depth
study of the functions and problems of international trade centers. (Involves visit to
trade center.) Usually offered in January. P-Business 211 and permission of instruc-
tor.

231. (4) Financial Management. Analysis of financial decision making at the level of
the individual business enterprise. P-Accountancy 111.

232. (4) Advanced Financial Management. Management decision-making applied to
the financial function, including credit, investment, and related problems. P-231
and Accountancy 112.

241 . (4) Labor Policy. A study of selected topics in labor-management relations from
the view of labor, management, and the public.

261. (4) Legal Environment of Business. Study of the legal environment within which
business decisions must be made.

268. (4) Business Statistics. A study of statistical analysis designed to implement the
decision-making process in business situations. P-Math 157.
271. (4) Seminar in Quantitative Techniques in Business. Development and under-
standing of decision tools and models to be applied to the business decision
process. P-Math 157.

281. (2, 3, or 4) Reading and Research. An advanced course devoted to individual
reading and research in the field of Business. P-Permission of Instructor.

ACCOUNTANCY

The major in Accountancy requires a minimum of 52 credits
earned in the Department of Business and Accountancy. Required
courses are: Accountancy 111,112, 151, 152, 252, 261 , 271 and 273;
Business 231, 261, and 268.

The B.S. in Accountancy is offered to those students who expect
to pursue a career in the accounting profession. The curriculum is
designed to equip the student for staff and managerial positions in
public accounting, industrial accounting, and similar positions in

120

ACCOUNTANCY

non-profit institutions. One who completes the B.S. in Accoun-
tancy is eligible to sit for the CPA examination in North Carolina.

Students with a grade point average of at least 3.0 on all college
work and 3.3 on all work in accountancy are invited to apply for
admission to the honors program in Accountancy. A project,
paper, or readings and/or an oral exam will be required. Those who
successfully complete the requirements specified by the depart-
ment will be graduated with the designation "Honors in Accoun-
tancy". For additional information, interested students should
consult with a member of the departmental faculty.

111. (5) Basic Financial Accounting. The accounting equation and accounting cycle.
Preparation and interpretation of financial statements.

112. (4) Basic Managerial Accounting. Cost-profit-volume analysis, cost accounting
concepts and capital budgeting. P-111.

151. (4) Intermediate Accounting. A detailed analysis of theory and related problems
for typical accounts on published financial statements. P-112.

152. (4) Intermediate Accounting. Continuation of Accounting 151. P-151.

201. (4) Business Law. A study of the Uniform Commercial Code. Open only to
senior accountancy majors. P-Bus. 261.

252. (4) Budgeting and Control '. Preparation and use of budget for control purposes,
including extensive study of standard costs. P-112.

253. (4) Accounting Information Systems. A study of functions performed by an
adequate information system, and methods and procedures necessary to supply
useful data. P-252.

254. (4) Accounting in the Not-for-Profit Sector. An examination of accounting
theory and practice in governmental and eleemosynary organizations, including an
examination of national income accounting. P-151.

261. (4) Advanced Accounting Problems. A study of the more complex problems
found in business operations-business combinations, reorganizations, and dissolu-
tion. P-151.

271. (5) Income Tax Accounting. Accounting for purposes of complying with the
Internal Revenue Code. Preparation of personal and business tax returns. P-152
273. (4) Auditing. Designed to familiarize the student with the CPA profession, with
particular emphasis on the attestfunction. P-152 and 252.

275. (4) CPA Review. An intensive study of CPA-type problems found on the
Accounting Practice and Accounting Theory sections of the CPA exam. P-252 and
261 .

278. (2, 3 or 4) Reading and Research. Directed study in specialized areas of accoun-
tancy. P-Permission of Instructor.

121

CHEMISTRY

Professors P. J. Hamrick, Miller, Nowell

Associate Professors Baird (Chairman), Gross, Hegstrom,

Noftle
Visiting Assistant Professor Blankespoor
Instructor Mounts

The B.A. Degree in Chemistry must include Chemistry 111-112 or
118, 221-222, 341-342, 361; Mathematics through 111; and Physics
111-112 or its equivalent.

The B.S. Degree in Chemistry must include Chemistry 111-112 or
118, 221-222, 334, 341-342, 361, 371, 391 or 392; Mathematics
through 112; and Physics 111-112 or its equivalent. Other courses
which are strongly recommended for the B.S. degree candidate are
Mathematics 121, 251 and Physics 161, 162.

Majors are required to complete on the letter grade basis the
related physics and mathematics courses, both those which are
required and those which are strongly recommended. Unless
otherwise stated all chemistry courses are open to chemistry ma-
jors only on a letter grade basis.

An average of C in the first two years of chemistry is required of
students who elect to major in this department. Admission to any
class is contingent upon satisfactory grades in prerequisite
courses, and registration for advanced courses must be approved
by the department.

The department is on the list of departments certified by the
American Chemical Society.

Qualified majors are considered for Honors in Chemistry. To be
graduated with the designation "Honors in Chemistry," a student
must meet minimum requirements listed on page 8, and must
complete satisfactorily Chemistry 391-392 or an independent study
project approved by the department and an examination covering
primarily the independent study project undertaken. For addi-
tional information members of the staff should be consulted.

Prospective majors are urged to take Chemistry 111-112 in the
freshman year. For B.S. majors the following schedule of chemistry
and closely related courses is strongly recommended:

122

CHEMISTRY

Freshman Year Sophomore Year

Chemistry 111-112 Chemistry 221-222

Mathematics 111-112 Mathematics 121-251

Physics 121-122
Junior Year Senior Year

Chemistry 341-342 Chemistry 361

Chemistry 334 Chemistry 371

Physics 161-162 Chemistry 391 or 392*

Chemistry, Mathematics or
Physics Electives
111, 112. (5, 5). College Chemistry. Fundamental chemical principles. Laboratory
covers basic quantitative analysis. Lab — 3 hrs.

118. (5) Principles of Chemistry. Fundamental chemical principles with emphasis on
structural concepts. Laboratory work in basic quantitative analysis. Lab — 4 hrs.
P-111 or permission of instructor.

221, 222. (5,5) Organic Chemistry. Principles and reactions of organic chemisty.
Lab-^1 hrs. P-112 or 118.

323. (4 or 5). Organic Analysis. The systematic identification of organic compounds.
Lab^l hrs. P-222.

324. (2 or 4). Chemical Synthesis. A library, conference and laboratory course.
Lab^t or 8 hrs. P-222.

334. (4 or 5). Chemical Analysis. Theoretical and practical applications of modern
methods of chemical analysis. Lab — 4 hrs. C-341.

341, 342. (5,5) Physical Chemistry. Fundamentals of physical chemistry. Lab— 4 hrs.
P-112 or 118; Math 111; C-Physics 111-112 or 121-122.

361. (5) Inorganic Chemistry. Principles and reactions of inorganic chemistry.
Lab^t hrs. C-341.

362. (4) Inorganic Chemistry. Applications of spectroscopy to inorganic systems.
Solid state chemistry. P-361.

371. (4) Introductory Quantum Chemistry. Application of quantum theory to topics
in chemistry.

381, 382. (0,0) Chemistry Seminar. Discussions of contemporary research. Atten-
dance required of all graduate students and all chemistry majors. No credit.
391, 392. (2,2) Independent Study. Library, conference and independent study.
Lab — 6 hrs.

Courses for Graduate Students**

421

,422.

Advanced Organic Chemistry.

441.

Molecular Structure.

445.

Thermodynamics.

446.

Chemical Kinetics.

447.

Chemical Bonding.

*May be satisfied by Chemistry 392 in the January term.
"For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.

123

CLASSICAL LANGUAGES

462. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry.

471. Quantum Chemistry.

475. Statistical Mechanics.

491,492. Thesis Research.

529. Tutorial in Organic Chemistry.

549. Tutorial in Physical Chemistry.

569. Tutorial in Inorganic Chemistry.

579. Tutorial in Theoretical Chemistry.

591, 592. Dissertation Research.

CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE

Professor C. V. Harris

Associate Professor Andronica (Chairman)

Assistant Professor Ulery

Instructors Heatley, F. Sanders

The Department of Classical Languages offers two majors: a
major in Greek and a major in Latin.

A major in Greek requires forty credits in the department.
Thirty-two of these credits must be in the Greek language. Classics
270 is also a requirement.

For those who begin Latin at Wake Forest with the course 111 or
113, a major requires thirty-six credits in the department beyond
the elementary level (111-112 or 113). Twenty-eight of these credits
must be in the Latin language.

For those who begin with Latin 153 at Wake Forest, a major
requires thirty-six credits in the department. Twenty-eight of these
credits must be in the Latin language.

For those who begin with a 200-level course at Wake Forest, a
major requires thirty-two credits in the department. Twenty-four
of these credits must be in the Latin language.

Teacher certification. The requirements for certification to teach
Latin in high school are the same as the requirements for a major in
Latin.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply
for admission to the honors program in Latin or Greek. To be
graduated with the designation "Honors in Latin," or "Honors in
Greek," they must meet minimum requirements listed on page 8
and must complete an honors research project and pass an oral

124

LATIN

comprehensive examination. At least two of the courses counted
toward the major must be seminar courses. Foradditional informa-
tion members of the staff should be consulted.

I
GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

101. (4) Intensive Introduction to Classical Creek. Greek grammar; an introduction
to the reading of Greek, designed especially for those who have no knowledge of
Greek and who are not contemplating further formal study of the Greek language.
111, 112. (5,5) Elementary Creek. Greek grammar; selections from Greek prose
writers and poets.

153. (4) Intermediate Greek. Grammar and Xenophon's /\nabas/'s. Thorough drill in
syntax.

211. (4) Plato. Selections from the dialogues of Plato.

212. (4) Homer. Selections from the Iliad and Odyssey.

221, 222. (3,3) Selected Readings. Intensive reading courses designed to meet

individual needs and interests.

231. (4) The Creek New Testament. Selections from the Greek New Testament.

241. (3) Greek Tragedy. Euripides: Medea. This course will include a study of the
origin and history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading of selected tragedies in
translation. Seminar.

242. (3) Creek Comedy. Aristophanes: Clouds. This course will include a study of
the origin and history of Greek comedy, with collateral reading of selected com-
edies in translation. Seminar.

291, 292. (2,2) Honors in Greek. Directed research for honors paper.

II
LATIN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

111, 112. (4,4) Elementary Latin. Introduction to Latin grammar.
113. (5) Elementary Latin. Introduction to Latin grammar. Covers material of Latin
111 and 112 in one semester. Not open to students who have had Latin 111 or 112.
125. (4) Medieval Latin. An introduction to the literary language of Western Europe,
A. D. 300-1 300; readingand discussion of the literature in the original and in English.
153. (5) Intermediate Latin. Grammar review and selected readings.

211. (4) Vergil. Intensive readings from the Aeneid, with emphasis on literary values.

212. (4) Roman Historians. A reading of the works of Sallust and Livy, with attention
to historical milieu and the norms of ancient historiography.

216. (4) Roman Lyric Poetry. An interpretation and evaluation of lyric poetry through
readings from a wide variety of the poems of Catullus and Horace.
221. (4) Tacitus. A reading and critical analysis of the works of Tacitus.

225. (4) Roman Epistolography. Selected readings from the correspondence of
Cicero and Pliny the Younger and the literary epistles of Horace and Ovid.

226. (4) Roman Comedy. Reading of selected comedies of Plautus and Terence with

125

CLASSICS

a study of literary values and dramatic techniques.

241. (3) Satire. Selected readings from Lucilius, Horace and Juvenal. Attention will
be given to the origin and development of the genre. Seminar.

242. (3) Satire. Readings from Petronius and the Ludus de Morte Claudii. Seminar.

243. (3) Latin Readings. A course designed to meet individual needs and interests.

250. (2) Prose Composition.

261. (3) Lucretius. Readings from the De Rerum Natura, with attention to literary
values and philosophical import. Seminar.

262. (3) Cicero. Readings from Cicero's philosophical essays, together with a survey
of Greek philosophical antecedents.

265. (3) The Elegiac Poets. Readings of Tibullus, Propertius,and Ovid, along with the

study of the elegiac tradition. Seminar.

291, 292. (2,2) Honors in Latin. Directed research for honors paper.

Ill
CLASSICS

251 . (4) Classical Mythology. A study of the most important myths of the Greeks and
Romans. Many of the myths are studied in their literary context.

253. (4) Creek Epic Poetry in Translation. Oral epic poetry with primary emphasis on
the Iliad and the Odyssey of Homer and the later development of the genre.

254. (4) Roman Epic Poetry in Translation. A study of the Latin treatment and
development of the literary form, with emphasis on Lucretius, Vergil, Ovid, and
Lucan.

263. (4) Tragic Drama in Translation. A study of the origins and development of
Greek tragedy and its influence on Roman writers, with readings from Aeschylus,
Sophocles, and Euripides.

264. (4) Creek and Roman Comedy in Translation. Representative works of Aris-
tophanes, Menander, Plautus, and Terence, with attention to the origins and
development of comedy.

265. (4) A Survey of Creek Literature in Translation. A study of selections from Greek
literature in English translation. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required.

270. (3) Creek Civilization. Lectures and collateral reading upon those phases of
Greek civilization which have particular significance for the modern world. A
knowledge of the Greek language is not required.

271. (3) Roman Civilization. This course consists of lectures and collateral reading
upon the general subject of Rome's contributions to the modern world. A knowl-
edge of the Latin language is not required.

272. (4) A Survey of Latin Literature in Translation. A study of selections from Latin
literature in English translation. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required.

275. (4) Ancient and Modern Rome. Students will trace the growth of Rome and
Roman civilization, primarily through excursions to important archaeological sites,
visits to museums, lectures, and parallel readings. Usually offered in January.

276. (4) Ancient and Modern Greece. Aguided tourof the museums and archaeolog-
ical sites of ancient Greece in their Byzantine and modern context, supplemented
by lectures on Greek and Cretan-Minoan civilization. Usually offered in January.

126

ECONOMICS

Associate Professors Wagstaff (Chairman), Cage, Moorhouse
Assistant Professors Bidwell, Frey

The objectives of the economics program at Wake Forest Uni-
versity are to help prepare students for effective participation in
the decision-making processes of society, to develop analytical
skills in solving economic problems, to promote a better under-
standing of alternative economic systems, and to provide a bal-
anced curriculum that will prepare students for graduate study or
positions in industry and government.

The major in Economics requires a minimum of 36 credits in the
field of Economics, including Economics 151,152, 201, and 202.*
The department recommends that majors take Mathematics 111,
either to fulfill their Division II requirement or as an elective.

The remaining courses for a major in Economics and courses in
related fields are selected by the students and the Economics
adviser. A minimum grade average of Con all courses attempted in
Economics is required for graduation.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply
for admission to the honors program in Economics. To be
graduated with the designation "Honors in Economics," they must
meet minimum requirements listed on page 8, and must complete
a satisfactory economics research project, pass a comprehensive
oral examination on the project, and complete Economics 281 or
287 and Economics 288. For additional information members of the
staff should be consulted.

Joint Major in Mathematical Economics. The Department of
Mathematics and the Department of Economics offer a joint major
leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematical
Economics. This interdisciplinary program consisting of no more
than 56 credits affords the student an opportunity to apply
mathematical methods to the development of economic theory,
models, and quantitative analysis. The major will consist of the
following course requirements: Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121,
251 ; Economics 151 ,152, 201 , 202, 203; a joint seminar in mathemat-
ical economics; three additional courses chosen with the approval
of the program advisors. (Recommended courses are Mathematics

"Economics 111 will satisfy the requirement for Economics 151 and 152 by permission of the department.

127

ECONOMICS

253, 348, 353, 357, 358; Economics 251, 242, 287, 288.)

Highly qualified majors may be invited to apply for admission to
the honors program in the joint major. To be graduated with the
designation "Honors in Mathematics-Economics, they must meet
minimum requirements listed on page 8, must complete a senior
research paper, and pass a comprehensive oral examination on the
subject. For additional information, members of the staff should
be consulted. Program advisers: Baxley and Moorhouse

111. (5) Introduction to Economic Analysis. A one semester survey of the discipline.
Elementary supply and demand analysis is considered in addition to more general
topics involving the formation of national economic policy. Credit is not granted for
this course and Economics 151 or 152.

151. (4) Principles of Economics. A study of individual economic units in a market
economy with some attention given to monopoly, labor unions, and poverty.

152. (4) Principles of Economics. Attention is focused on the functioning of the
economy as a whole with particular reference to unemployment, inflation,
economic growth and policy. P-151.

170. (4) Public Choice. Traditional tools of economic analysis are employed to
explore such topics in political science as political organization, elections, coalition
formation, the optimal provision of public goods, and the scope of government.
Usually offered in January. P-Econ. 151-152.

172. (4) International Finance. A study of financial market behavior and exchange
rate fluctuations in the financial capitals of Europe. Usually offered in January.
P-Econ. 111, or 151-152.

188. (4) Independent Study. A student-initiated project involving reading arid re-
search. Usually offered in January. P-Econ. 111, or 151-152, and permission of the
department.

201 . (4) Microeconomic Theory. Develops the theory of consumer behavior and the
theory of the firm with emphasis on price and output determination under various
market conditions. P-151, 152.

202. (4) Macroeconomic Theory. A study of Keynesian and post-Keynesian theories
about the determination of the level of national income, employment and
economic growth. P-151, 152.

203. (5) Introduction to Econometrics. Economic analysis through quantitative
methods, with emphasis on model construction and empirical research.

205. (3) Seminar in Mathematical Economics. Calculus and matrix methods are used
to develop basic tools of economic analysis. P-Math 111-112, Econ. 151-152.

221. (4) Public Finance. An examination of the economic behavior of government.
Includes principles of taxation, spending, borrowing, and debt management.
P-151, 152.

222. (3)/Vfonefary Theory and Policy. A rigorous development of the theory of supply
and demand for money plus the inter-relationship among prices, interest rates, and
aggregate output. P-151, 152.

242. (4) Labor Economics. Economic analysis of wages and hours, employment,

128

EDUCATION

wage and job discrimination, investment in education, and unions. P-151, 152.

243. (3,4) Economic Demography. Various aspects of population growth and fertility
decisions are studied from the point of view of the new economics of time alloca-
tion. P-151 ,152.

244. (3,4) Industrial Organization. An analysis of market structure with particular
reference to organization practices, price formation, efficiency, and public regula-
tion. P-151, 152.

251. (4) International Economics. A study of international trade theory, balance of
payments, foreign exchange, trade restrictions and commercial policies. P-151, 152.

252. (3,4) Economic Growth and Development. A study of the problems of
economic growth with particular attention to the less developed countries of the
world. P-151, 152.

255. (3,4) Comparative Economic Systems. An objective examination of the theory
and practices of various economic systems, including capitalism, socialism, and
communism. P-151, 152.

256. (4) Urban Economics. Application of economic theory to suburbanization, land
values, urban decay, zoning, location decisions of firms and households, and
metropolitan fiscal problems P-151, 152.

261. (4) American Economic Development. The application of economic theory to
historical problems and issues in the American economy. P-151, 152.

262. (4) History of Economic Thought. A historical survey of the main developments
in economic thought from the biblical period to the twentieth century. P-151, 152.
281, 282 (2,2). Contemporary Economic Problems. An economic analysis of current
issues, with emphasis placed upon contributions of economic theory to policy
formation. Courses are taught sequentially during one semester. The student may
take either one or both courses. P-Permission of Instructor

287. (3,4) Senior Readings. A student-faculty seminar in which selected publications
are analyzed and discussed. P-Permission of the Instructor. Graded Pass-Fail.

288. (4) Economic Research. Independent study and research supervised by a
member of the economics staff. P-201, 202.

EDUCATION

Professors Parker, Preseren
Associate Professors Elmore, Hall, Reeves
Assistant Professors Clark, Litcher, Roberge
Visiting Instructor Womble

Ordinarily, teacher education students major in the academic
areas in which they plan to teach. Only students planning to be
certificated in the broad areas of Intermediate Education, Science
or Social Studies are permitted to major in Education. A major in
Education requires completion of the approved program in Educa-

The following pairs of courses will be taught in alternate years: Economics 222 and 244; 256 and 261; 243 and
252.

129

EDUCATION

tion and the courses listed as academic requirements for the In-
termediate, Science or Social Studies Certificate.

Institutional Policy. The University recognizes that the educa-
tional profession is important to society and that the welfare of
mankind is largely determined by the quality of educational lead-
ership. One of the major objectives of Wake Forest University has
been and continues to be the preparation of teachers and other
professional school personnel. This commitment was reem-
phasized by vote of the faculty on November 18, 1963.

Wake Forest is committed to a high quality teacher education
program, as evinced by selective admission to the program; a wide
range of approved courses of professional instruction; and a
closely supervised practicum suitable to the professional needs of
the students.

In addition to the professional program, the Department of
Education provides elective courses open to all students, including
those not in teacher education programs. Such courses supple-
ment the work of other departments and provide generally for the
liberal education of all students.

Teacher Certification. The North Carolina State Department of
Public Instruction issues the Professional Class A teacher's certifi-
cate to graduates of the University who have completed an Ap-
proved Program, including the specified courses in their teaching
field(s), the prescribed courses in Education, demonstrated
specified competencies, and receive recommendations from the
designated official(s) of their teaching area(s) and from the Chair-
man of the Department of Education or his designee.

Special students not completing an Approved Program are re-
quired to secure an analysis of their deficiencies for the Class A
certificate from the Department of Education which will also plan a
program to remove these deficiencies.

Certification requirements for other states should be secured
from the Department of Education which will assist in planning a
program to meet certification requirements of those states.

Admission Requirements. Admission to the teacher education
program occurs normally during the sophomore year. Admission
involves filing an official application with the Department of Educa-
tion, being screened by faculty committees, and being officially
approved by the Department of Education.

130

EDUCATION

Course Requirements. The Approved Program of Teacher Educa-
tion requires candidates to complete successfully a series of pro-
fessional education courses. Psychology 151 and Speech 151 are
recommended electives. The exact sequence of professional and
academic courses varies with a student's particular program and is
determined in conference between the candidate, his advisor,
and/or a member of the Education faculty. In most cases, the
majority of the professional work in the teacher education pro-
gram is taken simultaneously during one semester of the senior
year, according to the availability of programs. Candidates for the
Intermediate Certificate, however, may begin course work re-
quired for certification as early as the Sophomore year.

While enrolled in the block semester, the student will not be
allowed to take courses concurrently that would interfere with
being in an assigned student teaching situation for the regular
public school day (generally 8:00 a.m. to 3:45 p.m.) nor allowed to
take more than one course occurring outside the regular school
day.

Student Teaching. Prerequisites for registering for Student
Teaching include:

1. Senior or graduate standing or classification as a graduate-
level special student.

2. Completion of course(s) in the Foundations of Education area
and either Education 202 or 203.

3. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken at Wake
Forest.

4. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken in the area of
certification or, in case of two or more fields of certification, in
each of the areas.

5. Approval for admission to the Teacher Education Program.

6. Submission of a recent tuberculin test or X-ray report showing
"no significant abnormalities".

7. Approval by Director of Undergraduate Teacher Education or
the Director of Intermediate Education.

Students are assigned to Student Teaching opportunities by
public school officials on the basis of available positions and pro-
fessional needs of the student and of the public school system. The
University does not assume the responsibility for transportation to
the schools during Student Teaching.

131

TEACHING AREA REQUIREMENTS

ENGLISH — 36 credits, including four credits from courses numbered 160-175; at
least 16 credits from courses numbered 300-399; 323, 390.

FRENCH— 36 credits, including French 153, 215, 221 , 222, 224, or their equivalents;
at least eight credits in French literature beyond 215.

SPANISH— 36 credits, including Spanish 153, 215, 221 , 222, 223, or their equivalents;
eight credits chosen from 224, 225, 226; at least four credits in
Spanish literature beyond 215.

FRENCH AND SPANISH COMBINATION— 56 credits, including French 153; eight
credits from 215-217, 221 , 222, and 224 (or 227 and 228; Spanish 153;
either 215 or 216, 221, 222, 223 or 224; and eight credits from
225-227; plus four additional credits in literature. Equivalents may
be substituted for any of the above.

GERMAN — 32 credits, including German 153, 211, 212; eight credits chosen from
German 217, 218, 219, 220; at least 12 credits in German literature
beyond 212.

LATIN — Based on two high school units, 36 credits in the Department of Classics, of
which 21 must be in the Latin language.

INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION-^ credits, including appropriate Basic and Divi-
sional Course requirements. Eight credits in Language Arts, eight
credits in Social Studies, eight credits in Science, eight credits in
Mathematics, four credits in Music, four credits in Humanities, two
credits in Physical Education. Remaining certification require-
ments are obtained through Intermediate Educatin courses and an
academic concentration in one of the teaching areas of the inter-
mediate grades.

MATHEMATICS-40 credits, including Mathematics 111 , 112, 113, 121 , 221 , 231 , 332;
at least eight credits from other 300-level courses.

MUSIC — For information, consult the Music Department section of this catalog or
the Chairman of the Department of Music.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH— 44 credits, including Physical Education
and Health 220, 221 , 222, 224, 230, 241 , 242, 251 , 252, 258, 310, 353,
357, 360, 363; plus Biology 111 and 150.

SCIENCE — 10 credits each in Biology, Chemistry, and Physics; 8 credits in
Mathematics; plus additional work in the area of concentration,
Biology (20 credits), Chemistry (20 credits), or Physics (17 credits).
NOTE: For certification in the individual fields of science, the following
are requred: Biology — 30 credits, Chemistry — 30 credits,
Physics — 27 credits.

SOCIAL STUDIES^48 credits, including 24 credits in History with at least 6-8 credits
in U.S. History and 6-8 credits in World (European) History; 20
credits from Politics, Sociology, Anthropology, or Economics with
no more than 8 credits in any one area; and 4 credits in Geography.
NOTE: For certification in the individual fields of the social studies, the
following are required: Economics — 24 credits, Politics — 24 cred-
its, History — 24 credits with at least 6-8 credits in U.S. History and
6-8 credits in World (European) History, Sociology — 24 credits.

132

TEACHING AREA REQUIREMENTS

SPEECH COMMUNICATION-44 credits, including SCTA 121, 151 or152, 153, 155 or

376, 161, 231 , 252 or S355, 261 , and 241 or 245 or 283-284(RTVF) and

two SCTA elective (300 level)
THEATRE ARTS^O-42 credits, including SCTA 121, 151, 223, 231, 226, 227, 283-284,

322 or S324, and 327 or 328, English 329 or 323 or 369, P.E. 162
SPEECH AND THEATRE— 50 credits, including SCTA 121 or 241 or 245, 151 or 152,

153, 155 or 376, 161 or 227, 231, 223, 226, 252 or S355, 261, 283-284,

321-322.
Education courses required for a secondary or special subject certificate are:
Education 201 or both 303 and 304, 202 or 203, 211, 251, 291, 331.
Education courses required for an intermediate certificate are: Education 201, 303,
304 (select 2); 202 or 203, 211, 221, 222, 223, 251, 271 or 272, 293, 295, 296, 313.
201. (4) Foundations of Education. Philosophical, historical, and sociological foun-
dations of education including analysis of contemporary issues and problems.
202or203. (2) School Practicum. Assigned experiences in elementary and secondary
schools. Weekly seminar.

211. (4) Educational Psychology. General principles of human development. The
nature, theories, processses, and conditions of effective teaching-learning. Ap-
praising and directing learning. P-201, permission of instructor.

221 . (5) Children's Literature and Reading. A survey of the types of literature appro-
priate for the intermediate grades and an investigation of the basic problems in
reading.

222. (4) The Arts in the Intermediate Grades. The development of skills in music, fine
arts, and basic physical activities appropriate to the intermediate grades.

223. (4) Health and Physical Education for the Intermediate Grades. The develop-
ment of physical education skills appropriate for the intermediate grade teacher
and an understanding of the personal and community health needs appropriate for
this grade level.

251 . (6) Student Teaching. Observation and experience in school-related activities.
Supervised student teaching. Graded "Pass-Fail". For requirements and prerequi-
sites see pages 00. P-201, permission of instructor.

271. (4) Introduction to Geography. A study of the physical environment and its
relationship to man, including an examination of climate, vegetation, soils, water
resources and land forms found in various regions throughout the world.

272. (4) Geography Study Tour. A guided tour of selected areas to study physical,
economic, and cultural environments and their influence on man. Background
references for reading will be suggested prior to the tour.

291. (4) Methods and Materials. Methods, materials, and techniques used in teach-
ing the various subjects. P-201, permission of instructor.

Teaching of English, each term.

Teaching of Foreign Language, fall term.

Teaching of Mathematics, spring term.

Teaching of Music, fall term.

Teaching of Physical Education and Health, spring term.

Teaching of Science, fall term.

Teaching of Social Studies, each term.

Teaching of Speech, spring term.

133

TEACHING AREA REQUIREMENTS

293. (3) Intermediate School Curriculum: Theory and Practice. General principles of
curriculum construction and teaching methods. Introduction to the use of audio-
visual materials and equipment.

295. (3) Methods and Materials for Teaching Language Arts and Social Studies. A
survey of the basic materials, methods, and techniques of teaching the language
arts and social studies in the intermediate grades. P-permission of instructor.
2%. (3) Methods and Materials for Teaching Science and Mathematics. A survey of
the basic materials, methods, and techniques of teaching science and mathematics
in the intermediate grades. P-permission of instructor.

301. (4) Audiovisual Education. Introduction to the field of audiovisual education,
development, and application of skills in the use of instructional materials, equip-
ment, and programs.

302. (4) Production of Instructional Materials. Methods of producing instructional
materials and other technological techniques. P-301.

303. (4) History of Western Education. Educational theory and practice from ancient
times through the modern period, including American education.

304. (4) Theories of Education. Contemporary proposals for educational theory and
practice studied in the context of social issues.

306. (4) Studies in the History and Philosophy of Education. A study of selected
historical eras, influential thinkers, or crucial problems in education. Topics an-
nounced annually.

313. (4) Human Growth and Development. Theories of childhood and adolescent
development and their educational implications physically, intellectually, emo-
tionally, socially, and morally.

323. (4) Educational Statistics. Descriptive, inferential, and nonparametric statistical
procedures involved in educational research. Not open to students who have taken
Psychology 211 and 212. Permission of instructor.

331. (4) The School and Teaching. Organization of the school system. Bases of
education. The curriculum. Major problems of education and teaching. The role of
the teacher. Psychological aspects of teaching. P-201, permission of instructor.
341. (4) Principles of Counseling and Guidance. Counseling history, philosophy,
theory, procedure, and process. Therapeutic and developmental counseling ap-
proaches in guidance and personnel work in educational, social, business, and
community service agencies.

Courses for Graduate Students*

405. Sociology of Education.

407. Philosophy of Education.

413. Psychology of Learning.

421. Educational Research.

431 . Foundation of Curriculum Development.

433. Supervision of Instruction.

435. Appraisal Procedures for Counselors.

'For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.

134

ENGLISH

441 . Theories and Models of Counseling.

442. Group Procedures in Counseling.

443. Vocational Psychology.

444. Individual Assessment.

445. Counseling Laboratory and Internship.

461. Student Personnel Work and Higher Education.

462. Dimensions of College Student Development.

463. Seminar in Counseling and Student Personnel Work.
483. Readings and Research in Education.

491, 492. Thesis Research.

ENGLISH

Professors Carter, Gossett*, Phillips (Chairman), Wilson
Visiting Professor Ammons

Associate Professors Fosso, Kenion, L. Potter, Shorter
Assistant Professors Johnston, Lobb, Lovett, Meyer**, Milner,

Raynor, Roman
Visiting Assistant Professor Dervin
Instructors Bonnette, Finkel, Johnson, McCaskey, Moss,

Snyder
Lecturers McPherson, Shaw, Speer

The prerequisite for admission to all advanced courses in English
is any one of the courses in English and American literature num-
bered 160, 165, 170, or 175 are offered each semester. Courses in
journalism and writing, beyond the basic requirement of freshman
composition, are offered as related subjects in the English depart-
ment. They may be taken as electives regardless of the field of
study in which a student majors.

The major in English requires a minimum of 36 credits, at least 28
of which must be earned in courses numbered 300-399. Majors
must take a course in Shakespeare, one 300 level course in Ameri-
can literature, and four additional 300 level courses in English
literature before 1900, at least two of which must be in literature
before 1800. They must take one of the 300 level courses desig-
nated by the department as a seminar. Majors and their advisers
will plan programs to meet these requirements and to insure that
the student does some work in the major literary types.

•Absent on leave, Spring, 1975.
"Absent on leave, 1974-75.

135

ENGLISH

Highly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply
for admission to the honors program in English. To be graduated
with the designation "Honors in English," they must meet
minimum requirements of a grade point average of not less than
3.0 on all college work and 3.5 on all work in the major, complete
satisfactorily the requirements for English majors, and in addition
complete the requirements for English 388. For additional informa-
tion members of the staff should be consulted.

Unless otherwise indicated, any course in English may carry
either 3 or 4 credits according to the number of class meetings. The
amount of reading and writing is adjusted to the assigned credit for
a course.

11. Composition Review.* Essentials of standard usage and the basic principles of
composition; frequent exercises. No credit. Staff

110. (4) English Composition.** Training in expository writing, frequent essays
based upon readings. Staff

112. (3) English Composition and Literature. ** Training in expository writing based
on the reading of literature. Admission by approval of the department. Staff

120. (4) Reading Poetry.*** A course in reading poetry selected from a wide range of
writers, eras, modes, periods, styles, and genres, with emphasis on how to read,
interpret, and enjoy it. Some short written assignments. Mr. Bonnette

165. Studies in Major British Writers. Three to five writers representing different
periods; primarilydiscussion, with frequent short papers. Limited enrollment. Staff
167. (4) Car's Cradle to Cuckoo's Nest.*** Wide reading in contemporary writers
such as Vonnegut, Barth, Solzhenitzyn, Plath, Roth, Brautigan, Cross, Borges,
Coover, Updike, Kesey. Class members responsible for individual authors and
books. Mr. Milner

170 . Survey of Major American Writers. Nine to eleven writers representing different
periods and genres; primarily lecture. Staff

175. Studies in Major American Writers. Three to five writers representing different
periods; primarily discussion, with frequent short papers. Limited enrollment. Staff
180. (2) Traditions of Humanity: The Liberal Arts. A study of major concepts of liberal
education in the western world. Staff

185. (4) Workshop in Creative Writing.*** A workshop in short forms of creative
writing: fiction, drama, poetry. Regular class meetings with presentation of student
work, and frequent individual conferences. Mr. Roman, Mr. Shaw

186. (4) Geoffrey Crayon Rides Again:*** The British Isles in Five Paragraphs a Day. A
month in London, Edinburgh, Dublin, and some more rural areas of England, with
frequent writing about setting, people, and incidents. Cost: approximately $800.

Mrs. Johnson, Mr. Dervin

195. (4) Images on Women in Modern Literature. *** An examination of contempor-
ary images of women in literature, both fiction and non-fiction. Types, stereotypes,
roles, generalizations, and human individuality will be explored. Miss McCaskey

136

ENGLISH

200. (4) Black Poetry.*** Consideration of the social environment producing black
poetry, with a study of particular black poets, mainly from the Harlem Renaissance
and the Black Revolution. Miss McPherson

235. Jane Austen — A Bicentennial Celebration.*** In commemoration of the 200th
anniversary of Jane Austen's birth, a study of her six novels, and an introduction to
secondary material. Mr. Lovett

255. (3) Recent American Poetry. Selections from the poetry of Robert Penn Warren,
Randall Jarrell, A. R. Ammons, James Dickey, Adrienne Rich, and Denise Levertov.

Held in Reynolda House.
266. (4) C. B. Shaw: Plays and the Man.*** A theatrical, as well as a literary,
investigation of the major plays of Shaw, with some reading from his non-dramatic
works. The course will culminate in an informal production of one of Shaw's
plays. Miss Finkel

299. (4) Individual Study.*** A course of independent study with faculty guidance.
By pre-arrangement. Staff

355. {4) Fabulous Fiction. *** Readings in fable, romance, and allegory, with particu-
lar attention to the relation between realistic and unrealistic elements, between the
natural surface and symbolic depths, between particularity of story and universality
of theme. Mr. Carter

Journalism and Writing

270. Introduction to Journalism. Survey of the fundamental principles of news-
gathering and news-writing; study of news and news values, with some attention to
representative newspapers. Mr. Shaw

272. Editing. A laboratory course in copy-editing, headline-writing, typography, and
make-up; includes both newspaper and magazine editing. P-270. Mr. Shaw

276. Advanced Journalism. Intensive practice in writing various types of newspaper
stories, including the feature article. Limited to students planning careers in jour-
nalism. P-270. Mr. Shaw
278. History of Journalism. A study of the development of American journalism and
its English origin; detailed investigations of representatve world papers. Mr. Shaw

284. (2) The Essay. Primarily for those interested in writing for publication, with
concentration on writing various types of essays. Admission by consent of the
instructor. Mr. Shaw

285. (2) Poetry Workshop. A laboratory course in the writing of verse. Study of poetic
techniques and forms as well as works of contemporary poets. Frequent individual
conferences. Miss Phillips

286. The Short Story. A study of the fundamental principles of short fiction writing;
constant practice in writing, extensive study of short story form. Admission by
consent of the instructor. Mr. Shaw
383, 384. (4,4). Theory and Practice of Verse Writing. Emphasis is placed on reading
and discussing student poems in terms of craftsmanship and general principles.

Mr. Ammons

•Proficiency in the use of the English language is recognized by the Faculty as a requirement in all depart-
ments. A composition condition, indicated by cc under the grade for any course, may be assigned in any
department to a student whose writing is unsatisfactory, regardless of previous credits in composition . Also the
composition of all rising juniors, both Wake Forest students and transfers, is examined for proficiency. The
writing of Wake Forest students is checked during their last course in sophomore English; that of transfers is
checked during the orientation period each term. For removal of a composition condition the student is
required to take English 11 or repeat English 110 without credit during the first semester for which he registers
following the assignment of the cc. Removal of the deficiency is prerequisite to graduation.

"Either 110or 112 is a prerequisite for all other courses in English unless the requirement is waived. Either will
fulfill the basic course requirement.

••'Courses (representative of the January curriculum) are not necessarily repeated every year, but were
offered in 1975.

137

ENGLISH

Advanced Courses in Literature and Language*

310. Studies in Medieval Literature. Selected readings from areas such as religious
drama, non-dramatic religious literature, romance literature, literary theory, and
philosophy. (A) Mr. Shorter, Miss Finkel

315. Chaucer. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde, with
some attention to long minor poems. Consideration of literary, social, religious and
philosophical background. Mr. Shorter

323. Shakespeare. Tweve representative plays illustrating Shakespeare's develop-
ment as a poet and dramatist. Mr. Fosso
325. Studies in English Literature, 1500-1660. Selected topics, prose, and poetry from
the sixteenth or seventeenth centuries exclusive of drama and Milton. Emphasis on
Elizabethan lyrics and Spenser or on Donne and the Metaphysical poets. (A)

Mr. Fosso, Mr. Roman
327. Milton. The poetry and selected prose of John Milton, with an emphasis on
Paradise Lost. Mr. Roman

330. English Literature of the Eighteenth Century. Representative poetry and prose,
exclusive of the novel, 1700-1800, drawn from Addison, Steele, Defoe, Swift, Pope,
Johnson, Boswell, Goldsmith, and Burns. Consideration of cultural backgrounds
and significant literary trends. Mr. Kenion

332. Satire. The nature of the satiric form and the satiric spirit as revealed through
reading and critical analysis of significant examples, mostly English and American.
(A) Mr. Kenion

335. Eighteenth Century Fiction. Primarily the fiction of Defoe, Richardson, Field-
ing, Smollett, Sterne, and Austen. Mr. Lovett
350. Romantic Poets. A review of the beginnings of romanticism in English litera-
ture, followed by study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, and Shelley;
collateral reading in the prose of the period. Mr. Wilson

353. The Nineteenth Century English Novel. Representative major works by Dick-
ens, Eliot, Thackeray, Hardy, the Brontes, and others. Lecturers and discussion.

Mr. Carter

354. Victorian Poetry. A study of Tennyson, Browning, Hopkins, and Arnold or
another Victorian poet. Mr. Johnston
360. Studies in Victorian Literature. Selected topics, such as development of genres,
major texts, cultural influences. Readings in poetry, fiction, autobiography and
other prose. Mr. Carter, Mr. Johnston
362. Blake, Yeats, and Thomas. Reading and critical analysis of the poetry of Blake,
Yeats, and Dylan Thomas; study of the plays of Yeats and his contemporaries in the
Irish Renaissance, especially Synge and Lady Gregory. (A) Mr. Wilson

364. Studies in Literary Criticism. Consideration of certain figures and schools of
thought significant in the history of literary criticism. (A) Mr. Potter, Mr. Lobb

365. Twentieth Century British Fiction. A study of Conrad, Lawrence, Joyce, Forster,
Woolf and later English writers with attention to the social and intellectual back-
grounds. Mr. Potter, Mr. Lobb

'Courses marked (A) are normally offered in alternate years.

138

ENGLISH

367. Twentieth Century Poetry. Selected American and British poets from 1900 to
1965. Miss Phillips

369. Modern Drama. Modern drama from its late nineteenth century naturalist
beginnings to the contemporary existentialist-absurdist theater. Mr. Bonnette
372. American Romanticism. Writers of the mid-nineteenth century including
Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne and Melville. Mr. Dervin

374. Intellectual and Social Movements in American Literature to 1865. Selected
topics such as Puritanism, the Enlightenment, Transcendentalism, and Romanti-
cism. (A) Staff
376. American Poetry from 1855 to 1900. Readings from at least two of the following
poets: Whitman, Dickinson, Melville. (A) Miss Phillips
378. Literature of the South. The aesthetic, philosophical, and sociological dimen-
sions of the best literature of the South, from the colonial to the contemporary
period. Writers to include the regional humorists, Faulkner, Ransom and Williams.

Mr. Milner

380. American Fiction from 1865 to 1915. Such writers as Twain, James, Howells,
Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, Cather, and others. (A) Mr. Gossett

382. Modern American Fiction, 1915 to the Present. To include such writers as Lewis,
Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Faulkner, Steinbeck, Wolfe, Wright, Katherine Anne Por-
ter, Mailer, Bellow, Malamud Flannery O'Connor, Baldwin, and Styron. Mr. Moss
386. Directed Reading. A tutorial in an area of study not otherwise provided by the
English department; granted upon departmental approval of petition presented by
a qualified student. Staff

388. Honors Course in English. A conference course centering upon a special
reading requirement and a thesis requirement. For senior students wishing to
graduate with "Honors in English." Mr. Potter

389. (2) The Use of the Library in Literary Research. Attention to materials, methods,
and bibliography for study in literature. Staff

390. The Structure of English. An introduction to the principles and techniques of
modern linguistics applied to contemporary American English. Mrs. Speer

Courses for Graduate Students*

(Note: Not every course listed in this section will be given every
year, but at least four will be offered each regular academic year,
and normally two will be offered in the summer session.)

415. Studies in Chaucer. Mr. Shorter

417. English Drama to 1580.

419. English Drama, 1580-1642.

421 . Studies in Spenser. Mr. Fosso

425. Studies in Seventeenth Century

English Literature. Mr. Fosso

435. The Major Augustans. Mr. Kenion

443. The Nineteenth Century English Novel. Mr. Carter

•For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.

139

GERMAN

445.

English Poetry of the Nineteenth and

Twentieth Centuries.

Mr. Wilson

455.

Studies in American Fiction.

Mr. Gossett

457.

American Poetry.

Miss Phillips

465.

Literary Criticism.

Mr. Potter

491 ,

.492.

Thesis Research.

Staff

GERMAN

Professors Fraser, O'Flaherty
Associate Professor Sanders
Assistant Professors Sellner, West
Instructor Place

A major in German requires 37 credits beyond German 111-112,
and should include 281 and 285.

[If a regular course is offered in the 11 -week term it may carry less
than 4 credits — probably 3.]

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply
for admission to the honors program in German. To be graduated
with the designation "Honors in German," they must meet
minimum requirements listed on page 8, and complete a senior
research project and pass a comprehensive examination. They are
then graduated with the designation of "Honors in German." For
additional information members of the staff should be consulted.

Attention is called to the exchange program which Wake Forest
University maintains with the Free University of Berlin (see
page 34).

111,112. (4,4) Elementary German. This course covers the principles of grammar and
pronunciation and includes the reading of simple texts. Lab — 1 hr.
150. (4) Man spricht Deutsch auch in Oesterreich. Three weeks of intensive lan-
guage and cultural study in Salzburg, Austria. Travel to Vienna and Munich. P-1
semester of German. Offered in January.

152. (4) Intermediate German. The principles of grammar are reviewed; reading of
selected prose and poetry. Open only to students who have completed three years
of high school German. Lab — 1 hr.

153. (5) Intermediate German. The principles of grammar are reviewed; reading of
selected prose and poetry. Lab — 1 hr. P-111, 112.

211, 212. (4,4) Introduction to German Literature. The object of this course is to
acquaint the student with masterpieces of German literature. Parallel reading and
reports. P-152 or 153.

*For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.

140

GERMAN

216. (4) Basic Conversation: Level One. Intensive practice of speech patterns; daily
sessions, language laboratory practice. P-Cerman 111 or 112 with grade of "C" or
better. Offered in January.

217. (4) Conversation and Phonetics. A course in spoken German emphasizing
facility of expression. Considerable attention is devoted to phonetics. P-152 or 153
or equivalent.

218. (4) Composition and Grammar Review. A review of the fundamentals of Ger-
man grammar, with intensive practice in translation and composition. P-152 or 153
or equivalent.

219. (4) Advanced Composition. A study of advanced grammar and composition.
English texts will be translated into German in addition to free composition in
German. P-218 or equivalent.

220. (4)German Civilization. A survey of contemporary German culture, includinga
study of its historical development in broad outline. The course is conducted in
German. P-217 or consent of instructor.

231. (3) Weimar Germany. Historical and literary examination of Weimar Germany
(1919-1933). Authors include: Thomas and Heinrich Mann, Grimm, Juenger, Johst,
Hesse, Doeblin, Brecht, Kafka, Tucholsky, Fallada, and Stefan Zweig. German or
History credit determined at registration. (11 weeks).

249. (4) Old High German and Middle High German Literature. The study of major
writers and works from these two areas emphasizes major writings of the chivalric
period. P-211, 212 or equivalent.

250. (4) Renaissance, Reformation and Baroque German Literature. A study of major
writers and works from the post-chivalric period to approximately 1700. P-211, 212
or equivalent.

253. (4) Eighteenth Century German Literature. A study of majorwriters and works of
the Enlightenment and Sturm und Drang. P-211, 212 or equivalent.

263. (4) German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (I). Poetry, prose, dramas and
critical works from approximately 1795 to 1848. P-211, 212 or equivalent.

264. (4) German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (II). Readings from the begin-
nings of Poetic Realism to the advent of Naturalism.. P-211, 212 or equivalent.
270. (3) Individual Study. Studies in literature not ordinarily read in other courses.
P-211, 212, and permission.

281. (4) Seminar: Twentieth Century Prose. Intensive study of certain works by

Thomas Mann, Hesse, and Kafka, plus considerable outside reading. P-211, 212 or

equivalent.

285. (4) Seminar: Goethe. Faust Pan I will be studied in class. Parallel readings in

other works by Goethe will be assigned. P-211, 212 or equivalent.

287-288. (3,3) Honors Course in German. A conference course in German literature.

A major research paper is required. Designed for candidates for departmental

honors.

141

HISTORY

Professors Covey, Gokhale, Perry, Smiley, Stroupe, Tillett,

Yearns
Associate Professors Barnett (Chairman), Barefield, Berth-

rong, Hendricks, McDowell, Mullen, J. H. Smith, Zuber
Assistant Professors Hadley*, Osier, Sinclair, Williams

The History major consists of a minimum of 36 credits. It must
include History 310, from six to eight credits in U. S. history, from
six to eight credits in European history and three or four credits in
non-western history. No more than two courses from History 111,
112, 113 may be counted toward the major.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply
for admission to the honors program in History. To be graduated
with the designation "Honors in History," they must meet
minimum requirements listed on page 8, complete satisfactorily
History 287, 288, and pass a comprehensive written examination.
For additional information members of the staff should be con-
sulted.

Students contemplating graduate study should plan to take re-
quired and general survey courses early in their college careers,
should include Historiography, and should acquire a reading
knowledge of one modern foreign language (preferably French,
German or Russian) for the M.A. degree and two for the Ph.D.
degree. For information regarding the Master of Arts degree in
History at Wake Forest University consult the Bulletin of the
Graduate School.

111. (4) Europe from the Renaissance to 1789. A survey. Staff

112. (4) Europe from 1789 to 1914. A survey. Staff

113. (4) Europe and the Twentieth Century World. A survey from 1914 to the present.

Staff
131. (2) European Historical Biography. Study of biographies of several men and
women who have influenced the history and civilization of Europe. Mr. Mullen
151, 152. (4,4) The United States. Political, social, economic, and intellectual as-
pects. 151: before 1865; 152: after 1865. Staff
160. (4) Freud. An investigation of Freud's basic ideas in the context of his time.
Books to be read include The Interpretation of Dreams, Civilization and Its Discon-
tents, and Jones's biography in the Trilling abridgment. Mr. Barefield

"Absent on leave, 1974-75.

142

HISTORY

162. (4) From the Forest of Wake to the Red Hills of Forsyth: The History of Wake
Forest University. A survey of the history of Wake Forest from its beginning. To
include reading assignments, lectures and talks from those who remember life on
the old campus, a look at the oral and written history projected now in progress,
and a brief visit to the town of Wake Forest. Mr. Hendricks

163. (4) Russian History and Culture from the Source. A study tour of historic sites
and cultural centers of the Soviet Union. Anne and Lowell Tillett

164. (4) The American People and China. A topical study of the images and attitudes
of Americans toward China. All students will read John K. Fairbank's The United
States and China and A. T. Steele's The American People and China, after which
they will select individual topics on which to present oral reports. Additional
readings will stress conflicting interpretations of major issues in Sino-American
relations. Mr. Sinclair

165. (4) Contemporary Conflict. A study of the background of four conflicts creating
tension in the contemporary world. The conflicts to be studied will be selected by
the class members. Mr. Yearns
215, 216 (4, 3 or 4) The Ancient World. Critical focus on the Greeks in the fall and
Romans in the spring, but in global context of palelolithic to medieval;
psychological-philosophical stress. Mr. Covey

221. (4) Middle Ages. A survey of European history, 400-1300, stressing social and
cultural developments. Mr. Barefield

222. (4) The Renaissance and Reformation. Europe from 1300 to 1600. Social, cul-
tural, and intellectual developments stressed. Students may take either segment of
the course separately as provided below. Mr. Barefield.

223. (2) The Renaissance. See 222 for description.

224. (2) The Reformation. See 222 for description.

231 . (3) Weimar Germany. (11 weeks) Historical and literary examination of Weimar
Germany (1919-1933). Authors include: Thomas and Heinrich Mann, Hans Grimm,
Junger, Johst, Hesse, Doblin, Brecht, Kafka, Tucholsky, Fallada, and Stefan Zweig.
German or History credit to be determined at registration. Messrs. Fraser,
McDowell

232. (2) European Historical Novels. Study of the accuracy and value, from the
standpoint of the historian, of a selection of historical novels. Mr. Mullen
240. (4) Afro-American History. The role of Afro-Americans in the development of
the United States with particular attention to African heritage, forced migration,
Americanization, and influence. Mr. Smith

264. (3) Economic History of the United States. The economic development of the
United States from colonial beginnings to the present. Mr. Perry

265. (4) American Diplomatic History. An introduction to the history of American
diplomacy since 1776, emphasizing the effects of public opinion on fundamental
policies. Mr. Perry

271. (4) Colonial Latin America, 1492-1825. Cultural configurational approach.

Mr. Covey
286. (4) Individual Study. A project in an area of study not otherwise available in the
History department; permitted upon departmental approval of petition presented
by a qualified student. Staff

143

HISTORY

287, 288. (4,4) Honors Course in History. A two-semester sequence of seminars on
problems of historical synthesis and interpretation. Designed for seniors who are
candidates for distinction in history. Staff

310. (4) Seminar. Offered by members of the staff on topics of their choice. A paper
is required. Staff

311, 312. (4,4) Social and Intellectual History of Modern Europe. Intellectual trends
in Western European Civilization. Fall: seventeenth and eighteenth centuries;
spring: nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Mr. Berthrong

316. (4) France and England in the Twelfth and Thirteenth Centuries. The structure of
society, the nature of law, church-state relations, intellectual developments. P-315
or permission of instructor. Mr. Barefield

319, 320. (4,4) Germany. Fall : origins of the German nation and the rise of Prussia in a
context of particularism. Spring: from the Reich of Bismarck to divided Germany.

Mr. McDowell

321. (4) France: Old Regime and Revolution. The reconstruction of political and
social order following the Wars of Religion; the Enlightenment; the collapse of the
Monarchy. Mr. Williams

322. (4) France Since the Revolution. The quest for a new internal order and the
reaction of France to an era of rapid change; from the fall of Robespierre to the
departure of Charles de Gaulle. Mr. Williams

323. 324. (4,4) England. A political and social survey, with some attention to conti-
nental movements. Fall: to 1603; spring: 1603 to present.

Messrs. Barnett, Hadley
325. (4) Tudor and Early Stuart England. A constitutional and social study of England
from 1485 to 1641. (Not offered 1974-75)

Mr. Barnett
329, 330. (4,4) Modern England. Political, social, economic, and cultural history of
England since 1714. Fall: to 1815; spring: since 1815. (Not offered 1975-1976)

Mr. Hadley
331, 332. (4,4) Russia. Primarily political, with some attention to cultural and social
developments. Fall: the Russian Empire; spring: the Soviet Union. Mr. Tillett
333 (4) European Diplomatic History, 1848-1914. Research-discussion seminar, with
emphasis on topics from the Bismarck era. Mr. Mullen

335, 336. (4,4) Twentieth Century Europe. Emphasis on international questions and
the changing position of Europe in the world. Fall: 1914 to 1939; spring: 1939 to the
present. Mr. McDowell

337, 338. (4,4) History of Science. Historical study of scientific ideas and their
inter-relation with other areas of human activity, especially developments in
philosophy, religion, social and cultural history. First semester, antiquity through
the Copernican Revolution. Second semester, seventeenth century through mod-
ern times. Each semester may be taken independently. Miss Osier
341, 342. (4,4) History and Civilization of Southeast Asia. From the earliest times to
the present; special attention to religion, social organization, economy, literature,
art and architecture. (Not offered 1975-76) Mr. Gokhale
343. (4) Imperial China. Development of traditional institutions in Chinese society
to 1644; attention to social, cultural and political factors, emphasizing continuity
and resistance to change. (Not offered 1975) Mr. Sinclair

144

HISTORY

344. (4) Modern China. Manchu Dynasty and its response to the Western challenge;
1911 Revolution; warlord era and rise of the Communists; Chinese Communist
society; cultural Revolution. (Not offered 1976) Mr. Sinclair

345, 346. (4,4) History and Civilization of South Asia. An introduction to the history
and civilization of South Asia. Emphasis on historical developments in the social,
economic, and cultural life. Mr. Cokhale
349, 350. (4,4) East Asia. An introduction to the social, cultural and political de-
velopment of China, Japan, and Korea. Fall: to 1600; spring: since 1600. Mr. Sinclair
351 , 352. (4,4) Social and Intellectual History of the United States. The relationship
between ideas and society. Religion, science, education, architecture and immigra-
tion are among the topics discussed. Mr. Zuber

353. (4) Colonial English America, 1582-1774. Determinative episodes, figures, al-
legiances, apperceptions, and results of the period, organically considered.

Mr. Covey

354. (4) Revolutionary and Early National America 1763-1820. The American Revolu-
tion, its causes and effects, the Confederation, the Constitution, and the new
nation. Mr. Hendricks

355. (4) The Westward Movement. The role of the frontier in United States history,
1763-1890. Mr. Smiley

356. (4) Jacksonian America, 1820-1850. The United States in the age of Jackson,
Clay, Calhoun and Webster. A biographical approach. Mr. Hendricks

357. (4) The Civil War and Reconstruction. The political and military events of the war
and the economic, social, and political readjustments which followed. Mr. Yearns

358. (4) U. S. from Reconstruction to World War I. National progress and problems
during an era of rapid industrialization. Mr. Yearns

359. (4) Twentieth Century America, I. The transition of America from World War I to
the eve of World War II with special emphasis on the "Roaring Twenties" and the
New Deal. Mr. Smith

360. (4) Twentieth Century America, II. Recent United States development from
Pearl Harbor to the eve of the present. Mr. Smith

362. (4) American Constitutional History. Origins of the constitution, the controver-
sies involving the nature of the union, and constitutional readjustments to meet the
new American industrialism. Mr. Yearns

363, 364. (4,4) The South. Geography, population elements, basic institutions, and
selected events. Mr. Smiley

365. (4) Women in American History. A survey of the roles and activities of women in
America, with emphasis upon selected individuals. Mr. Smiley

366. (4) Studies in Historic Preservation. An analysis of history museums and agen-
cies and of the techniques of preserving and interpreting history through artifacts,
restorations, and reconstructions. (By permission of instructor.) Mr. Hendricks

367. 368. (4,4) North Carolina. Selected phases of the development of North
Carolina from colonial beginnings to the present. Fall: to 1789; spring: since 1789.

Mr. Stroupe
372. (4) Cities in History. Case studies of selected cities of Asia, Europe, and America
in their economic, social, political and cultural roles in the historical development

145

INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES

of their respective regions. (Not offered 1975-76) Staff

391, 392. (4,3) Historiography. The principal historians and their writings from
ancient times to the present. Fall: European historiography; spring: American
historiography. Mr. Perry

Courses for Graduate Students*

411, 412. Seminar in Modern European history. Mr. Tillett

442. Seminar in Southeast Asia. Mr. Gokhale

445. Traditional India. Mr. Gokhale

447. Seminar on Modern India. Mr. Gokhale

451, 452. Seminar in United States History. Mr. Smiley

463, 464. American Foundations. A survey of the European heri-
tage and colonial environment which developed into the American culture of the
late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. A cooperative program of Wake
Forest University and Reynolda House, Inc. Lectures provide a continuity of theme,
while Old Salem and other historic sites provide opportunities for giving history a
visual dimension. A research project is required. Summer. Mr. Covey, Staff

481,482. Directed Reading. Staff

491,492. Thesis Research. Staff

INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES

Humanities

111 . (4) In Introduction to Music, Art, and Theatre: An Interdisciplinary Approach. A
study of the interrelationship of Music, Art, and Theatre, designed to foster a
deeper understanding and pleasure. Students will be expected to attend recom-
mended concerts, art exhibits, plays, and other appropriate activities. Staff pro-
vided from the departments of Music, Art, Speech Communication and Theatre
Arts.

213. (4) Studies in European Literature. A study of approximately 12 works in
translation taken from European literature.

214. (4) Contemporary Fiction. A study of contemporary European and Latin Ameri-
can fiction in translation.

215. (4) Germanic and Slavic Literature. A study of approximately 12 works in
translation taken from Germanic and Slavic literature. (Offered in alternate years).

216. (4) Romance Literature. A study of approximately 12 works in translation taken
from Romance literatures. (Offered in alternate years)

250. (4) Discovering the Visual and Verbal Modes of the Twentieth Century. An
exploration of the ideas, values and feeling found in the Art and Literature of
representative twentieth century figures: Kandinsky, Stevens, Picasso, Kafka,
Leger, Beckett, Klee, lonesco, Pollock, Faulkner, Chagall, Barth, and others.

'For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin

146

MATHEMATICS

350. (4) What the Arts Have Been Saying Since 1800. An experiment in developing
interpretive judgment and insight, regarding music, painting, and literature as
articulations of frontier consciousness of the period, held in Reynolda House.

373. (4) France in the Thirties: Literature and Social Consciousness. A study in
English of Malraux, Artaud, Giraudoux, and Breton.

374. (4) French Literature in the Mid-Twentieth Century. A study of the literature of
the forties and fifties and its evolution from "commitment" to "disengagement."
Authors read will include Sartre, Camus, Beckett, Robbe-Grillet, lonesco, Duras,
Sarrante.

375. (4) The French Theater Between 1930 and 1960: Theory and Practice. Study of
works by Giraudoux, Cocteau, Anouilh, Sartre, Camus, Beckett, lonesco, Genet.

378. (4) Autobiography as Genre. A study of autobiography as a form of fiction.
Reading of Rousseau's Confessions, followed by certain autobiographies of Twen-
tieth Century French authors. Taught in English.

379. (4) The Literary Works of Jean Paul Sartre. A critical study of his evolution as
reflected in his novel and plays from Nausea to The Prisoners of Altona.

380. (3) Albert Camus. A critical study of his evolution as a writer.

Social Sciences

381. 382. (4,4) Interdisciplinary Study and Research in Developing Areas. This
course, designed to introduce students to problems facing developing areas, in-
cludes directed studies, intensive field research, and data analysis.

MATHEMATICS

Professors Gentry, Sawyer, Seelbinder

Visiting Professor Brauer

Associate Professors Baxley, Carmichael, Howard, Gaylord

May, Graham May, Waddill
Assistant Professors Hayashi, Kuzmanovich

A major in mathematics requires 40 credits.

A student must include courses 111 ,112,113, 121, 221, one of the
courses 311, 317, 352, 357, and at least two additional 300-level
courses. A prospective teacher in the education block may take 231
in lieu of the course from 311, 317, 352, or 357. Lower Division
students are urged to consult a member of the department before
enrolling in courses other than those satisfying Division II re-
quirements.

The Mathematics Department, along with the departments of
Economics, Business and Accountancy, and Biology, offers the
following joint majors.

Joint Major in Mathematical Economics. The Department of

147

MATHEMATICS

Mathematics and the Department of Economics offer a joint major
leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematical
Economics. This interdisciplinary program affords the student an
opportunity to apply mathematical methods to the development of
economic theory, models, and quantitative analysis. The majorwill
consist of the following course requirements: Mathematics 111,
112, 113, 121 , 251 ; Economics 151 , 152, 201 , 202, 203; a joint seminar
in mathematical economics; three additional courses chosen with
the approval of the program advisors. (Recommended courses are
Mathematics 253, 348, 353, 357, 358; Economics 251 , 242, 287, 288.)
Program advisors: Baxley and Moorhouse.

Joint Major in Mathematics-Biology. The Department of
Mathematics and the Department of Biology offer a joint major
leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematical Biology.
This interdisciplinary program affords the student an opportunity
to apply mathematical methods to the development and analysis of
biological systems. The major will consist of the following course
requirements: Mathematics 112, 155, 157 or 357; Biology 150, 151,
152; seven additional courses (at least three in each department)
chosen with the approval of the program advisors. Program ad-
visors: Amen and Seelbinder.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply
for admission to the honors program in Mathematics or in the joint
majors. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in
Mathematics" or "Honors in (Joint Major)," they must meet
minimum requirements listed on page 8, and complete satisfac-
torily a senior research paper and pass a comprehensive oral and

148

MATHEMATICS

written examination. For additional information members of the
staff should be consulted.

105. (4) Pre-Calculus Mathematics. Selected topics deal with the structure of
number systems and the elementary functions. Taught in 4-week term. Nor to be
counted on major in Mathematics.

Ill, 112, 113. (5, 5 or 4,4) Calculus with Analytic Geometry I, II, III. Differential and
integral calculus and basic concepts of analytic geometry, multivariable calculus.
No student will be allowed credit for both 116 and 111. Lab.— 2 hrs. for 111, 112.
115, 116. (5,5 or 4) Finite Mathematics with Calculus I, II. Logic, sets, probability,
matrices, linear programming, markov chains, theory of games and concepts from
differential and integral calculus. No student will be allowed credit for both 116 and
111. Lab.— 2 hrs.

121. (4) Linear Algebra. Vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations and
matrices, linear groups and determinants.

154. (4) Computer Programming. Introduction to computer programming and oper-
ation. Taught in 4-week term. No student will be allowed credit for both 154 and 155
without departmental approval.

155. (2) Introduction to Fortran Programming. Basic FORTRAN programming. Lec-
ture and laboratory Vi semester. Graded on Pass/Fail basis. Lab. — 2 hrs. No student
will be allowed credit for both 154 and 155 without departmental approval.

156. (4) Statistical Concepts. An introductory course for the student of statistics who
has a limited mathematical background. Includes descriptive techniques, fre-
quency distributions, statistical inference, regression, and correlation. Emphasis is
placed on how statistics can be used in society. Taught in 4-week term. No student
will be allowed credit for both 156 and 157.

157. (5 or 4). Elementary Probability and Statistics. Probability and distribution
functions; means and variances; sampling distributions. Lab. — 2 hrs. No student
will be allowed credit for both 156 and 157. One who takes this course may not
receive credit for Soc. 380.

221 . (4) Modern Algebra I. An introduction to modern abstract algebra through the
study of groups, rings, integral domain and fields. P-121.

231. (4) Euclidean Geometry. Postulates, definitions, theorems and models of Eu-
clidean geometry.

251 . (4 or 3) Ordinary Differential Equations. Linear equations with constant coeffi-
cients, linear equations with variable coefficients, existence and uniqueness
theorems for first order equations. P-112.

253. (4) Operations Research. Mathematical models and optimization techniques.
Studies in allocation, simulation, queuing, scheduling and network analysis. P-111,
P-115 or equivalent.

256. (4) Programming Languages. FORTRAN IV, COBOL, and Assembly languages.
Advanced computer techniques. P-154 or 155.

311,312. (4, 4 or 3) Advanced Calculus I, II. Limits and continuity in metric spaces,
differentiation and Riemann-Stieltjes integration, sequences and series, uniform
convergence, power series and Fourier series, partial differentiation and functions
of n real variables, implicit and inverse function theorem. P-113.
317. (4) Complex Analysis I. Analytic functions, Cauchy's theorem and its conse-

149

MATHEMATICS

quences, power series and residue calculus. P-113.

322. (4 or 3) Modern Algebra II. A continuation of modern abstract algebra through
the study of additional properties of groups and fields and a thorough treatment of
vector spaces. P-221.

323, 324. (4, 4 or 3) Matrix Theory I, II. Basic concepts and theorems concerning
matrices and real number functions defined on preferred sets of matrices. P-121.

332. (4 or 3) Non-Euclidean Geometry. Postulates, definitions, theorems, and mod-
els of Lobachevskian and Riemannian geometry.

333. (4) General Topology I. An axiomatic development of topological spaces.
Includes continuity, connectedness, compactness, separation axioms and metric
spaces.

345, 346. (4,4 or 3) Elementary Theory of Numbers, I, II. Properties of integers,
congruences, arithmetic functions, primitive roots, sums of squares, magic
squares, applications to elementary mathematics, quadratic residues, arithmetic
theory of continued fractions.

348. (4 or 3). Combinatorial Analysis. Enumeration techniques, including generating
functions, recurrence formulas, the principle of inclusion and exclusion, and
Polya's theorem.

351. (4) Applied Analysis. Topics which have proven useful in the physical sciences,
including vector analysis and complex analysis.

352. (4) Partial Differential Equations. The separation of variables technique for the
solution of the wave, heat, Laplace, and other partial differential equations, to-
gether with the related study of the Fourier transform and the expansion of func-
tions in Fourier, Legendre, and Bessel series.

353. (4 or 3) Mathematical Models. Development and application of probabilistic
and deterministic models. Emphasis will be given to constructing models which
represent systems in the social, behavioral, and management sciences. P-Math 253
or Management Science 462.

355. (4) Numerical Analysis. A computer-oriented study of analytical methods in
mathematics. Lecture and laboratory. P-112 and 154 or 155.
357, 358. (4,4 or 3) Mathematical Statistics I, II. Probability distributions, mathemati-
cal expectation, sampling distributions, estimation and testing of hypotheses, re-
gression, correlation and analysis of variance. P-112.

361 . (2, 3 or 4) Selected Topics. Topics in mathematics which are not considered in
regular courses or which continue study begun in regular courses. Content varies.
381. (2) Independent Study. Library and conference work.

COURSES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS'

Real Analysis.

Seminar in Analysis.

Complex Analysis II.

Abstract Algebra.

Seminar on Theory of Matrices.

"For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.

150

411,

412.

415,

416.

418.

421,

422.

423,

424.

MUSIC

425, 426. Seminar in Algebra.

433. General Topology II.

435, 436. Seminar on Topology.

437, 438. Seminar on Geometry.

445, 446. Seminar on Number Theory.

491,492. Thesis Research.

MILITARY SCIENCE

Lieutenant Colonel Joe P. Coffman, Professor
Major Stephen J. Gamble, Assistant Professor
Captain Jesse C. Bracket!, Jr., Assistant Professor
Captain Paul E. Cook, Jr., Assistant Professor
Captain Floyd L. Griffin, Jr., Assistant Professor
Master Sergeant Charles E. Norton, Assistant

111, 112. (2,2) First Year Basic. The role, organization and management of national
defense; introduction to basic military skills and leadership. Academic subject also
required.* Lab — VA hrs.

151, 152. (2,2) Second Year Basic. American military history; methods of geographic
location and reference; introduction to basic tactics; leadership application. P-111,

112. Lab— VA hrs.

211,212. (2-2) First Year Advanced. Leadership techniques; military teaching princi-
ples; small unit tactics and communications; advanced leadership application.
Academic subject also required.* P-151, 152. Lab — VA hrs.

251 , 252. (2, 2) Second Year Advanced. Military operations, logistics, administration,
and law; active duty orientation; supervision of Leadership Laboratory program.
Academic subject also required.* P-211, 212. Lab — VA hrs.

MUSIC

Professors T. McDonald (Acting Chairman), P. S. Robinson
Assistant Professor Giles, C.W. Smith
Instructor Hoirup

Part Time Instructors M. Angell, Berlin, Felmet,
L. S. Harris, C. Johnson, Kroeger, E. Potter

The major in Music requires forty-two credits in Music plus
Education 297 (Music Literature Seminar) and four semesters of
Ensemble. For the major the Basic Curriculum consists of Music
Theory 155, 156, 157, 158 (16 credits); Music History 233-234 (7
credits); Music Literature 227, 239, 240, 241, 242 (Two courses— 7
credits); Applied Music 121 , 122, 123, 124, 221 , 222, 223 (12 credits);

'One academic subject, to be approved in advance by the Professor of Military Science, is required for the
freshman, junior, and senior years. This subject, either elective or required by the University, will be one which
furthers the professional qualifications of the student as a prospective officer in the United States Army.

151

MUSIC

Education 297 (Music Literature Seminar); and Music Ensemble (4
credits which are in addition to the 144 credits required for gradua-
tion).

The music major may supplement this Basic Curriculum, in con-
sultation with his major advisor, by electing one of the following
Areas of Concentration:

Music Education. (Required courses for teacher certification in
Music). Brass and Percussion 121a; Strings 121a; Vocal Methods
123a; and Education 291, 298, and 299.

Music Theory. Courses selected from 213, 214, 218, and Educa-
tion 299.

Church Music. Music 230, 231, and Education 298.

Applied Music. Subject to the approval of the Music Faculty, a
student may earn six additional credits in this Area of Concentra-
tion.

All Music majors are required to pass a keyboard proficiency
examination prior to the beginning of the second semester of the
junior year. Students should consult the Chairman of the Depart-
ment of Music for details regarding keyboard proficiency require-
ments.

Music majors are required to attend all faculty and student reci-
tals. Presentation of a public recital is also required.

Highly qualified majors are invited to apply for admission to the
honors program in Music. To be graduated with the designation
"Honors in Music," they must meet the uniform requirements
listed on page 8, and must complete one of the following require-
ments: (1) complete a senior research paper; (2) compose a large
solo or ensemble work and present it in a public performance; (3)
present a lecture that will include an analysis of the music to be
performed on the senior recital, and prepare two works independ-
ently, one to be performed on the senior recital.

Any student interested in majoring in Music should ask for an
appointment with the chairman of the department as soon as
possible upon entering the university.

Music Theory

101 . (4) Fundamentals. Music terminology, scales, keys, intervals, chords, rhythms,

abbreviations, smaller forms. Primarily for students not majoring in music.

155. (4) Theory I. Relating and integrating the elements of music through develop-

152

MUSIC

merit of aural, oral, written, keyboard, and analytical skills. Emphasis on common-
practice harmony and the traditional treatment of melody, chords and their inver-
sions, non-harmonic tones, and elementary modulation in small forms in
homophonicand contrapuntal styles. Lecture and laboratory sections. Lab — 2 hrs.

156. Theory II. Continuation and extension of Theory I. Lecture andlaboratory
sections. P-155. Lab — 2 hrs.

157. Theory III. Extension of materials of Theory I and II to include more complex
vocabulary; continuation and expansionof modulatory processes; devices for
motivic and thematic development; advanced analysis of larger forms. Lecture and
laboratory sections. P-156. Lab — 1 hr.

158. Theory IV. Continuation of Theory III. Introduction of late nineteenth and
twentieth century composers, including chromatic harmony, atonal techniques,
"pop" harmony, and electronic music. P-157. Lab — 1 hr.

213. Counterpoint. Basic voice-leading in the five species of counterpoint involving
two to four voices in both strict and free styles. P-158.

214. Form and Analysis. The harmonic and contrapuntal materials in small and large
forms, with practical composition in some of the forms. P-213.

218. Composition. Vocal and instrumental composition for solo and chamber
groups using smaller basic forms. P-158.

Music Literature

102. (4) Music Appreciation. Open to all students desiring a fuller understanding of

music.

227. (4) Opera. A study of major operatic works, musical styles and forms from

Monteverdi to Berg. Offered in alternate years.

231. Music in the Church. Function of the church musician and the relationship of

his work to the overall church program.

233,234. (4,3) Music History. Survey of the history, literature, and meaning of music,

aiming to stimulate intelligent hearing and understanding of music.

239. The Music of the Baroque. A study of the major composers, musical styles,
forms and genre from 1600 to 1750. (Offered in alternate years.)

240. (3) The Music of the Classic Age. A survey of composers, forms, genre, and
styles from 1715 to 1827. (Offered in alternate years.)

241. The Music of the Romantic Period. A survey of major national styles, compos-
ers, forms, and genre of the nineteenth century. (Offered in alternate years.)

242. (3) Twentieth Century Music. A survey of the major musical styles (including
Jazz and Rock), genre, techniques, and media of contemporary music from De-
bussy to the present. (Offered in alternate years.)

281 . (3 or 4) Honors in Music. Independent study for highly qualified students who
wish to graduate "with Honors in Music."

Music Education

291. Education — Teaching of Music. Teaching and supervision of choral and instru-
mental music in the public schools, grades 1-12. P-158.

153

MUSIC

298. (4) Education — Conducting. Principles of choral and instrumental conducting
as they relate to teaching music in the schools. P-158.

299. (4) Education — Scoring for Orchestra and Band. A study of instrumentation and
scoring for the orchestra and band that includes practical experience in scoring.
P-158.

297. Education — Music Literature Seminar. An examination of teaching materials
from the standard repertory in the student's special area of interest. Advanced
standing. Two class meetings and one tutorial hour per week. Tutorial fee.

Ensemble

Departmental ensembles are open to all students. Credit is
earned on the basis of one credit per semester of participation.

107, 108. Opera Workshop. Study, staging, and performance of operatic works from

the standard and contemporary literature. Enrollment by permission of instructor.

109, 110.. Orchestra. Study and performance of orchestral works from the classical

and contemporary repertory.

111, 112. Choir. Study and performance of sacred and secular choral literature.

Chapel Choir membership by audition; Touring Choir selected from the Chapel

Choir.

113. Marching Deacons Band. Performs for most Wake Forest football games. Meets
twice weekly during the fall term. No audition requirement.

114. Concert Band. The study and performance of significant musical literature for
wind instruments. Meets twice weekly during the spring term. Enrollment by
permission of instructor.

115. 116. Symphonic Wind Ensemble. Study and performance of standard musical
literature for wind ensemble. Meets twice weekly. Regular performances on cam-
pus and off including an annual tour. Membership by audition only.

117, 118. Jazz Ensemble. The study and performance of written and improvised jazz
for large and small ensembles. One full and one sectional rehearsal weekly. Public
performances. Membership by audition only.

119, 120. Piano Ensemble. Study of the elements of accompanying and ensemble
playing through class discussion and studio experience.

Applied Music

Applied music courses are open to all college students with the
consent of the instructor. Credit is earned on the basis of class time
and weekly preparation. One credit per semester implies a half-
hour of instruction weekly and a minimum of one hour of daily
practice. Two credits per semester implies an hour of instruction
weekly and a minimum of two hours of daily practice. With the
permission of the music staff and with a proportional increase in
practice a student may earn three or four credits per semester in
"applied music."

154

MUSIC

P/'ano121a-124a. (1 credit per sem. ) Class Piano. Scales, chords, inversions, approp-
riate standard literature with emphasis on sight-reading, harmonization, simple
transposition. Designed for the beginning piano student.

Piano 121, 122. Bach, Two-Part Inventions; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 14, No. 1;
Chopin, Prelude, Op. 28, No. 17. Applied music fee.

Piano 123, 124. Bach, Sinfonia; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 10, No. ; Chopin, E rude, Op.
10, No. 9. Applied music fee.

Piano 221, 222. Bach, Well Tempered Clavier; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 27, No. 1;
Brahms, Intermezzo, Op. 118, No. 2. Applied music fee.

Piano 223,224. Bach,4 English Suites; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 31, No. 2; Copland,
Passacaglia. Applied music fee.

Organ 121 , 122. Manual and pedal technique; clarity in contrapuntal playing; Bach's
Eight Little Preludes and Fugues; hymn playing. Applied music fee.
Organ 123, 124. Pedal scales; smaller preludes and fugues of Bach; chorale pre-
ludes; simple works of more modern composers; hymn playing. Applied music fee.
Organ 221, 222. More difficult Bach preludes and fugues and chorale preludes;
selected works byMendelssohn, Franck, etc. Applied music fee.
Organ 223, 224. Larger preludes and fugues of Bach; trio sonatas; selected modern
composers of all schools: Widor, Vierne, Dupre, etc. Applied music fee.
Voice 121a,122a (1 credit per sem.) Voice Class. Introduction to the fundamental
principles of singing, including concepts of breath control, tone, and resonance.
Voice 121, 122, 123, 124; 221, 222, 223, 224. Technical studies in breath control, tone
production, diction, and resonance. Significant vocal literature — including English,
Italian, German, and French art songs, operatic repertory, and oratorio and cantata
repertory — will be studied by the student and will be selected to meet his develop-
ing technical abilities. Applied music fee.

Voice 123a. (2 credits per sem.) Vocal Methods. An examination of various vocal
methods, techniques, and literature used in group singing. (Offered in alternate
years.)

Orchestra and Band Instruments 121, 122; 123, 124; 221, 222; 223, 224. Studies of
progressive difficulty (for Flute, Clarinet, Oboe, Bassoon, Saxophone, Trumpet,
French Horn, Trombone, Euphonium, Tuba, Violin, Viola, Cello, Double Bass, or
Percussion) covering tone production, scales, transpositions, technical studies,
solo and ensemble repertory, and band and orchestra literature. Applied music fee.
Brass and Percussion 121a. (2 credits per sem.) Brass and Percussion Instruments
Class. Fundamentals of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments.
(Offered in alternate years.)

Strings 121a. (2 credits per sem.) String Instruments Class. Fundamentals of playing
and teaching all instruments of the string family. (Offered in alternate years.)
Woodwinds 121a. (2 credits per sem.) Woodwind Instruments Class. Fundamentals
of playing and teaching all principal instruments of the woodwind family. (Offered
in alternate years.)

155

PHILOSOPHY

Professor Helm

Associate Professors Hester, Pritchard (Chairman)
Assistant Professors Lewis*, Vorsteg**
Instructor Dickason

A major in philosophy requires nine semester courses. The
semester courses must include 261 and either 161 or 271, two
courses from the history sequence (201, 211, 222), and one course
from each of the following: A (230, 231 , 241 , 242); B (279, 285, 287);
C (294, 295).

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar, open to advanced students in
philosophy, was established in 1934 through an endowment pro-
vided by Dr. Bernard W. Spilman. The income from the endow-
ment is used for the seminar library, which now contains about
4,000 volumes. Additional support for the library and other de-
partmental activities is provided by the A. C. Reid Philosophy
Fund, which was established in 1960 by friends of the Department.
The furniture in the library and seminar room was donated in
honor of Mr. Claude Roebuck and Mr. and Mrs. W. A. Hough, by
their families.

Two distinguished alumni of the College have made possible the
establishment of a lectureship and a seminar. The late Guy T.
Carswell of Charlotte, North Carolina, has endowed the Guy T. and
Clara Carswell Philosophy Lectureship, and a gift from Mr. James
Montgomery Hester of Long Beach, California, has established the
James Montgomery Hester Philosophy Seminar. In addition, a
lectureship bearing his name has been instituted in honor of Mr.
Claude V. Roebuck.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply
for admission to the honors program in philosophy. To be
graduated with the designation, "Honors in Philosophy," a stu-
dent must: (1) submit an acceptable prospectus for an honors
thesis by November for graduation in the spring semester or by
May for graduation in the fall semester; (2) present a satisfactory
paper based on the prospectus; and (3) show an acceptable level of
performance in a discussion of his thesis with his honors advisor
and at least one other member of the department.

•Absent on leave, Fall 1974.
"Absent on leave, Spring 1975.

156

PHILOSOPHY

131. (4) A Critique of Life Styles. A study of the thoughts and lives of certain

individuals and the implications for contrasting life styles.

136. (4) Amor and Psyche. Development of the Concept of the Feminine.

151. (4) Basic Problems of Philosophy. An examination, of the basic concepts of

several representative philosophers, including their accounts of the nature of

knowledge, man, Cod, mind, and matter.

161. (4) Logic. An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, recognition of

fallacies, and logical analysis.

171, 172. (4,4) Meaning and Value in Western Thought. A critical survey of religious

and philosophical ideas in the Western World from antiquity to modern times.

(Either 171 or 172 will satisfy the philosophy or religion requirement. Both 171 and

172 will satisfy both the philosophy and religion requirements. Choices will be

determined at registration.)

201 . (4) Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. A survey of major philosophers from the

Presocratics to the late Medieval Scholastics. P-151 or 171 or 172.

211. (4) Modern Philosophy. A survey of major philosophers from Descartes to

Nietzsche. P-151 or 171 or 172.

222. (4) Contemporary Philosophy. A survey of major philosophers from Russell to

Sartre. P-151 or 171 or 172.

230. (4) Plato. A detailed analysis of selected dialogues covering Plato's most impor-
tant contributions to ethics, political philosophy, theory of knowledge,
metaphysics, and theology. P-151 or 171 or 172.

231 . (4) Aristotle. A study of the major texts, with emphasis on metaphysics, ethics,
and theory of knowledge. P-151 or 171 or 172.

241. (4) Kant. A detailed study of selected works covering Kant's most important
contributions to theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, and religion. P-151 or
171 or 172.

242. (4) Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Sartre. An examination of selected sources em-
bodying the basic concepts of Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Sartre, especially as they
relate to each other in terms of influence, development, and opposition. P-151 or
171 or 172.

261. (4) Ethics. A critical study of selected problems and representative works in
ethical theory. P-151 or 171 or 172.

271 . (4) Symbolic Logic. Basic concepts and techniques of modern deductive logic,
beginning with the logic of truth functions and quantification theory. Attention will
be given to advanced topics such as descriptions, classes, and number, and to
issues in the philosophy of logic.

279. (4) Philosophy of Science. A systematic exploration of the conceptual founda-
tions of scientific thought and procedure. P-151 or 171 or 172.
285. (4) Philosophy of Art. A critical examination of several philosophies of art, with
emphasis upon the application of these theories to particular works of art. P-151 or
171 or 172.

287. (4) Philosophy of Religion. A systematic analysis of the logical structure of
religious language and belief, including an examination of religious experience,
mysticism, revelation, and arguments for the nature and existence of Cod. P-151 or
171 or 172.
290. (4) Readings in Philosophy. A discussion of several important works in

157

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

philosophy or closely related areas. P-151 or 171 or 172.

294. (4) Seminar in Epistemological Problems. A senior course requiring a major
research paper. P-151 or 171 or 172.

295. (4) Seminar in Metaphysical Problems. A senior course requiring a major
research paper. P-151 or 171 or 172.

297, 298. (4,4) Seminar: Advanced Problems in Philosophy. Senior courses treating
selected topics in philosophy. P-151 or 171 or 172.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Professor Barrow

Associate Professors Hottinger, Ribisl

Assistant Professors Casey, Crisp, Ellison, Rhea

Instructors Boone, Burke, Earls, Fairfield, Perkins, Wiegardt

The purpose of the Department of Physical Education is to or-
ganize, administer and supervise the following programs: (1) RE-
QUIRED PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM consisting of condi-
tioning activities, varied team and individual sports, special correc-
tive and remedial instruction to all students with physical problems
according to the individual's need, and to teach some basic infor-
mation on posture and body mechanics, physiological principles,
and practical health facts which must be observed to maintain a
state of health and physical fitness. (2) INTRAMURAL SPORTS
PROGRAM which allows all students to participate and specialize
in sports which will be of lifelong benefit. (3) SUPERVISED RECRE-
ATION PROGRAM consisting of varied recreational and leisure
time activities. (4) PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM PROGRAM
which will offer the necessary training for those interested in the
fields of Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Athletic
Coaching.

Required Physical Education

Physical Education 111 and 112 are required of all freshmen and
transfer students who have not complied with this requirement.
For those students enrolled in ROTC Physical Education 111 and
112 requirement may be postponed until the sophomore year but
must be completed by the end of that second year of attendance in
Wake Forest University.

111, 112. (1,1) Physical Education. A basic course consisting of body mechanics,
basic health and physiological principles, dance, exercise and sports designed to
develop fundamental skills. Students' needs and interests will be met through
controlled election of activities based upon standardized proficiency examination
and/or previous experiences.

158

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

111, 112. (1 ,1) Physical Education (Special). A course consisting of remedial instruc-
tion or limited activity for students with special problems, handicaps or medical
excuses.

Elective Physical Education

For those students who wish to specialize in sports activities
beyond the requirement, a varied sports program is offered. Any
course listed below may be elected for one credit toward gradua-
tion. Prerequisite, Physical Education 111-112.

Hours to be arranged

159. Beginning Golf 167. Advanced Swimming;

160. Intermediate Coif Beginning Scba

161. Beginning Tennis 168. Life Saving; Water Safety

162. Techniques of Dance Move- Inst. Course

ment 169. Weight Training and

163. Contemporary Dance Conditioning

164. Gymnastics 170. Handball; Squash Racquets

165. Beginning Bowling 172. Water Ballet; Synchronized

166. Beginning and Inter- Swimming
mediate Swimming 173. Conditioning

174. Intermediate Tennis

175. Intermediate Bowling

176. Officiating Women's Sports
W7. Snow Skiing; Bowling

178. Recreational Games

Courses For Major Students

Students desiring to elect a major in Physical Education and
Health and to satisfy the state requirements for a teaching certifi-
cate must be of Junior Standing. Biology 111 and 150 will be re-
quired and the following courses in Physical Education and Health:
220, 221 , 222, 224, 230, 241 , 242, 251 , 252, 258, 310, 353, 357, 360, 363.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply
for admission to the honors program in Physical Education. To be
graduated with the designation "Honors in Physical Education,"
they must meet minimum requirements listed on page 8, partici-
pate satisfactorily in Physical Education 382 and pass a comprehen-
sive written examination. Upon satisfactory completion of these
requirements, they will be recommended for graduation with
"Honors in Physical Education." For additional information mem-
bers of the staff should be consulted.

159

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Any student interested in majoring in Physical Education should
ask for an appointment with the chairman of the department as
soon as possible upon entering the university.

210. (3) History and Sociology of Sports. A study of the historical and sociological
bases underlying sports, games, dance, and gymnastics and the impact these forces
now have on society and culture.

211. (2) Foundations of Health and Physical Fitness. A presentation of the physiolog-
ical, psychological, and sociological foundations of personal health and physical
fitness.

220. (1) Aquatics. Presentation of knowledge, skill, and methods of teaching aqua-
tics.

221. (4) Methods and Materials in Gymnastics and Dance. Presentation of knowl-
edge, skill and methods of teaching gymnastics and dance.

222. (4) Methods and Materials in Teaching and Coaching Team Sports. Presentation
of knowledge, skill, and methods of teaching, coaching, and officiating team
sports.

224. (4) Methods and Materials in Team and Individual Sports. Theory and practice in
organization and teaching selected team and individual sports included in a com-
prehensive physical education program.

230. (2) First Aid and Athletic Training. A study of first aid techniques and the care
and treatment of athletic injuries.

241 . (2) Early Childhood Motor Development. This course deals with developmental
stages of fundamental motor skills and with the perceptual process involved in
motor learning.

242. (2) Physical Education for the Elementary School. Presentation of knowledge
and methods of teaching the physical education activities for the elementary school
program.

251. (3) Principles of Physical Education. A general introductory course and orienta-
tion into physical education and its relation to general education and the present
organization of society.

252. (4) Anatomy and Physiology. A course to provide students of physical educa-
tion with a functional knowledge of the anatomic structure and physiologic func-
tion of the human body.

258. (3) Organization and Administration of Health and Physical Education. A course
in problems and procedures in health and physical education and the administra-
tion of an interscholastic athletic program.

310. (2) Applied Field Study. A course involving application of theory and methods
of solving problems in a specialized area according to the student's immediate
career goals.

353. (3) Physiology of Exercise. The course presents the many effects of muscular
activity on the processes of the body which constitute the scientific basis of Physical
Education.
357. (4) Kinesiology and Adapted Physical Education. A study of the principles of

160

PHYSICS

human motion based on anatomical, physiological and mechanical principles, and
the application of these principles along with other special considerations in de-
veloping a program for the atypical student.

360. (3) Evaluation and Measurement in Health and Physical Education. A course in
measurement techniques and beginning statistical procedures to determine pupil
status in established standards of health and physical education which reflect the
prevailing education philosophy.

363. (3) Personal and Community Health and Safety Education. A course presenting
personal, family, and community health problems; a study of safety in the schools.
382. (1-4) Independent Study in Health and Physical Education. Library conferences
and laboratory research performed on an individual basis.

Courses for Graduate Students*

451 . Philosophical Bases of Physical Education.

453. Advanced Physiology of Exercise.

456. Advanced Evaluation and Measurement in Health,
Physical Education, and Recreation.

470. Curriculum in Health and Physical Education.

471 . Motor Learning and Performance.

472. Motor Behavior in Early Childhood.

475. Supervision of Health and Physical Education.

480. Readings in Physical Education, Health,
and Recreation.

481 . Research in Physical Education.

482. Dara Analysis and Interpretation.

483. Seminar in Physical Education.
491 , 492. Thesis Research

Physics

Professors Brehme, Haven, Shields, Turner*, G. P. Williams,

Jr. (Chairman)
Assistant Professor Kerr
Visiting Assistant Professor Huff

The program of courses for each student majoring in Physics will
be determined through consultation with the student's major ad-
viser.

In addition to the courses prescribed by the College, the re-
quirements for the B.A. and B.S. Degrees with a major in Physics
are:

•For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.
'Absent on leave, 1974-75.

161

PHYSICS

The B.A. degree requires 37 credits in Physics, and must include
courses 141, 161, 162, 230, 235, and 345.

The B.S. degree requires 45 credits in Physics, and must include
courses 311, 312, 343, 344, 345, 346.

For either degree, two courses in Chemistry (or Chemistry 118),
and Math 251 are required.

A typical schedule for the first two years for either program is:

Freshman Year Sophomore Year

Physics 111, 112 or 121, 122 Physics 141, 162

Mathematics 111, 112 Mathematics 251

Language Basic and Divisional

Basic and Divisional Requirements
Requirements (5 courses)

If a student does not take Physics 111, 112 or 121, 122 in the
freshman year, one of these sequences may be taken in the
sophomore year and the degree requirements in Physics may still
be completed by the end of the senior year.

No student may be a candidate for a degree with a major in
Physics unless he earns a grade of C or better in General Physics or
is given special permission by the staff.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply
for admission to the honors program in Physics. To be graduated
with the designation "Honors in Physics," they must meet
minimum requirements listed on page 8, and complete satisfac-
torily Physics 381 and pass a comprehensive written examination.
They are then graduated with the designation "Honors in Physics."
For additional information members of the staff should be con-
sulted.

Members of the staff may also be consulted regarding the en-
gineering program described on page 103.

101, 102. (4,4) Natural Philosophy. A study of the history, philosophy and social

impact of the physical sciences.

105. (4) Descriptive Astronomy. An introductory study of the universe, from the

solar system to the galaxies.

111, 112. (5,5) General Physics. The basic course, without calculus, forfreshmenand

sophomores. Lab — 2 hrs.

121, 122. (5,5) General Physics with Calculus. A beginning physics course designed

for those who expect to major in physics or chemistry. The topics covered are

essentially the same as those in Physics 111-112, but the methods of calculus are

introduced as the course progresses. Lab — 2 hrs. C-Math 111.

162

POLITICS

161. (5) Introductory Mechanics. The fundamental principles of mechanics. P-111 or
121, and Mathematics 111; or equivalent: Lab — 3 hrs.

162. (5) Introductory Electricity. The fundamental principles of electricity, mag-
netism and electromagnetic radiation. P-161, or equivalent. Lab — 3 hrs.

230. (4) Electronics. Introduction to the theory and application of transistors and

electronic circuits. P-162, or equivalent. Lab — 3 hrs.

235. (5) Physical Optics and Spectra. A study of physical optics and the quantum

treatment of spectra. Lab — 3 hrs.

301,302. ( (4,4) Advanced General Physics. A course designed for science teachers.

Credit is not allowed for graduate students in the department of Physics. Lab — 2 hrs.

311. (4) Mechanics. A senior level treatment of analytic classical mechanics.
Mathematics 251.

312. (4) Electromagnetic Theory. A senior level treatment of classical electromag-
netic theory. P-162, Mathematics 251.

343, 344. (4,4) Modern Physics. Application of the elementary principles of quantum
mechanics to atomic and molecular physics.

345, 346. ( 1,1) Modern Physics Laboratory. (Vi per sem.) The laboratory associated
with Physics 343, 344. Lab— 3 hrs.

351. (4,4) Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. Introduction to classical and
statistical thermodynamics and distribution functions.

381. (4) Research. Library, conference and laboratory work performed on an indi-
vidual basis.

Courses for Graduate Students*

412. Classical Mechanics.

413. Electromagnetism.

POLITICS

Professor Richards

Professor of Asian Studies Gokhale

Associate Professors Broyles, Fleer (Chairman), Moses;

Reinhardt, Schoonmaker*, Steintrager
Assistant Professors Sears*, Thornton
Visiting Assistant Professor Critchley
Instructor Baumgarth

In its broadest conception, the aim of the study of politics is to
understand the way in which policy for a society is formulated and
executed, and to understand the moral standards by which policy
is or ought to be set. This center of interest is often described
alternatively as the study of power, of government, of the state, or

•For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.
•Absent on leave, 1974-75.

163

POLITICS

of human relations in their political context. For teaching pur-
poses, the study of politics has been divided by the Department
into the following fields: 1) American politics, 2) comparative poli-
tics, 3) political philosophy, and 4) international politics. Introduc-
tory courses in the first three of these fields provide broad and
flexible approaches to studying political life.

Department Requirements for Major. The major in politics shall
consist of 36 credits of which no more than 4 credits maybe earned
in 4-week courses. These courses must include the following:

a. A first course selected from:

Politics 113. Introduction to Politics: American Politics
Politics 114. Introduction to Politics: Comparative Politics
Politics 115. Introduction to Politics: Political Theory

b. Any one introductory or advanced course in each of the four
fields of the discipline. These courses must be restricted to
non-seminar courses.

c. One seminar in politics. Normally, a student will take no more
than one seminar in each field and no more than three seminars
overall.

A minimum grade average of C on all courses attempted in
Politics is required for graduation.

Honors in Politics. Highly qualified majors are invited by the
department to apply for admission to the honors program in Poli-
tics. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Politics,"
they must successfully complete Politics 284 and two seminar
courses, and pass an examination. For additional information
members of the staff should be consulted.

Social Science Division Requirement. A student who selects
Politics to fulfill the social science division requirement must take
one of the following for the first course: Politics 113, 114, or 115.
The second course may be selected from any course in the De-
partment.

Introductory Courses

A student must take one of the following as the first course in the
Department. More than one may be taken. Ordinarily, a student is
expected to take Politics 113 as the first course in the Department.

164

POLITICS

113. (4) Introduction to Politics: American Politics. The nature of politics, political
principles, and political institutions with emphasis on their application to the
United States. Staff

114. (4) Introduction to Politics: Comparative Politics. Political processes and prin-
ciples as applied to traditional, developing and mature states. Staff

115. (4) Introduction to Politics: Political Theory. Major systematic statements of the
rules and principles of political life. Representative writers: Tocqueville, Dahl,
Aristotle. Staff

American Politics

210. (4) American Public Policy Analysis. Analysis of the substance of public prob-
lems and policy alternatives. Examination of why government pursues certain
policies and the consequences of those policies. 4-weeks course, 1975. Thornton

211. (4) Political Parties. A systematic examination of political parties with particular
attention given to party systems, internal organizations, the electoral function, and
responsibilities for governing. Fleer

212. (4) Political Behavior. A study of the formation and expression of political
opinions and the role of political participation in a democratic, representative
system. Fleer

213. (4) Public Administration. Introduction to the study of public administration
emphasizing policymaking in government agencies. Thornton
218. (4) Congress and Policy Making. An examination of the composition, authority
structures, external influences, and procedures, with emphasis on their implica-
tions for policy making in the United States. Fleer

220. (4) American Presidency. Emphasis on the office and the role. Contributions by
contemporary presidents considered in perspective. Thornton

221. (4) North Carolina Politics. A study of three major components of the state's
political system: electoral competition, legislative politics, and executive politics
(particularly the office of governor). 4-weeks course, 1975. Fleer

222. (4) Urban Problems and Politics. Political structures and processes in American
cities and suburbs as they relate to the social, economic, and political problems of
the metropolis. Richards

225. (4) American Constitutional Law: Separation of Powers and the Federal System.
An analysis of Supreme Court decisions affecting the three branches of the national
government and federal-state relations. Richards

226. (4) American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties. Judicial interpretations of First
Amendment freedoms, racial equality, and the nghts of the criminally accused.

Richards

227. (4)The Judicial Process. An analysis of the role of courts and the legal systems in
the American political process. Richards

Comparative Politics

231 . (4) Western European Politics. Analysis of the political systems of Great Britain,
France, and Germany focusing primarily on the problem of stable democracy.

Critchley, Schoonmaker

165

POLITICS

232. (4) Government and Politics in the Soviet Union. Analysis of the institutions and
processes of politics in the USSR and examination of political developments in the
other states of Eastern Europe. Moses

234. (4) Government and Politics in East Asia. An analysis of the political institutions
and processes in China and Japan with emphasis on the problems of moderniza-
tion. Reinhardt

235. (4) Revolution. A comparative study of socio-political revolution as a major
mode of political conflict and change. Moses

236. (4) Government and Politics in Latin America. Comparative analysis of the
institutions and processes of politics in the Latin American region. Moses

237. (4) Political Modernization. The modernization process in nonindustrialized
societies. Statements by modernizing elites analyzed. Schoonmaker

238. (4) History, Culture and Political Change. The study of how major cultures
articulate or symbolize their existence either in history or moving through history.
Special attention will be given to an evaluation of current concepts applied to
political change. Reinhardt

241 . (4) Cuban Revolution. An analytical study of the Cuban Revolution which seeks
to describe and explain what has happened during the course of the Revolution and
to understand it in terms of how, why, and "so what." 4-weeks course. Moses

242. (4) Problems in Comparative Politics. An intensive study of one or more major
problems in contemporary comparative politics. Staff
245. (4) Government and Politics of South Asia. A study of the governments of I ndia,
Pakistan, Nepal, and Ceylon. Emphasis on political organizations, party structures,
and subnational governmental systems. Gokhale

International Politics

251. (4) Fundamentals of International Politics. Fundamental theoretical questions
of international politics with special emphasis on existing international patterns.

Critchley, Sears

252. (4) Current Problems in International Politics. An intensive study of oneormore
major problems of contemporary international politics. Sears
254. (4) American Foreign Policy. The principles and policies which characterize
America's approach to the world in the contemporary period. Critchley, Sears

Political Philosophy

271. (4) Political Life and the Natural Order. Inquiry into the origins, basic charac-
teristics, and limitations of political philosophy. Representative writers: Plato,
Aristotle, Machiavelli. Broyles, Steintrager

272. (4) Equality and Liberty. The arguments for and against democracy and repub-
licanism, majority rule and the rights of man. Representative writers: Locke, Rous-
seau, J. S. Mill. Baumgarth, Broyles, Steintrager

273. (4) Radical Critiques of Political Society. Anarchist, socialist, and communist
criticisms of and alternatives to existing political societies with special attention on
such problems as utopianism and alienation. Representative writers: Sorel, Marx,
Marcuse. Baumgarth, Broyles, Steintrager

166

PSYCHOLOGY

274. (4) Political Philosophy, Revelation, and History. The nature and impact of
general theories of history, both theological and secular, as they intersect with and
affect political philosophy. Representative writers: St. Augustine, Hegel, Voegelin.

Baumgarth, Steintrager

275. (4) Theory of the American Polity. Critical examination into the intent of the
Framers and the nature of the American polity. Representative writers: The
Federalists, Jefferson, Lincoln. Broyles

276. (4) Civic Life and Political Orders. Characteristic citizen qualities of alternative
political orders described by political philosophers, poets, and statesmen. Rep-
resentative writers: Aristotle, Kant, Shakespeare. Broyles

277. (4) Theory of Representation and British Two-Party System. A study of British
elections and theories of representation, with particular attention to the theoretical
challenges raised to the two-party system and on behalf of proportional representa-
tion. 4-weeks course, 1975. Steintrager

Honors and Individual Study

284. (4) Honors Study. A conference course with a faculty committee. Readings in
several politics fields are the basis for an extensive paper on a subject of special
interest to the student. This course will be taken in the senior year by all candidates
for department honors. Staff

287. (2, 3, or 4) Individual Study. Internships, work-study projects, and other
individual study programs. (See Department for details.) Staff

Seminars in Politics

291. (4) Seminar in American Politics. Readings, research, and independent study on
selected topics. Admission to the course is by permission of the Department only.

Fleer, Richards, Thornton

292. (4) Seminar in Comparative Politics. Readings, research, and independent
study on selected topics. Admission to the course is by permission of the Depart-
ment only. Moses, Reinhardt, Schoonmaker

293. (4) Seminar in International Politics. Readings, research, and independent
study on selected topics. Ammission to the course is by permission of the Depart-
ment only. Critchley, Sears

294. (4)Seminarin Political Philosophy. Readings, research, and independent study
on selected topics. Admission to the course is by permission of the Department
only. Baumgarth, Broyles, Steintrager

Psychology

Professors John E. Williams, Beck, Dufort*

Associate Professors Catron, Hills, Richman, Woodmansee

Assistant Professors Bullard, Falkenberg, Patty, Frank B. Wood

Visiting Assistant Professor Falbo

Instructor Best

•Absent on leave, Fall 1974.

167

PSYCHOLOGY

Psychology 151 is prerequisite for all courses of a higher number.
Courses numbered below 151 do not count toward the social
science divisional requirements or toward the psychology major.
Psychology 211, or special permission of the instructor, is prereq-
uisite for all 300 level courses, except 335, 358 and 367.

It is recommended that students who are considering psychol-
ogy as a major, take Psychology 151 in their freshman year and
Psychology 211 in the fall of their sophomore year. An average of C
in Psychology courses is required at the time the major is elected.
The major is psychology requires the completion of a minimum of
40 credits in Psychology including 151, 211, 212, and 313. In addi-
tion, the major student must complete one course from each of the
following groups: (a) 320, 326, 329, and 333; (b) 351, 355, and 362.
No more than 48 psychology credits may be counted toward the
college graduation requirement.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to partici-
pate in the honors program in psychology. To be graduated with
the designation "Honors in Psychology," the student must meet
the minimum requirements listed on Page 8, complete satisfac-
torily a special sequence of courses (381, 383), and pass an oral or
written examination. In addition the honors student will normally
have a non-credit research apprenticeship with a faculty member.
For more detailed information, members of the staff should be
consulted.

100. (4) Learning to Learn. A workshop to help people improve their learning skills
through the application of basic principles of learning, remembering, etc. Students
at all levels welcomed. No prerequisite.

102. (4) Exploration of Career Planning. Examination of educational-vocational plan-
ning as a personal process, based on knowledge of self and the work world. No
prerequisite.

151 . (4) Introductory Psychology. A systematic survey of psychology as the scientific
study of behavior. Prerequisite to all courses of a higher number.
211, 212. (5,5) Research Methods in Psychology. Introduction to the design and
statistical analysis of psychological research. Two labs/week. P-151.
239. (4) Altered States of Consciousness. Examination of altered states of con-
sciousness with special reference to sleep and dreams, meditation, hypnosis and
drugs. P-151.

241 . (3 or 4) Developmental Psychology. Survey of physical, emotional, cognitive,
and social development in humans from conception to death. P-151.
245. (3 or 4) Abnormal Psychology. Survey of disordered types and styles of behavior
including the neuroses, the psychoses, psychophysiological and personality disor-
ders, and organic syndromes. P-151.

168

PSYCHOLOGY

264. (4) The Therapeutic Process. Theories and laboratory practice of a variety of
psychotherapeutic methods with a special emphasis on developing the student's
facilitative skills as a therapeutic agent. P-151.

265. (4) Human Sexuality: A Changing Scene. An exploration of the psychological
and psychological aspects of human sexuality, with attention to changing sexual
mores, sexual deviances, sexual dysfunction, and sex-related roles. P-151.

270. (2 or 3) Topics in Psychology. The student selects from among a group of short
(1 credit) courses dealing with topics of special interest. The courses meet sequen-
tially, not concurrently, and several options are offered in each portion of the
semester. The student registers for three topics in the fall semester or for two in the
eleven-week spring semester. P-151.

270.01 Theories of Personality

270.02 Theories of Social Behavior

270.03 Theories of Development

270.04 Interpersonal Attraction

270.05 Attitudes and Attitude Change

270.06 Group Behavior

270.07 Human Sexuality

270.08 Aggression

270.09 Race and Young Children

270.10 Business and Industry

270.11 Intelligence

270.12 Special Topics

275. (4) Issues in Psychology. Seminar on contemporary theoretical and research

issues in psychology. P-151.

281. (4) Individual Study. A special project conducted under faculty supervision.

P-151 and departmental approval.

280. (1-4) Directed Study. Student research performed under faculty supervision.

P-151 and instructor's consent.

313. (4) History and Systems of Psychology. The development of psychological

thought and research from ancient Greece to present trends, with emphasis on

intensive examination of original sources. P-211, or instructor's consent.

320. (4) Physiological Psychology. Neurophysiological and neuroanatomical expla-
nations of behavior. P-211, or instructor's consent.

321. (4) Neuropsychology. Language, memory, perceptual, and motor deficits aris-
ing from brain damage are studied in the context of human information processing
and the issue of brain localization of function. P-211, or instructor's consent.
326. (4) Learning Theory and Research. Theoretical and experimental issues in the
psychology of learning. P-211.

329. (4) Perception. Survey of theory and research findings on various sensory

systems (vision, hearing, touch, taste, etc.). P-211.

333. (4) Motivation of Behavior. Survey of basic motivational concepts and related

evidence. P-211.

335. (4) Fundamentals of Human Motivation. Description and analysis of some

169

PSYCHOLOGY

fundamental motivational phenomena with special reference to human problems:
includes reward and punishment, conflict, anxiety, affection, needs for achieve-
ment and power, aggression, creativity and curiosity. P-151.
351 . (4) Personality Research. The application of a variety of research procedures to
the study of human personality. Research projects required. P-211.
355. (4) Research in Social Psychology. Methodological issues and selected research
in the study of the human as a social animal. Field research projects required. P-211.
358. (4) Psychology of Woman. Intensive study of the behavior of women and its
personal application, including consideration of biological, social, and motiva-
tional factors. P-151.

361. (4) Operant Conditioning and Behavior Modification. Principles, theory, and
experimental research in operant learning, with applications to the modification of
behavior in various populations and situations. P-211.

362. (4) Psychological Tests and Measurements. Theory and application of
psychological assessment procedures in the areas of intelligence, aptitude, voca-
tional interest, and personality. P-211.

363. (4) Survey of Clinical Psychology. An overview of the field of clinical psychol-
ogy. P-245 and senior or graduate standing, or instructor's consent.

367. (4) Effectiveness in Parent-Child Relations. A survey of popular approaches to
child-rearing, with examination of the research literature on parent-child interac-
tion, and actual training in parental skills. P-151.

369. (4) Contemporary Applications of Psychology. Supervised field experience in
applied psychology. P-211 and instructor's consent.

370. (2 or 3) Advanced Topics in Psychology. The student selects from among a
group of short (1 credit) courses dealing with topics of special interest. The courses
meet sequentially, not concurrently, and several options are offered in each por-
tion of the semester. The student registers for three topics in the fall semester or for
two in the eleven-week spring semester. P-211.

370.01 Information Processing

370.02 Memory

370.03 Animal Behavior

370.04 Behavior Genetics

370.05 Developmental Disorders

370.06 Special Advanced Topics

381. (3) Honors Seminar. Seminar on selected problems in psychology. Intended
primarily for students in the departmental honors program. P-211 and instructor's
consent.

383. (3) Honors Research. Seminar in selected issues in research design, followed by
independent empirical research under supervision of a member of the departmen-
tal faculty. P-212 and instructor's consent.

390. (4) Advanced Theory and Method. Seminar in a selected area of psychological
theory and research. P-211.

392. (4) Contemporary Problems in Psychology. Seminar treatment of current theory
and research in several "frontier" areas of psychology. Principally for senior majors
planning to attend graduate school. P-211 and senior standing.

170

RELIGION

Courses for Graduate Students

415, 416. Research Design and Analysis in Psychology.

427. Behavior Theory.

428. Human Learning and Cognition.
437. Motivation and Emotion.

452. Social-Developmental Psychology.

457. Research Methods in Personality.

461 . Theory and Practice of Psychological Testing.

465. Seminar in Behavior Modification.

468. Instrumentation for Psychological Research.

482. Readings and Research in Psychology.

489. Contemporary Problems in Psychological Theory.

491,492. Thesis Research.

RELIGION

Professors E. W. Hamrick, Angell, Bryan, Griffin, Talbert
Associate Professors Dyer, Mitchell, Collins
Assistant Professor Horton
Instructor R. C. Wood, Jr.
Visiting Lecturer Lester

The Department of Religion offers courses in instruction de-
signed to give every student entering Wake Forest an opportunity
to acquire at least an introduction to the life, literature and the
most important movements in the field of religion. It also seeks to
give the students preparing for specialized service, as religious
education directors, ministers, and missionaries, the foundational
courses needed for further study.

One course in Religion is required of all degrees. Any course
offered by the Department will be accepted to meet the require-
ment except those numbered 218, 225, 237, 239, 240, 265, 266, 270,
273, 282, 286-287, 292, 346, 362.

A Major in Religion requires a minimum of thirty-two credits, at
least half of which must be in courses above the 100-level.

Pre-seminary students are advised Vo include in their program of
study, in addition to courses in Religion, courses in Philosophy,
Ancient History, Public Speaking, and two languages, Greek or
Latin, and German or French.

•For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.

171

RELIGION

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply
for admission to the honors program in Religion. To be graduated
with the designation "Honors in Religion," they must meet
minimum requirements listed on page 8, and must apply to the
Chairman of the Department for admission to the honors program.
Normally this is to be done by February of the junior year. Upon
completion of all the requirements, the candidate will be
graduated with "Honors in Religion." For additional information
members of the staff should be consulted.

111. (4) Introduction to the Old Testament. A survey of the Old Testament designed
to introduce the student to the history, literature and religion of the ancient
Hebrews.

112. (4) Introduction to the New Testament. A survey of the literature of the New
Testament in the context of early Christian history.

113. (4) The Hebrew Prophets. A study of the background, personal characteristics,
function, message, contribution, and present significance of the Hebrew prophets.

114. (4) The Wisdom Literature. An introduction to the Wisdom Literature of the Old
Testament with special attention to Proverbs, Job and Ecclesiastes.

115. (4) Jesus and the Synoptic Gospels. A study of Jesus' proclamation and activity
in the light of modern critical research on the gospels.

120. (4) Introduction to the Bible. A consideration of prominent themes found in the
Old and New Testaments. (May be taken only by students who do not take Religion
111 or 112.)

131. (4) Basic Christian Ethics. The Biblical and theological foundations of the
Christian Ethic and its expression in selected contemporary problems.

160. (4) Early Rabbinic Judaism. An introduction to the literature and thought of the
early Rabbis.

161. (4) World Religions. The place of religion in life and the origin, nature, and
accomplishments of the living religions of the world, studied from the historical
point of view.

164. (4) History of Christianity. A rapid survey of the history of the Christian Church.
166. (4) American Religious Life. A study of the history, organization, worship and
beliefs of American religious bodies, with particular attention to cultural factors.
171, 172. (4,4) Meaning and Value in Western Thought. A critical survey of reli-
gion and philosophy in the Western world from antiquity to modern times. This
course may count as Religion or Philosophy, but not both; choice determined at
registration.

173. (4) An introduction to Christian Theology. A study of the ground structure and
content of Christian belief.

176. (4) Theology and Modern Literature. A study of modern l ; terary artists whose
themes are primarily theological, from Hopkins to Tolkien.

201. (4) Phenomenology of Religion. A study of selected religious phenomena and
of their meaning and function within human existence.

172

RELIGION

216. (4) Poetic Literature of the Old Testament. A study of Hebrew Poetry — its types,

its literary and rhetorical characteristics, and its significance in the faith of ancient

Israel.

218. (4) Travel Seminar in the Mediterranean World. Travel and study in such

countries as Greece, Italy, Turkey, Egypt, Lebanon, Syria and Israel.

225. (4) The Gospel Cenre. Consideration of the apocryphal gospels and of non-
Christian writings that assist in answering the question : What is a gospel? Pass/fail,
optional. Talbert

226. (4) Early Christian Theologians: Paul. An introduction to the Pauline interpreta-
tion of Christianity and its place in the life of the early church.

227. (4) Early Christian Theologians: The Fourth Evangelist. An examination of the
Johannine interpretation of Jesus and Christian faith.

236. (4) Church and Community. An examination of the basic needs and trends of
the contemporary community, especially the rural and suburban, in the light of the
Christian norms for "the good community".

237. (4) Black Religion and Black Churches in America. Survey of literature on these
themes with an examination of the historical background and special attention to
the contemporary area.

238. (4) Religion and Science. An analysis of the relationship between science and
religion in world culture.

239. (4) Ethical Value Systems in Confrontation, Conflict, and Creativity. Exposure to
Third World cultures by travel to Africa, Asia, or Latin America. Pass/fail. Bryan

240. (4) Principles of Religious Education. A study of the theory and practice
of religious education with emphasis on the basic foundations in religion and
education.

265. (4) Religion in North Carolina. A study of the major religious groups in North
Carolina, with a special emphasis upon their historical backgrounds. Visits to
historical churches and other sites will be made. Pass/fail. Griffin

266. (4) Religious Sects and Cults. An examination of certain religious sects in
America, including such groups as Jehovah's Witnesses, communal groups, Black
Muslins, etc. Pass/fail. Mitchell
270. (4) Walker Percy. A theological examination of his novels and essays, his
Southern stoic background, and his use of European existentialism. Letter grade.

Wood
273. (4) Studies in Ecumenical Theology. A study of the ecumenical movement
among Christians in the Twentieth Century, especially as related to the World
Council of Churches and the Vatican. The course involves visits to Geneva and
Rome. Pass/fail. Angell

276. (4) The Problem of Evil from Job to Shakespeare. A comparative analysis of
the source and remedy of evil in Job, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Plato, Dante, and
Shakespeare.

282. (4) Honors Course in Religion. A conference course including directed reading
and the writing of a research report.

286, 287. (4,4) Directed Reading. A project in an area of study not otherwise available
in the Religion Department; permitted upon departmental approval of a petition
presented by a qualified student.

173

RELIGION

292. (4) Teaching of Religion. A study of the teaching of religion in church, school

and community. This course may be credited as Education for those who are

applicants for a state teacher's certificate in religious education.

314. (4) Introduction to Biblical Archaeology. A survey of the contributions of Near

Eastern archaeology to Biblical studies.

317. (4) The Ancient Near East. A comparative study of ancient Near Eastern cultures

and religions, with special emphasis on Israel's relationships with surrounding

peoples.

321. (4) The Quest for the Historical Jesus. An investigation of the possiblity and
relevance of historical knowledge about Jesus through a consideration of the
seminal "Lives of Jesus" since the eighteenth century.

322. (4) The Epistle to the Hebrews. Reading and discussion of Hebrews in the light
of first century Judaism and Christianity.

334. (4) Christian Ethics and Contemporary Culture. A study of the encounter
between the Christian Ethic and the value systems implicit in certain social areas
such as economics, politics, race and sex.

335. (4) The Leadership Role of the Clergy in a Technological Society. The use of
internships and seminars whereby the student would be learning first-hand about
established and emerging power-models for social change from within the multiple
industrial corporations and the rich variety of public service organizations available
in the Winston-Salem area.

346. (4) Theological Foundations of Religious Education. A study of theological
methodology, theories of learning and philosophies of education in terms of their
implications for religious education.

350. (4) Psychology of Religion. An examination of the psychological elements in the
origin, development, and expression of religious experience.

354. (4) Religious Development of the Individual. A study of growth and develop-
ment through childhood and adolescence to adulthood, with emphasis on the role
of the home and the church in religious education.

355. (4) Theology of Pastoral Care and Counseling. A study of the relationship
between theology and the purpose, theories and methods of pastoral care. Lester

360. (4) Hinduism. A study of the fundamental features of the Hindu tradition.

361. (4) Buddhism. A study of the Buddhist tradition, its fundamental features, and
its impact on the cultures of Asia.

362. (4) Post-Biblical Judaism. The rise and development of post-Biblical (Rabbinic)
Judaism until modern times.

363. (4) Hellenistic Religions. Consideration of available source materials, questions
of method, and bibliography related to such Hellenistic religions as the mysteries,
Hellenistic Judaism and Gnosticism.

365. (4) History of Religions in America. A study of American religions from Colonial
times until the present.

373. (4) The History of Christian Thought A study of the history of Christian thought,
beginning with its Hebraic and Greek backgrounds and tracing its rise and de-
velopment to modern times.

374. (4) Contemporary Christian Thought. An examination of the major issues and
personalities in modern theology.

174

ROMANCE LANGUAGES

376. (4) The Origins of Existentialism. A study of the principal 19th century figures
who form the background for 20th century existentialism: Goethe, Kierkegaard,
Nietzsche, Dostoevsky, and Tolstoy.

Hebrew

111,112. (4,4) Elementary Hebrew. A course for beginners in the classical Hebrew of

the Bible with emphasis on the basic principles of Hebrew grammar and the reading

of Biblical texts. Both semesters must be completed.

153. (5) Intermediate Hebrew. Intensive work in Hebrew grammar and syntax based

upon the readings of selected texts. Readings will emphasize post-Biblical Hebrew.

P-111, 112, or equivalent.

211. (4) Hebrew Literature. The readingand discussion of significant Biblical Hebrew

texts. P-153.

Courses for Graduate Students*

401 , 402. Directed Reading.

416. Old Testament Theology.

418, 419. Old Testament Exegesis.

421 . New Testament Theology.

423, 424. New Testament Exegesis.

438. Seminar in Historical Types of Christian Ethics.

448. Seminar in Religious Education.

451 . Theory and Practice of Pastoral Counseling.

455, 456. Clinical Pastoral Education.

461. Seminar in Eastern Religion.

466. Seminar in Christian History.

475. Seminar in History of Christian Thought.

480. Theology and the Aesthetic.

491,492. Thesis Research.

ROMANCE LANGUAGES

Professors King, Parker, Mary F. Robinson, Shoemaker
Associate Professors Bryant*, Anne Tillett
Assistant Professors Glenn, Johnson, Ljungquist
Lecturers Hansberger, Rodtwitt, Speer
Instructors Artom, Gokhale, Parra, Quarteaux, J. L. Robinson,
Whitchurch, Wixson

A major in French or Spanish requires a minimum of 36 credits
excluding credits in elementary language. Of these at least 24
should be in literature.

*For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.
"Absent on leave, Spring 1975

175

FRENCH ___

A joint major is offered in the Department of Romance Lan-
guages in French and Spanish, consisting of 56 credits in the two
languages and literatures, excluding elementary language.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply
for admission to the honors program in French or Spanish. To be
graduated with the designation "Honors in Romance Languages,"
they must meet minimum requirements listed on page8, complete
French or Spanish 281, and pass a comprehensive written and oral
examination. The oral examination may be conducted, at least in
part, in the student's major language. For additional information
members of the staff should be consulted.

Self-Instructional Language 101 (4)

A self-instructional language course covering the principles of
grammar and pronunciation in one of the less commonly-taught
languages, such as Japanese, Swedish, Arabic, or Thai. Individual
self-instruction in the language of the student's choice through the
use of recorded material and textbooks. Admission by petition to'
the Foreign Language Placement Review Committee. (Elective
credit only; does not satisfy either basic or divisional course re-
quirements).

French

111 , 112. (4,4) Elementary French. A course for beginners, covering the principles of
French grammar and emphasizing speaking, writing and the reading of elementary
texts. Lab— 2 hrs., 1 hr.

113. (5) Review of Elementary French. A one-semester course emphasizing pronun-
ciation and comprehension, grammar essentials, and reading. Intended for stu-
dents who have previously studied French but whose preparation is inadequate for
French 153. Not open to those who have taken 111-112. Lab — 2 hrs.
153. (5) Intermediate French. A review of grammar and composition with practice in
conversation. Reading of selected texts. Lab — 2 hrs. P-111, 112. or 2 yrs. h.s.
153x. (4) Intermediate French. Open to students by placement or permission.
Lab — 2 hrs.

215. (4) Masterpieces of French Literature. Reading of selected texts in French from
the seventeenth to the twentieth centuries. Parallel reading and reports. P-153 or
equivalent.

216. (4) Survey of French Literature from the Middle Ages through the Eighteenth
Century. Study of selected texts, parallel reading, and study of trends and move-
ments. Taught largely in French. P-153 or permission of the department.

217. (4) Survey of French Literature of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries.
Study of selected texts, parallel reading, and study of trends and movements.

176

FRENCH

Taught largely in French. P-216.

221. (4) Conversation and Composition. Practice in speaking and writing French,
stressing correctness of sentence structure, phonetics, pronunciation, fluency and
vocabulary of everyday situations. Lab — 2 hrs. P-153 or equivalent.

222. (4) Composition and Review of Grammar. A systematic review of the fundamen-
tal principles of comparative grammar, with practical training in writing idiomatic
French. P-153 or equivalent.

224. (4) French Civilization. An introduction to French culture and its historical
development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social and economic life
of France. P-221 or permission of instructor.

227. (2) History of French Civilization. An introduction to the historical development
of French culture, including consideration of its intellectual, artistic and political
heritage. Taught in French. P-221 or permission of instructor.

228. (2) Contemporary France. A study of present day France, including aspects of
geography and consideration of social, political and educational factors in French
life today. Taught in French. P-221 or permission of instructor.

231 . (4) Medieval French Literature. A survey of French literature of the Middle Ages
with cultural and political backgrounds. Selected masterpieces in original form and
modern transcription. P-215 or 216.

232. (4) Seminar in Medieval French Literature. Study of selected topics of the
period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215 or 216.

233. (4) Sixteenth Century French Literature. The literature and thought of the
Renaissance in France, with particular emphasis on the works of Rabelais, Mon-
taigne, and the major poets of the age. P-215 or 216.

234. (2) Seminar in Sixteenth Century French Literature. A study of the theories and
practices of sixteenth century poets. Reading of selected verse from Marot to
Regnier as well as contemporary treatises on the art of poetry. P-215 or 216.

241 . (4) Seventeenth Century French Literature. A study of the outstanding writers of
the classical age. P-215 or 216.

242. (4) Seminar in Seventeenth Century French Literature. Study of selected topics
of the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215 or 216.

243. (2) Seventeenth Century French Literature, I. Descartes, Pascal, and the birth of
the classical theatre with Corneille. P-215 or 216.

244. (2) Seventeenth Century French Literature, II. Two dramatists: Racine, Moliere.
Two moralists: La Fontaine, La Bruyre. P-215 or 216.

251. (4) Eighteenth Century French Literature. A survey of French philosophical and
political literature of the eighteenth century. Emphasis on Montesquieu, Voltaire,
Diderot, Rousseau, and L'Encyclopedie. P-215 or 216.

252. (4) Seminar in Eighteenth Century French Literature. Study of selected topics of
the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215 or 216.

261. (4) Nineteenth Century French Literature. A study of French literature of the
nineteenth century with cultural and political backgrounds. P-215 or 217.

262. {4) Seminar in Nineteenth Century French Literature. Study of selected topics of
the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215 or 217.

263. (4) Trends in French Poetry. A study of the development of the poetic genre,
with analysis and interpretation of works from each period. P-215 or 216.

177

SEMESTER IN FRANCE

264. (4) The French Novel. A broad survey of French prose fiction, with critical study
of several masterpieces in the field. P-215 or 216.

265. (4) French Drama. A study of the chief trends in French dramatic art, with
reading and discussion of representative plays. P-215 or 216.

271. (4) Twentieth Century French Literature. A study of general trends and of
representative works of the foremost prose writers, dramatists and poets. P-215 or
217.

272. (4) Seminar in Twentieth Century French Literature. Study of selected topics of
the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215 or 217.

281. (3-5) Directed Study. Extensive reading and/or research, to meet individual
needs. P-permission of department. Required for departmental honors.

371. (4) Surrealism: origins, theories, evolution and impact. This course will examine
the interconnections between surrealist poetry and painting and the work of three
poets: Breton, Eluard and Aragon. Conducted in French. P-221 or equivalent.

372. (4) Proust. Study of substantial portions of Proust's A la Recherche du Temps
perdu, its structure, its themes and their significance both in a historical and an
aesthetic context. Conducted in French. P-221 or equivalent.

373. (4) French images of America. A study of French points of view on the U.S.A.
through the reading of texts beginning with de Tocqueville and ending with Michel
Butor's Mobile. The course will attempt to relate them to a variety of circumstances
and influences, political, sociological and more particularly cultural. P-221 or
equivalent.

WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY SEMESTER IN FRANCE

The department of Romance Languages sponsors a Semester in
France program at Dijon, the site of a well established French
university. Students go as a group, accompanied by a Wake Forest
professor.

Requirements: No particular major is required for eligibility.
However, a student (1) should be of junior standing and (2) should
have taken as prerequisite French 221 or its equivalent, or at very
least one French course beyond the intermediate level.

Instruction and supervision: Students are placed in courses ac-
cording to their level of ability in French, as ascertained by a test
given at Dijon. Courses are taught by native French professors. The
resident director supervises residential and extracurricular affairs,
and has general oversight of independent study projects.

Courses at the Centre International d'Etudes Francaises

F227. (4) French Grammar and Linguistics. Analysis of grammar and composition.
Study of phonetics and practice in pronunciation. Use of the language laboratory.
F228. (4) French Civilization. Study of the geography of France along with analysis of
the political and economic situation in France and observance of French social and

178

ITALIAN

educational practices. Field trips to points of historical and artistic interest.

F231. (4) History of France. Social and cultural history of France from the Middle

Ages to the present, (credit in History)

F275. (4) French Literature. The novel, theater, and poetry of France, largely of the

period since 1850.

F290. (4) Philosophy. Study of Descartes and Pascal. Lextures and discussion. Term

paper on a specific topic, to be evaluated by a professor of Philosophy of Wake

Forest, (credit in p hilosophy)

Courses at the Universite de Dijon, Faculte des Lettres
et Sciences Humaines

F240. (4) Independent study of one of several fields. Scholar's journal and research
paper. Supervision by the Director of the Semester in France and evaluation by the
department for which credit is granted. Work may be supplemented by lectures on
the subject given at the Universite de Dijon Faculte des Lettres et Sciences
Humaines.

Students choose four of the above courses. In addition, all take the following
course.

181. (4) 4 weeks term in Switzerland. Residence in a Swiss locality during September
and early October. Observations of culture, home life, education, religious prac-
tices, etc. Excursions to points of historical and artistic interest. Written record of
findings and paper on some aspect of the culture, to be evaluated by the Director of
the Semester in France program.

CHINESE

111, 112. (4,4) Elementary Chinese. Emphasis on the development of listening and
speaking skills in Mandarin . Brief introduction to the writing system. Basic sentence
patterns are covered. Lab — 1 hr.

HINDI

111, 112. (4, 4) Elementary Hindi. Attention will be given mainly to basic Hindi
grammar, vocabulary building, simple composition and conversation. Lab — 1 hr.
153. (4) Intermediate Hindi. Advanced practice in Hindi composition, conversation
and introduction to literary Hindi. Lab — 1 hr. P-111, 112 or equivalent.
211. (4) Hindi Literature. Reading and translation of selected texts in prose and
poetry and journalistic Hindi. Lab — 1 hr. P-153.

ITALIAN

113. (5) Elementary Italian. Intensive course for beginners, emphasizing the struc-
ture of the language and oral practice. Recommended for students in the Venice
program and for language majors. Offered every semester. Lab — 2 hrs. [5 hrs. class
per week]

153. (5) Intermediate Italian. Continuation of 113 with emphasis on reading and
speaking. Offered in the fall. Lab— 2 hrs. P-113 or two years high school Italian. [5
hrs. class per week]

179

SPANISH

215. (4) Introduction to Italian Literature. Reading of selected texts in Italian. Satis-
fies basic requirement in language. Offered in the spring. P-153 or equivalent. [3
hrs. per week]

V221 . (4) Spoken Italian. Course in oral Italian, offered only in Venice. Students are
placed in small groups according to their levels of fluency. Elective credit.

NORWEGIAN

190, 191. (4,4) The Norwegian Language. Independent study of the language and
directed reading of texts in Norwegian. Primarily for students specializing in foreign
languages.

RUSSIAN

111, 112. (4,4) Elementary Russian. The essentials of Russian grammar, conversa-
tional drill, and reading of elementary texts. Admission with the consent of the
instructor. Lab — 2 hrs.

153. (5) Intermediate Russian. Training in principles of translation with grammar
review and conversation practice. P-112 or equivalent. Lab. 2 hrs.

215. (4) Introduction to Russian Literature. Reading of edited texts from the
nineteenth century. P-153 or equivalent.

216. (4) Introduction to Russian Literature. Reading of edited texts from the twen-
tieth century. P-153 or equivalent.

217. (4) Seminar in Nineteenth Century Russian Literature. A study of the foremost
writers with reading of representative works. P-153 or equivalent.

218. (4) Seminar in Contemporary Russian Literature. Reading of representative
works in Russian with discussion of political and cultural backgrounds. P-153 or
equivalent.

SPANISH

111, 112. (4,4) Elementary Spanish. A course for beginners, covering grammar
essentials, and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of elementary texts.
Lab— 2 hrs., 1 hr.

113. (5) Review of Elementary Spanish. A one-semester course emphasizing pro-
nunciation and comprehension, grammar essentials, and reading. Intended for
students who have previously studied Spanish but whose preparation is inadequate
for Spanish 153. Not open to those who have taken 111-112. Lab — 2 hrs.
153. (5) Intermediate Spanish. A review of grammar and composition with practice
in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Lab — 2 hrs. P-2 yrs. h.s. or equivalent.
153x. (4) Intermediate Spanish. Open by placement or permission. Lab — 2 hrs.

215. (4) Major Spanish Writers. Reading of selected texts from the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. Parallel reading and reports. (Either 215 or 216, but not both,
accepted for credit toward a major in Spanish.) P-153 or equivalent.

216. (4) Major Spanish American Writers. Reading of selected texts. Parallel reading
and reports. (Either 215 or 216, but not both, accepted for credit toward a major in
Spanish.) P-153 or equivalent.

180

SPANISH

221. (4) Conversation and Composition. Practice in speaking and writing Spanish,
stressing correctness of sentence structure, phonetics, pronunciation, fluency and
vocabulary of everyday situations. Lab — 1 hr. P-153.

222. (4) Advanced Grammar and Composition. A systematic review of the funda-
mental principles of comparative grammar, with practical training in writing idio-
matic Spanish. Lab — 1 hr. P-153 or equivalent.

223. (4) Latin American Civilization. The culture and its historical development.
Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social and economic life. P-215.

224. {4) Spanish Civilization. The culture and its historical development. Emphasis
on intellectual, artistic, political, social, and economic life. P-215.

225. (4) Survey of Spanish Literature from the Middle Ages through the Seventeenth
Century. Extensive reading and study of trends and influences. P-215.

226. (4) Survey of Spanish Literature from the Eighteenth Century to the Present.
Extensive reading and study of trends and movements. P-215.

227. (4) Survey of Spanish American Literature. Extensive reading and study of works
from the Colonial through the contemporary periods, with emphasis on the late-
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. P-215.

228. (2) Seminar in Spanish American Literature. Study of selected writings. Authors
chosen may vary from year to year. P-215.

234. (4) Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes. A study of the several types of prose
fiction, such as the sentimental, chivalric, pastoral, Moorish, and picaresque novels
prior to 1605. P-215.

235. (4) Seminar in Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes. A study of the develop-
ment of several types of Spanish prose fiction before the Quixote. P-215.

241 . (4) Golden Age Drama. A study of the major dramatic works of Lope de Vega,
Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina, Ruiz de Alarcon, and others. P-215.

242. (4) Seminar in Golden Age Drama. A study of selected dramatic works of the
period. Selections may change from year to year. P-215.

243. (4) Cervantes. Intensive study of the life and works of Cervantes, with special
emphasis on the Quixote and the exemplary novels. P-215.

244. (2) Seminar in Cervantes. A study of special aspects of Cervantes' works.
Emphasis may vary from year to year. P-215.

251 . (4) Spanish Lyric Poetry. A study of the development of the poetic genre, with
analysis and interpretation of works from each period. P-215.

252. (2) Seminar in Hispanic Poetry. Study of selected topics which may vary from
year to year. P-215.

261. (4) Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel. A study of the novels of Valera, Pereda,
Galdos, Pardo Bazan, Blasco Ibahez and their contemporaries. P-215.

265. (4) Spanish American Novel. A study of the novel in Spanish America from its
beginning through the contemporary period. P-215.

266. (4) Seminar in Spanish American Novel. A study of one or more categories of
Spanish American novels. Materials may change from year to year. P-215.

272. (4) Modern Spanish Drama. A study of the principal dramatic works from the
Romantic movement through the contemporary period. P-215.

181

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

273. (4) Modern Spanish Novel. A study of representative Spanish novels from the
"Generation of '98" through the contemporary period. P-215.

274. (2) Seminar in Modern Spanish Literature. A study of selected topics which may
vary from year to year. P-215.

281. (3-5) Directed Study. Extensive reading and/or research, to meet individual
needs. P-permission of department. Required for departmental honors.

Wake Forest University Semester in Spain

The Department of Romance Languages is affiliated with the
Associated Mid-Florida Colleges in the operation of a study abroad
program conducted at the University of Madrid. Courses are
taught by native Spanish professors attached to the University's
Facultad de Filosofiay Letras, the Spanish equivalent of the college
of arts and sciences. Students live with Spanish families selected by
the program's resident director, a professor of Spanish from Wake
Forest University or from one of the other five colleges and univer-
sities in the association. The resident director also coordinates and
supervises the student's academic program and has general over-
sight of his extracurricular activities.

Requirements: Students must have acquired junior standing,
have completed two years of college Spanish or the equivalent,
and be approved by both the major department and the depart-
ment of Romance Languages. No particular major is required for
eligibility.

Course Offerings: Approximately thirty courses are available in
the fields of Spanish language and literature, art, history,
philosophy, economics, political science, and sociology. Course
organization and teaching methods in most cases are similar to
those in American universities, but all classes are conducted in
Spanish.

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

Professors Banks, Patrick

Associate Professors Earle (Chairman), Evans, Gulley, Tefft*

Assistant Professors Maultsby, McWilliams, Perricone*,

Woodall
Instructors Gill, Morenon
Visiting Lecturer Williams

A major in Sociology requires 36 credits and must include
Sociology 151, 371 and 372.

•Absent on leave, Fall 1974.

182

SOCIOLOGY

A major in Anthropology requires 36 credits and must include
Anthropology 162, 252, 351, 352, 356 or 359, Mathematics 157 and
one of the following Anthropology courses: 379, 381, 382, 383, 384
or some other course offering intensive field research training
(with the permission of the undergraduate adviser and instructor).

Only four credits from Anthropology 381-382 and four credits
from Anthropology 383-384 may be used to meet major require-
ments. Additional courses would be counted within the limits
specified for a single field of study.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply
for admission to the honors program in Sociology and Anthropol-
ogy. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Sociology"
or "Honors in Anthropology," they must meet minimum require-
ments listed on page 8, they must complete a senior research
project, write up this research, and satisfactorily defend this work
in an oral examination. For additional information members of the
staff should be consulted.

SOCIOLOGY

151. (3 or 4) Principles of Sociology. General introduction to the field: social
organization and disorganization, socialization, culture, social change and other
aspects.

152. (3 or 4) Social Problems. Survey of contemporary American social problems.
Credit is not allowed for 344 if this course is taken. P-151.

248. (3 or 4) Marriage and the Family . The social basis of the family, emphasizing the
problems growing out of modern conditions and social change.

301. (3) Religion as a Social Institution. A cross-cultural study of religious organiza-
tions, cults and sects. Examination of the forms of organization and their relation-
ship to other social factors. Usually offered in January. P-151.

302. (3) The Sociology of Cults. A social scientific assessment of cults as new and
deviant religious movements within modern industrial society. Examination of the
history, doctrine, organization and appeal of movements. Usually offered in
January.

303. (4) The Police and Society. A study of the position and role of the police in
modern society. Examination of the nature of social control in human societies, the
role of the police in social control, the police in France, England and the United
States, the extent, causes and treatment of crime in America. Usually offered in
January. Permission of instructor.

310. (3) Death and Dying. Study of some of the basic issues and problems of modern
man in accepting and facing death. Offered in January. Permission of instructor.
333. (3 or 4) The Community. A survey of materials relating to the community as a
unit of sociological investigation with emphasis on the urban setting. Of particular
value for social work or community planning. P-151.

183

ANTHROPOLOGY

335. (3 or 4) Medical Sociology. Analysis of the social variables associated with
health and illness and with the practice of medicine. P-151.

337. (3 or 4) Social Gerontology. Basic social problems and processes of aging.
Social and psychological issues will be discussed. P-151

340. (3 or 4) Sociology of Child Development. Socialization through adolescence in
the light of contemporary behavioral science, emphasizing the significance of
social structure. P-151.

341 . (3 or 4) Criminology. Crime: its nature, causes, consequences and methods of
treatment and prevention. P-151.

344. (3 or 4) Social Deviation and Disorganization. A theoretical approach to social
problems. Emphasis is on the relationship between social structure and social
problems. Credit is not allowed for 152 if this course is taken. P-151.

345. (3 or 4) Seminar on Social Change. An analysis of the nature and theories of
social change, including the causes and types of social change, the social effects of
invention, the adjustment of social institutions to technological change, and the
impact of future technology on society. P-151.

346. (3 or 4) Seminar on Social Utopias. Survey of major Utopian literature. Emphasis
is placed upon both the social organization in Utopian proposals and their implicit
critique of current society and social ideologies. P-151.

358. (3 or 4) Population and Society. Techniques used in the study of population
data. Reciprocal relationship of social and demographic variables. P-151.

359. (3 or 4) Race and Culture. Racial and ethnic group prejudice and discrimination
and its effect on social relationships. Emphasis on psychological and sociological
theories of prejudice. P-151.

360. (3 or 4) Social Stratification. Methods for locating and studying social classes in
the U.S. class structure, function, mobility, and inter-class relationships. P-151.
371-372. (4) The Sociological Perspective. A two semester course dealing with the
development and application of major theories and research methods in sociology.
A continuing effort is made to enable the student to deal with current
theoretically-oriented research. P-151 and permission of instructor.

380. (3 or 4) Social Statistics. Basic statistics, emphasizing application in survey
research. One who takes this course may not receive credit in Bus. Adm. 268, or
Math. 157.

385, 386. (3 or 4) Special Problems Seminar. Intensive investigation of current
scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on problems of con-
temporary interest. Permission of instructor.

ANTHROPOLOGY

162. (3 or 4) General Anthropology. Basic concepts of anthropology, focusing upon
the biological and socio-cultural evolution of man from Pleistocene to present and
an analysis of his contemporary cultural diversity.

252. (3 or 4) Cultural Anthropology. A cross-cultural analysis of human institutions
concentrating on non-industrial societies. P-162.

260. (2) Archeological Laboratory Practicum. Instruction in artifact cleaning, preserv-
ing, cataloging, and analysis; preparation of museum exhibits; familiarization with
darkroom procedures, drafting and report preparation. Permission of instructor.

184

ANTHROPOLOGY

261. (2) Cultural Anthropology Practicum. Directed in-depth experience in cultural
anthropology. P-162.

262. (2) Physical Anthropology Lab Practicum. Practical experience in current prob-
lems in physical anthropology. P-162.

305. (4) Conflict and Change on Roatan Island (Honduras). Readings and field
research focusing upon the barriers and processes of socio-cultural and technolog-
ical change in a heterogeneous island community. P-162 and permission of instruc-
tor. Usually offered in January.

306. (4) Stokes County Cave Men: Excavation of a Prehistoric Rock Shelter. Instruc-
tion in the mapping, excavation and preliminary analysis of an archeological site
including field techniques such a surveying and photography. Usually offered in
January.

342. (3 or 4) Peoples and Cultures of Latin America. Ethnographic focus on the
elements and processes of contemporary Latin American cultures. P-162 or permis-
sion of instructor.

343. (3 or 4) Anthropology and Developing Nations. Analytic survey of problems
facing emerging nations and the application of anthropology in culture-change
programs. P-162 or permission of instructor.

344. (3 or 4) Medical Anthropology. The impact of Western medical practices and
theory on non-Western cultures and anthropological contribution to the solving of
world health problems. P-162.

351. (3 or 4) Bioanthropology. Introduction to biological (physical) anthropology:
human biology, evolution and variability. P-162.

352. (1) Laboratory Methods in Physical Anthropology. Basic methods utilized by
physical anthropologists to gather data, such as blood grouping, measurement,
dermatoglyphics, dental casting. One two-hour lab per week. Permission of in-
structor. Required of majors as complement to 351.

353. (3 or 4) Peoples and Cultures of Africa. The ethnology and prehistory of Negro
Africa south of the Sahara. P-162.

354. (3 or 4) Primitive Religion. The world-view and values of nonliterate cultures as
expressed in myths, rituals and symbols. P-162 or Soc. 151.

355. (3 or 4) Language and Culture. An introduction to the relations between
language and culture including methods for field research. P-162.

356. (3 or 4) Old World Pre-History. Introduction to prehistoric archaeology: field
and laboratory techniques, with survey of world prehistory. P-162.

357. (3 or 4) Personality in Culture. A seminar designed to study the psycho-
dynamics of social personality and national character. P-162 or Soc. 151.

358. (3 or 4) The American Indian. Ethnology and prehistory of the American Indian.
P-162.

359. (3 or 4) Prehistory of North America. The development of culture in North
America as outlined by archaeological research, with an emphasis on paleo-ecology
and socio-cultural processes. P-162.

360. (3 or 4) Archaeology of the Southeastern United States. A study of human
adaptation in the Southeast from the Pleistocene to the present, emphasizing the
role of ecological factors in determining the formal aspects of culture. P-162.
362. (3 or 4) Seminar: Human Ecology and Geography. The relations between man

185

SPEECH COMMUNICATION

and his inorganic and organic environment as mediated by culture. P-1 62 or permis-
sion of instructor.

363. (3) American Indian Origins. Possible origins and subsequent dispersion of
American Indians. Pertinent information from a variety of disciplines will be
considered but physical anthropology will be stressed. Permission of instructor.

364. (3 or 4) Forensic Physical Anthropology. Identification of partly decomposed or
skeletonized human remains in a legal context. Principles of age, sex, race, indi-
viduation and recognition of wounds. Permission of instructor.

365. (2, 3 or 4) Field Research in Physical Anthropology. Training in techniques for
the study of problems of physical anthropology, carried out in the field. Permission
of instructor. Usually offered in January or summer session.

366. (3 or 4) Primates and Fossil Man. Investigation of primate and human evolution,
both in anatomy and behavior. P-162 or permission of instructor.

379. (3 or 4) Research Methods in Anthropology. Introduction to the principal
research techniques used in anthropology. P-162.

381, 382. (4,4) Archaeological Research. The recovery of anthropological data
through the use of archaeology, taught in the excavation and interpretation of a
prehistoric site. P-162.

383, 384. (4, 4) Field Research in Cultural Anthropology. Training in techniques for
the study of foreign cultures, carried out in the field. P-162.

SPEECH COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS

Professors Shirley, Burroughs, Welker
Associate Professors Tedford, Wolfe
Assistant Professor Hazen
Instructors Fullerton, May, Rouzan, Williams

For convenience in advising majors, the department has divided
the study of Speech Communication and Theatre Arts into the
following fields: (1) communication theory, (2) rhetoric-public ad-
dress, (3) radio-television-film, (4) theatre arts, and (5) speech
pathology-correction. It is possible for a student either to concen-
trate in one of the first four fields or to take courses across the
breadth of the discipline. Specific courses of study are worked out
in consultation with departmental advisers.

A major is Speech Communication and Theatre Arts consists of a
minimum of 40 credit units at least 8 of which must be at the 300
level. In order for an SCTA course to count towards a student's
major, the student must earn a grade of C or higher in the course.

Those students majoring in Speech Education are expected to

186

SPEECH COMMUNICATION

take specific courses which meet the requirements for Teacher
Certification. Information concerning these courses may be ob-
tained from departmental advisers.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply
for admission to the honors program in Speech Communication
and Theatre Arts. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in
Speech Communication and Theatre Arts," they must meet
minimum requirements listed on page 8, as well as successfully
complete Course 281. For additional information members of the
staff should be consulted.

The following three courses apply to each of the areas within the
department:

281 . (4) Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. A conference course
involving intensive work in the area of special interest for selected seniors who wish
to graduate with departmental honors.

282. (4) Independent Study. Special research and readings in a choice of interest to
be approved by a faculty adviser.

283. 284. (2, 2) Debate, Radio-TV-Film, or Theatre Arts Practicum. Individualized
projects in the student's choice of debate, radio-TV-film or theatre arts; includes
organizational meetings, faculty supervision, and faculty evaluation. No students
may register for more than two credit units of Practicum in any semester. Further,
no student will be allowed to take more than a total of eight credit units in
practicum, only four credits of which may be counted toward a major in Speech
Communication and Theatre Arts. PASS-FAIL ONLY.

Communication-Public Address

151. (4) Speech Fundamentals. A study of the nature and fundamentals of speech
communication. Practice in the preparation and delivery of short speeches.

152. (4) Public Speaking. The preparation and presentation of short speeches to
inform, convince, actuate, and entertain. P-151.

153. (4) Interpersonal Communication. The course is divided into three parts:
communication theory, person-to-person communication, and small group in-
teraction.

155. (4) Croup Communication. An introduction to the principles of discussion and
deliberation in small groups with practice in group problem-solving and discussion
leadership.

161. (4) Voice and Diction. A study of the principles of voice and production with
emphasis on phonetics as a basis for correct sound formation.

162. (4) Voice Production and Articulation. This course will explore normal and
abnormal articulation and voice. Includes testing procedures to determine the
problem as well as theory techniques for problem correction.

231. (4) Oral Interpretation of Literature. Fundamentals of reading aloud with em-
phasis on selection, analysis, and performance.

187

SPEECH COMMUNICATION

251. (4) Persuasion. A study of the variables and contexts of persuasion in contem-
porary society.

252. (4) Argumentation and Debate. A study of the principles of argumentation.
Practical experience in researching and debating a public policy question.

253. (4) Rhetorical Theory. A survey of the forms of rhetorical discourse in modern
society with emphasis on major theories.

261. (4) Principles of Speech Pathology. A foundation course in principles and
procedures of speech correction for those handicapped by disorders of language,
voice, rhythm, and articulation with emphasis on functional disorders.

262. (4) Clinical Methods in Speech Pathology. A study of methods and principles
used to correct disorders of voice, language, rhythm, and articulation with em-
phasis on organic disorders. P-261.

263. (4) Audiology. Survey of the field of hearing and hearing disorders.

281 . (4) Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. (See previous descrip-
tion.)

282. (4) Independent Study. (See previous description.)

283. 284. (2, 2) Debate Practicum. (See previous description.)

354. (4) American Public Address. The history and criticism of American public

address from colonial times to the present.

S-355. (4) Directing the Forensic Program. A pragmatic study of the methods of

directing high school and college forensics with work in the Wake Forest High

School Speech Institute. (Summer only.)

356. (4) Black Rhetoric. Study of selected black American speakers and their

speeches. By listening to recorded speeches, reading manuscripts and background

information, and discussing the speakers, the class will trace the development of

black rhetoric from the Colonial period to the present. Particular emphasis will be

placed on the abolitionist, anti-segregationist, and black power movements.

Taught during the four weeks of January.

371. (4) Research in Communication. An introduction to design and statistical
procedures for research in communication.

372. (4) Survey of Organizational Communication. An introduction to the role of
communication in organizations with emphasis on field applications. Offered in
January only.

373. (4) Communication Theory. An introduction to theory-building in communica-
tion and the major contemporary approaches to the operation of communication.
P-153, or permission of the instructor.

374. (4) Mass Communication Theory. Theoretical approaches to the role of com-
munication in reaching mass audiences and its relationship to other levels of
communication. Offered in alternate years.

375. (4) Communication and Conflict. A study of communication in conflict situa-
tions on the interpersonal and societal levels. P-153, or permission of instructor.
Offered in alternate years.

376. (4) Small Croup Theory. Advanced study of the principles of small group
interaction and discussion leadership. P-155, or permission of the instructor.
378. (4) Semantics and Language Behavior. A study of the syntactic and semantic
aspects of communicative messages.

188

THEATRE ARTS

Radio-Television-Film

241 . (4) Introduction to Broadcasting. A Study of the historical, legal, economic, and
social aspects of broadcasting.

245. (4) Introduction to Film. Historical introduction to motion pictures through the
study of various kinds of films and their relationship to society.

281 . (4) Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. (See previous descrip-
tion.)

282. (4) Independent Study. (See previous description.)

283. 284. (2, 2) Radio-TV-Film Practicum. (See previous description.)

341. (5) Radio-TV-Film Production. Advanced radio-television-film production
workshop. P-283, 284.

342. (4) Seminar in Radio-TV. Extensive readings in and discussions of fundamental
theory and current issues in radio and TV. P-241.

346. (4) Film Criticism. A study of film aesthetics through an analysis of the work of
selected film-makers and film critics. P-245.

Theatre Arts

121. (4) Introduction the the Theatre. Asurveyof all areas of Theatre Art. Experience
in laboratory and University Theatre productions. Lab — 3 hrs.
223. (4) Stagecraft. A study in the basic elements of theatre technology. Practical
experience gained in laboratory and University Theatre productions. Open to
freshmen and sophomores by permission of instructor. Lab — 5 hrs.

226. (4) Theories of Acting. A study of acting theories and fundamental acting
techniques. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of instructor. Lab —
2 hrs.

227. (4) Theatre Speech. An intensive course in the analysis and correlation of the
physiological, physical, and interpretative aspects of voice and diction on the stage.

228. (4) The Contemporary English Theatre. An examination of the English theatre
through reading, lectures, seminars, and attendance at numerous live theatre
performances. The participants will be expected to submit written reactions to the
plays which are seen. There will be ample time to allow for visits to museums,
libraries, and historic places. Permission of instructor required. Taught in London,
England, during the four weeks of January.

281 . (4) Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. (See previous descrip-
tion.)

282. (4) Independent Study. (See previous description.)

283. 284. (2, 2) Theatre Arts Practicum. (See previous description.)

320. (4) Theatrical Scene Design. A study of the theories and styles of stage design
and their application to the complete play. P-121 and 223, or permission of instruc-
tor.

321. (4) Play Directing. An introduction to the theory and practice of play directing. A
grade will not be granted for this course until the student has completed SCTA 322,
PLAY PRODUCTION LABORATORY. Lab —2 hrs. P-121 and 226, or permission of
instructor.

189

THEATRE ARTS

322. (2) Play Production Laboratory. A laboratory in the organization, the techniques

and the problems encountered in a dramatic production. The production of a play

for public performance will be required. P-321.

S-324. (4) Directing the Drama Program. A study of the function of drama in the

educational curriculum with emphasis on the secondary level. Laboratory work in

the High School Speech Institute. Lab — 6 hrs.

325. (4) Advanced Acting. A concentrated study of the actor's art through theory and

practice. P-226 or permission of instructor.

327. (4) Theatre History I. A survey of the development of the theatre from its origins
to 1870, includes lectures, readings and reports.

328. (4) Theatre History II. A survey of the development of the modern theatre from
1870 to the present day, includes lectures, readings and reports.

Courses for Graduate Students

421. (3) Modern Theatre Production

423. (3) Advanced Directing.

426. (3) Evolution of Dramatic Theory: Seminar.

428. (3) The Play

451. (3) Classical Rhetoric

452. (3) Contemporary Rhetoric

453. (3) Seminar in Persuasion

454. (3) Rhetorical Criticism

463. (3) Proseminar in Communication .

474. (3) Research and Theory of Organizational Communication

480. (3) Special Seminar

481.482. (3, 3) Readings and Research in Speech Communication and

491

Theatre.
492. (3, 3) Thesis Research.

190

GRADUATE SCHOOL

From 1866 until 1949 Wake Forest College conducted limited
graduate programs in several academic disciplines. On January 13,
1961, the Trustees established the more formally organized Divi-
sion of Graduate Studies and announced that beginning in Sep-
tember, 1961, the College would resume course and research work
leading to the degree Master of Arts in the Departments of Biology,
Chemistry, English, History, Mathematics, and Physics. In Sep-
tember, 1964, the Department of Psychology was added to this
group. The Departments of Physical Education and Religion inau-
gurated master's degree programs in the fall of 1967. In September,
1969, the Department of Speech introduced work leading to the
M. A. degree. A year later the Department of Biology began work
leading to the Ph. D. degree. A doctoral program in the Depart-
ment of Chemistry was begun in 1972.

On June 12, 1967, when Wake Forest College became Wake
Forest University, the name of the Division of Graduate Studies
was changed to the Graduate School. Also on that date, the De-
partment of Education began offering programs of study leading to
the Master of Arts in Education degree.

Candidates for the degree Master or Arts are required to com-
plete successfully a minimum of twenty-four hours of course work,
write a thesis for which six hours of credit are allotted, and pass a
reading examination in one modern foreign language, or, in some
disciplines, substitute a demonstration of competency in a special
skill such as computer programming or statistics. The require-
ments for the Master of Arts in Education degree are essentially the
same except that prospective counselors may write a research
report instead of a thesis.

The Bulletin of the Graduate School, an application for admis-
sion form, and an application for grant form may be obtained by
writing the Dean of the Graduate School, Box 7487, Reynolda
Station, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, North Carolina
27109.

192

SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

THE BABCOCK GRADUATE SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

Administration and Faculty*

James Ralph Scales, President

Frank J. Schilagi, Dean and Associate Professor of Manage-
ment

J. Timothy Heames, Associate Dean and Lecturer in Manage-
ment

Jack D. Ferner, Director of the Center for Management De-
velopment and Lecturer in Management
Judson D. DeRamus, Director of the Management Institute
John M. Zerba, Director of Admissions and Student Affairs
Jean B. Hopson, Librarian

Bernard L. Beatty, Assistant Professor of Management
M. William Belovicz, Associate Professor of Management
Robert S. Carlson, Professor of Management
Merwyn A. Hayes, Associate Professor of Management
H. Russell Johnston, Associate Professor of Management
Laurence S. Mannis, Assistant Professor of Management
Peter R. Peacock, Instructor in Management
Robert W. Shively, Associate Professor of Management
Robert N. White, Lecturer in Management

General Statement

Individuals wishing to prepare themselves for careers in man-
agement through studies at the graduate level should direct their
attention to the programs offered in the Babcock Graduate School
of Management. The Babcock School offers programs leading to
the Master of Business Administration or the Master of Manage-
ment degrees. Programs are designed to prepare students for
careers in both the private and public sectors of our economy.

The Babcock School is prepared not only to train students in-
terested in graduate study, but has a systematic program of career
education for operating managers and administrators. The corner-
stone of the career education program is the MBA-Executive Pro-
gram. The MBA-Executive Program is designed for executives who
wish to continue to update their managerial skills.

Through the generosity of the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation
and Mrs. Nancy Susan Reynolds, the Babcock School occupies a
completely modern building honoring the memory of Charles H.
Babcock.

'See Administration and Faculty sections for full information.

193

SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

Admission Test

The Babcock Graduate School of Management requires all ap-
plicants for admission to take the Admission Test for Graduate
Study in Business (ATGSB), a test administered by Educational
Testing Service. This score is only one of a number of factors used
in consideration of prospective students for admission.

Applicants should write ATGSB, Educational Testing Service, Box
966, Princeton, New Jersey 08540 for an application form.

Fellowships and Financial Aid

Financial assistance in the Babcock School is available in the
form of fellowships, grants, assistantships, and deferred payment
loans. Fellowships and assistantships are awarded on the basis of
both need and potential for outstanding performance. Awards are
made only after admission to the school.

Graduate Curriculum

The objectives of the graduate curriculum are: a) mastery of a
common body of knowledge contained in courses which comprise
the "core" curriculum, b) acquisition of process skills to apply
accumulated knowledge to managerial problems, and c) develop-
ment of the ability to manage in a changing environment.

The core curriculum is divided into five centers of learning and
proficiency must be demonstrated in the courses contained
therein:

Behavioral Science

401 — Behavioral Science for Management

402 — Organization Theory and Design

Environmental Analysis

411 — Microeconomics

413 — External Environment

412 — Macroeconomics

Organization Functions
421 — Management Functions
431 — Managerial Accounting
441 — Financial Management
451 — Marketing Management
463 — Business Strategy & Policy

194

SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

Quantitative Methods

433 — Programming Methods

461 — Quantitative Methods

462 — Management Science

471 — Probability and Applied Statistics

Systems Science

422 — Electronic Data Processing and Control

432 — Nature and Analysis of Systems

195

SCHOOL OF LAW

Faculty*

James Ralph Scales, President

Pasco M. Bowman II, Dean and Professor of /.aw

Buddy O. H. Herring, II, Assistant Dean

Richard Gordon Bell, Professor of Law

Rhoda Bryan Billings, Associate Professor of Law

James E. Bond, Associate Professor of Law

Leon Henry Corbett, Jr., Professor of Law

Hugh William Divine, Professor of Law

Esron McGruder Faris, Jr., Professor of Law

Henry Conrad Lauerman, Professor of Law

Robert E. Lee, Professor of Law

Howard L. Oleck, Professor of Law

Sylvester Petro, Professor of Law

Charles P. Rose, Jr., Associate Professor of Law

David F. Shores, Associate Professor of Law

James E. Sizemore, Professor of Law

George K. Walker, Associate Professor of Law

James A. Webster, Jr., Professor of Law

Adjunct Faculty

John M. Fisher, Lecturer in Law

G. Dudley Humphrey, Lecturer in Law

Malcolm E. Osborn, Lecturer in Law

Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson, Law Librarian

General Statement

The School of Law was established as a department of Wake
Forest College in 1894, the first instructor being Professor N. Y.
Gulley, who served as dean from 1905 until his retirement from
active administration in 1935. The School of Law is fully approved
by all national and state accrediting agencies. It is a member of the
Association of American Law Schools, and is listed as an approved
school by the American Bar Association, by the Board of Law
Examiners and Council of the North Carolina State Bar, and by the
University of the State of New York.

*See Administration and Faculty sections tor full information.

196

LAW

The selection and treatment of the courses of study offered in
the School of Law, and the method of instruction employed, are
designed to afford comprehensive and thorough training in the
broad field of legal education and to equip students to practice in
any jurisdiction where the Anglo-American law system prevails.
The achievement of these purposes necessitates, first, the re-
quirement of adequate and appropriate preliminary education in
order to assure an intellectual maturity and cultural background
against which legal principles and problems can be understood in
their social, economic and moral, as well as in their legal aspects;
second, a comprehensive study of the theories and doctrines of
the Anglo-American system of law and their statutory modification.

The School of Law has as its objective, not only to train a student
in legal principles and doctrines, but also to stimulate his reason-
ing powers, to prepare him to present legal propositions logically
and analytically, and to develop in the student a profound sense of
legal ethics, professional responsibility and the duty of the lawyer
to society.

The School of Law has its separate building, modern in all re-
spects and designed to accommodate the continued growth and
future development of the School and the expansion of its pro-
gram in the field of legal education. The law building, which is a
handsome four-story structure, contains many attractive and use-
ful features including air-conditioning.

The Law Library contains approximately 64,000 volumes, care-
fully selected to avoid unnecessary duplication and to insure the
greatest possible usefulness.

Admission Requirements

The academic requirements for admission to the School of Law,
as a candidate for the J.D. degree, may be satisfied by any one of
the following methods:

(1) An academic degree from an approved college or university.

(2) The completion of three years of academic work prescribed in
the "Combined Course" in Wake Forest College. (See pages 99-101
for details.)

The School of Law does not admit applicants without an
academic degree, except applicants from Wake Forest College
who pursue the "Combined Course" plan of three years of accept-

197

LAW

able academic work in Wake Forest College.

The academic requirements set forth above are minimum re-
quirements, and satisfaction of these requirements does not
necessarily entitle an applicant to admission. The School of Law
considers not only the scholastic average, but also the nature and
subject-matter of the courses taken by the applicant. In addition,
an applicant for admission is required to take the Law School
Admission Test.

There is no rigidly prescribed pre-legal curriculum for admission
to the School of Law. Since the law, in its application and as a
subject of study, touches so many phases of life, it has been
considered unwise to require an inflexible preparatory course. The
School of Law does recommend the inclusion of as many of the
following courses as possible in any pre-law program of study:
English Composition, History of the United States, History of Eng-
land, European History, Constitutional History, Government of the
United States, State and Local Government, Comparative Gov-
ernment, International Relations, Literature, Foreign Languages,
Speech, Psychology, Philosophy, Logic, Natural Sciences,
Mathematics, Principles of Economics, Accounting, and Invest-
ments.

Application for admission to the School of Law must be made in
writing on a form furnished by the School of Law. Participation in
the Law School Data Assembly Service is required.

Beginning students are admitted to the School of Law only at the
opening of the fall session.

Admission to Advanced Standing. A student from a law school
which is a member of the Association of American Law Schools,
who is otherwise qualified, may in the discretion of the faculty be
admitted to advanced standing for the J.D. degree. The student
must be eligible for readmission to the law school from which he
proposes to transfer. The lastyearof work on the basis of which the
degree is granted must be taken in the Wake Forest University
School of Law.

Admission Test

The School of Law requires all applicants for admission to take
the Law School Admission Test, a test administered by Educational
Testing Service. The applicant's score on the Test will be consi-

198

LAW

dered among other factors in passing on his application for admis-
sion to this Law School.

Applicants should write Law School Admission Test, Educational
Testing Service, P. O. Box 944, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540, for
application forms for taking the Test, for the Bulletin of Informa-
tion regarding the Test, and for the Law School Data Assembly
Service forms.

Scholarships and Student Aid

The School of Law has a number of scholarships available for
each beginning class. Some of these scholarships are awarded on
the basis of character, scholarship and financial need. Additional
scholarships in a larger amount and covering full tuition are availa-
ble for each beginning class and are awarded on the basis of
character and exceptional scholastic achievement without regard
to financial need.

The University administers several loan programs for the benefit
of students who are in need of financial aid.

In addition, a number of law students are afforded limited em-
ployment as Law Library assistants and dormitory counselors, but
usually after the completion of their first year.

Degree of J.D.

The degree of Juris Doctor (J.D.) will be awarded to the student
who (1) is admitted to the School of Law as a regular student, (2)
thereafter spends the equivalent of three academic years in resi-
dent study in the School of Law, (3) successfully completes eighty-
four semester hours of law, including all required courses, and (4)
attains a cumulative weighted average of 67 or more on all work
required for graduation.

The Summer Session

The School of Law operates a summer session of nine weeks, the
work of which is carefully planned with reference to the cur-
riculum of the regular academic year, and which may be used
either to supplement the regular curriculum or as a substitute for
part of it. Courses are offered during the summer session for
advanced students only.

199

LAW

Further Information

Descriptions of the system of grading and examinations, general
scholastic regulations, student organizations, prizes and awards,
and the complete course of study are contained in a special Law
School Bulletin, issued annually. Requests for this Bulletin, and
other correspondence concerning the School of Law, should be
addressed to The Dean, School of Law, Wake Forest University,
P. O. Box 7206 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109.

Mrs. Clifford Daniel (nee Margaret Truman) and President Scales lift
the first spade of dirt for the Fine Arts Building.

200

THE 1975 SUMMER SESSION

Two Five-Week Terms — May 26 — June 28; June 30 — August 2

The Summer Session of 1975 will provide two five-week terms.
Students may enroll for one or two courses in each five-week term.
Science courses are five credits; most other courses will provide
four credits each, although a few will provide one or two credits.
Eight credits per term is considered a normal load.

Most classes are scheduled during the morning hours, for one
seventy-five minute period. Science courses with laboratories
meet from 8:00 a.m. to 1 :00 p.m. All classes will meet daily, Mon-
day through Friday, and on alternate Saturdays.

The courses offered are designed to meet the needs of regular
Wake Forest students, incoming freshmen, visiting students from
other colleges, and public school teachers seeking renewal of
certificates. There will be courses in Anthropology, Biology, Busi-
ness and Accountancy, Chemistry, Classics, Economics, Educa-
tion, English, French, History, Humanities, Mathematics,
Philosophy, Politics, Psychology, Physics, Religion, Sociology,
Spanish, and Speech. The Department of Education will offer a
course in Directed Teaching for college graduates interested in
qualifying for a class A teaching certificate.

Graduate courses leading to the Master of Arts degree will be
offered in the departments of English, History, and Psychology.
Opportunities for research toward the Master of Arts degree, but
not graduate courses, will be provided in the departments of
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics.

A special program, the Master of Arts in Education, will be
offered for teachers who desire to complete a Master's program in
summer sessions.

201

BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE

Administration Officers*

James Ralph Scales, President

Manson Meads, Vice President for Medical Affairs

Richard Janeway, Dean

Clyde T. Hardy, Jr., Associate Dean (Patient Services)

C. Nash Herndon, Associate Dean (Research Development)

Warren H. Kennedy, Associate Dean (Administration) and

Director, Division of Resource Management
C. Douglas Maynard, Associate Dean (Student Affairs)
Emery C. Miller, ]r., Associate Dean (Continuing Education)
B. Lionel Truscott, Assistant Dean (Admissions)
Michael D. Sprinkle, Librarian

Origin and Development

The School of Medicine was established at Wake Forest in 1902.
It was renamed the School of Medical Sciences in 1937 and oper-
ated as a two-year medical school until 1941 , when it was moved to
Winston-Salem as a four-year medical school in association with
the North Carolina Baptist Hospital. It was renamed the Bowman
Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest University in recognition
of the benefactor who made the expansion possible.

Facilities

The main teaching hospital of the medical school is North
Carolina Baptist Hospital which recently was expanded to 655
beds. The hospital serves as a secondary and tertiary referral center
for the community and an area consisting of several southeastern
states.

In addition to the general hospital facilities available, Baptist
Hospital, with its new 16-story patient tower, contains a 38-bed
intensive care unit, a 14-bed coronary care unit, a 70-bed progres-
sive care unit, a six-bed clinical research unit, a new 17-room
operating suite with an adjoining 17-bed recovery room, and a
six-bed hemodialysis unit.

"See Administration and Faculty sections. For the complete faculty roster, see the special bulletin of The
Bowman Cray School of Medicine, which may be obtained by request to The Office of Admissions, Bowman
Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27103.

203

MEDICINE

The medical school and hospital buildings join to form a single
unit, resulting in close correlation of clinical and basic science
teaching programs.

A multi-million dollar expansion program, initiated in 1963 has
virtually doubled the size of the medical center. The first phase of
the construction was accomplished in 1969 with the completion
of four buildings — the Hanes Building, a major addition to
the medical school; the Charles H. Babcock Auditorium, a 400-
seat facility equipped with modern audiovisual systems; a
55,500-square-foot instructional center for allied health programs;
and a new power plant.

These facilities have permitted a significant increase in the en-
rollment of students and an expansion of educational and research
programs. They also have enabled the medical school to adopt a
new curriculum, designed to better prepare today's students for
the practice of tomorrow's medicine.

With the completion of the Reynolds Tower, inpatient care at the
medical center will approximate 200,000 bed days a year. Ambulat-
ory patient visits to the medical center total more than 114,000 per
year. And an active emergency room serves over 30,000 visits. The
construction of a new ambulatory care center is nearing comple-
tion.

Requirements for Admission

The majority of applicants complete four years of under-
graduate work. However, applicants who have demonstrated ex-
ceptional ability and have completed 90 semester hours will be
considered.

In order for the student entering medical school to be prepared
for his courses, he must have acquired certain basic scientific
information. Such information is ordinarily obtained in the follow-
ing undergraduate courses:

2 semesters of general biology
2 semesters of general chemistry
2 semesters of organic chemistry
2 semesters of general physics

It should be emphasized that, in listing the above scientific
requirements, it is not intended to minimize the importance of

204

MEDICINE

other less specific educational requirements.

In addition to the material listed above, the student should
acquire extensive knowledge of man as the product of his social,
physical, and emotional environment. The desired training is given
in courses in Philosophy, Religion, Economics, Sociology, History,
Literature, Mathematics, Language, and Psychology. The student is
urged to acquaint himself as widely in these fields of knowledge as
time and his inclination will permit.

Early Acceptance Program

The University has begun an experimental program with a few
selected undergraduate schools whereby exceptionally qualified
students will be selected at the end of their second year of under-
graduate work and offered a place in the School of Medicine upon
graduation from undergraduate school. The purpose for the se-
cured status would be to emphasize factors other than grades as
criteria for the selection of students to study medicine. A physi-
cian, in addition to needing an alert and growing mind, should
possess many other desirable personal traits such as integrity,
discretion, motivation, judgment and concern which will enable
him to function effectively. Some medical students may be
selected on the basis of their strong personal potential for
medicine.

Early acceptance will allow a student to develop fully his educa-
tional background without undue apprehension concerning
grades and will not require excessive emphasis to be devoted to
science. In addition to academic flexibility, students will be af-
forded professional counsel from both the School of Medicine and
the undergraduate school.

Students will be selected jointly by the Admissions Committee of
the School of Medicine and the Pre-Medical Committee of the
undergraduate school. A student may initiate an application him-
self or may be invited to apply by the Wake Forest University
Pre-Medical Committee.

Admission

Students are selected on the basis of academic performance,
character, and general fitness for the study of medicine. No stu-
dent will be admitted who is ineligible, because of scholastic dif-
ficulties or misconduct, to re-enroll in a school previously at-

205

MEDICINE

tended. Preference is given to applicants under 26 years of age.

Graduate Studies

Course work is offered leading to the Doctor of Philosophy
degree with a major in Anatomy, Biochemistry, Miciobiology,
Pharmacology, Physiology and Comparative and Experimental
Pathology. In addition, course work leading to the M.S. degree is
offered in Anatomy, Biochemistry, Microbiology, Pharmacology,
Physiology, and Comparative and Experimental Pathology. A pro-
gram leading to the Master of Science degree is offered in the
Department of Comparative Medicine for students who hold the
D.V.M. degree. The Master of Science degree in Medical Sciences
is offered to qualified students including medical students and
persons holding the M.D., D.V.M. or D.D.S. degrees. This
graduate program may be carried out in any department or section
of the medical school with the approval of the Committee on
Graduate Studies.

M.D.-Ph.D. Program

A combined M.D.-Ph.D. program is available for exceptional
students interested in both clinical medicine and research training
in anticipation of a career in academic medicine. Applicants must
be acceptable to both the School of Medicine and the graduate
school.

206

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Wake Forest University

Terms Expire December 31, 1975

James C. Cammack, Fayetteville Claude A. McNeill, Jr., Elkin

Charles W. Cheek, Greensboro J. Robert Philpott, Lexington

H. Max Craig, Jr., Stanley Colin Stokes, Winston-Salem

Philip Godwin, Gatesville James B. Turner, Jr., Raleigh
John C. Hamrick, Shelby

Terms Expire December 31, 1976

Carl E. Bates, Charlotte Gloria Flippin Graham, Wilson

E. Lee Cain, High Point Howard N. Lee, Chapel Hill

Thomas H. Davis, Winston-Salem Robin K. Vinson, Winston-Salem

Floyd Fletcher, Durham Frank B. Wyatt, High Point

Terms Expire December 31, 1977

J. Donald Bradsher, Roxboro C. Kitchin Josey, Scotland Neck

Justice Joseph Branch, Raleigh James R. Nance, Fayetteville

Dewey Herbert Bridger, Jr., Bladenboro Mrs. Charles Lee Smith, Jr., Raleigh

J. Edwin Collette, Winston-Salem R. F. Smith, Jr., Hickory
Egbert L. Davis, Jr., Winston-Salem

Terms Expire December 31, 1978

Edgar E. Ferrell, Jr., Black Mountain W. Boyd Owen, Waynesville

Robert R. Forney, Shelby Lonnie B. Williams, Wilmington

C. C. Hope, Charlotte William L. Wyatt, Jr., Raleigh

John M. Lewis, Raleigh Robert W. Yelton, Shelby
Mary Lide Morris, Burlington

OFFICERS

(For one-year terms beginning January 1, 1975)

E. Lee Cain, High Point, Chairman

Egbert L. Davis, Jr., Winston-Salem, Vice Chairman

Mrs. Elizabeth S. Drake, Box 7226, Winston-Salem, Secretary

John G. Williard, Box 7354, Winston-Salem, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

Womble, Carlyle, Sandridge & Rice, Drawer 84, Winston-Salem, General Counsel

J. William Straughan, Box 7227, Winston-Salem, Associate General Counsel

208

COMMITTEES OF THE TRUSTEES

EXECUTIVE

Chairman of the Board, Cain 76

Vice Chairman of the Board, Davis, E. '77

Chairman of Academic Affairs, McNeill 75

Chairman of Athletics, Wyatt, F. 76

Chairman of Buildings and Grounds, Graham 76

Chairman of Finance, Philpdtt 75

Chairman of Investments, Cheek, C. 75

Chairman of Planning and Development, Fletcher 76

Chairman of Student Life, Smith, R. F. 77

Member at Large, Branch '77

Member at Large, Stokes 75

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS: McNeill 75, Chairman; Lee 76, Lewis 78, Smith, Mrs. C. L.
'77, Williams 78.

ATHLETICS: Wyatt, F. 76, Chairman; Bridger 77, Josey 77, Owen 78, Turner 75.

BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS: Graham 76, Chairman; Bates 76, Bradsher 77,
Branch 77.

FINANCE: Philpott 75, Chairman; Craig 75, Forney 78, Godwin 75, Nance 77.

INVESTMENTS: Cheek, C. 75, Chairman; Collette '77, Davis, T. 76, Hope 78,
Wyatt, W. L. 78.

PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT: Fletcher 76, Chairman; Cammack 75, Davis, E.
77, Ferrell 78, Stokes 75.

STUDENT LIFE: Smith, R. F. 77, Chairman; Hamrick 75, Morris 78, Vinson 76,
Yelton 78.

SPECIAL COMMITTEES
1975

NOMINATION OF OFFICERS OF THE CORPORATION : Bates 76, Chairman; God-
win 75, Graham 76, Lee 76, Wyatt, W. L. 78.

NOMINATION OF TRUSTEES: Hamrick 75, Chairman; Cammack 75, Nance 77.

BOARDS OF VISITORS

Wake Forest University
January 1, 1975

Arnold Palmer, Chairman Wake Forest College Board,Continued

Walter E. Greer, Jr., Honorary George M. Boswell, Jr.

Chairman Robert P. Caldwell

Wake Forest College Board Mrs. C. C. Carpenter

Harold T. P. Hayes '48, Chairman John W. Chandler

William C. Archie Thomas L. Clark

Jerry B. Attkisson Charles Cooke

209

BOARDS OF VISITORS

Wake Forest College Board, Continued

H. Max Craig, Jr.

Arthur E. Earley

Ralph Ellison

Floyd Fletcher

Frank Forsyth

Mrs. Frank Forsyth

Walter Friedenberg

William B. Greene, Jr.

Walter E. Greer, Jr.

W. Burnett Harvey

E. Garland Herndon

George W. Holton

R. O. Huffman (Honorary)

Hubert B. Humphrey, Jr.

Gerald Johnson (Honorary)

George W. Kane, Jr.

Nancy C. Kester

Joseph Wallace King

Petro Kulynych

E. Carwile LeRoy

J. A. Martin, Jr.

John E. Maxwell

Martin Mayer

Bill D. Moyers

Eugene Owens

Arnold Palmer

K. Wayne Smith

Zachary T. Smith

Norman Snead

Charles H. Taylor

Alvin M. Weinberg

Meade H. Willis, Jr.

Law School Board

Leon L. Rice, Jr., Chairman

G. Eugene Boyce

Judge David M. Britt

Archie K. Davis

Marion J. Davis

E. D. Gaskins

Fred B. Helms

Horace R. Kornegay

Ashley T. McCarter

Lex Marsh

James W. Mason

James R. Nance

Law School Board, Continued

H. Henry Ramm
Henry C. Roemer
T. Lynwood Smith
Judge Hiram H. Ward
McNeill Watkins
Philip B. Whiting
Larry Williams
George M. Womble
Henry F. Sherrill

Bowman Gray School of Medicine

John F. Watlington, Jr., Chairman

Mrs. Smith W. Bagley

Albert Butler, Jr.

William B. Cash

Richard Chatham

Thomas H. Davis

James K. Glenn

Gordon Gray

Lyons Gray

Mrs. Frank B. Hanes

William R. Lybrook

W. Roger Soles

J. Paul Sticht

Colin Stokes

Grover E. Howell, Ex Officio

Francis E. Garvin, Ex Officio

E. Lee Cain, Ex Officio

Babcock Graduate School of Management

Mrs. Charles H. Babcock
Irwin Belk
M. C. Benton, Jr.
Hargrove S. Bowles
Robert E. Elberson
James R. Gilley
C. Roger Harris
William D. Hobbs
William E. Hollan
C. C. Hope, Jr.
Robert A. Ingram
Alan J. Meilinger
E. A. Morris
Charles M. Reid
Dalton D. Ruffin
Joel A. Weston, Jr.

210

ADMINISTRATION*

James Ralph Scales (1967) President

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; M.A., Ph.D., Oklahoma.

Mrs. Elizabeth S. Drake (1950) Secretary of the Board of Trustees

Edwin Graves Wilson (1946, 1951) Provost and Professor of English

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard.

Manson Meads (1947, 1963) Vice President for Medical Affairs,

Director of the Medical Center,
and Professor of Medicine
A.B., California; M.D., D.Sc, Temple.

Eugene T. Lucas (1967) Vice President for Business and Finance

B.A., Phillips; M.A., Denver.

Ivy May Hixson (1973) Associate in Academic Administration

B.A., Georgia; M.A., Ph.D., U.N.C. -Chapel Hill.

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE COLLECE

Thomas E. Mullen (1957) Dean of the College and

Associate Professor of History

B.A., Rollins; M.A., Ph.D., Emory University.

Robert Allen Dyer (1956) Associate Dean of the College and

Associate Professor of Religion

B.A., Louisiana State; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.

Toby A. Hale (1970) Assistant Dean of the College

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Div., Duke; Ed.D., Indiana.

Patricia Adams Johnson (1969) Academic Counselor and

Instructor in English

B.A., Winston-Salem State; M.A., Wake Forest.

Dolly A. McPherson (1974) Academic Counselor and

Lecturer in English

B.A., Southern University; M.A., Boston University.

STUDENT SERVICES

David Allen Hills (1960) Coordinator of Student Services

and Associate Professor of
Psychology
A.B., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa.

Mark H. Reece (1956) Dean of Men

B.S., Wake Forest.

Lula M. Leake (1964) Dean of Women

B.A., Louisiana State; M.R.E., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.

Lois Johnson (1942-1962) Dean of Women Emerita

B.A., Meredith; M.A., North Carolina.

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE SCHOOL OF LAW

Pasco M. Bowman, II (1970) Dean of the School of Law

and Professor of Law

B.A., Bridgewater; J.D., New York University.

Buddy O. H. Herring, II (1973) Assistant Dean of the School of Law

B.A., J.D., Wake Fores!

'Date following name indicates year of appointment. More than one date indicates separate appointments.

211

ADMINISTRATION

OFFICES OF THE BOWMAN CRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE

Richard Janeway (1966) Dean of the Bowman Cray School of

Medicine and Professor of Neurology

B.A.. Colgate; M.D., Pennsylvania.

C. Nash Herndon (1942, 1966) Associate Dean for Research Development

and Professor of Medical Genetics

A.B., Duke; M.D., Jefferson Medical College.

Clyde Hardy (1941) Associate Dean for Patient Services

B.A., Richmond.

Donald M. Hayes (1959) Associate Dean for Community Health

Sciences, Professor and Chairman of
The Department of Community Medicine

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray

C. Douglas Maynard (1966) Associate Dean for Student Affairs

Professor of Radiology
and Associate in Neurology

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Emery C. Miller, )r. (1955) Associate Dean for Continuing Education,

Professor of Medicine, and Associate in Physiology

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., )ohns Hopkins.

Warren H. Kennedy (1971) Associate Dean for Administration and

Director of Division of Resource Management

B.B.A., Houston.

B. Lionel Truscott (1968) Assistant Dean for Admissions

and Professor of Neurology

B.A., Drew; M.A., Syracuse; M.S., Ph.D., M.D., Yale.

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE BABCOCK
GRADUATE SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

Frank J. Schilagi (1971) Dean of the Babcock Graduate

School of Management and
Associate Professor of Management

B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Georgia.

Jon Timothy Heames (1971) Associate Dean and Lecturer in

Management

B.E., Youngstown; M.S., Carnegie-Mellon.

Jack D. Ferner (1971) Director of the Center

for Management Development
and Lecturer in Management

B.S., Rochester; M.B.A., Harvard.

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL

Henry Smith Stroupe (1937) Dean of the Graduate School and

Professor of History

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke.

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE SUMMER SESSION

Percival Perry (1939, 1947) Dean of the Summer Session and

Professor of History

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke.

OFFICE OF THE TREASURER

John G. Williard (1958) Treasurer; Assistant Secretary

of the Board of Trustees

B.5., North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina.

Carlos O. Holder (1969) Bursar

B.B.A., Wake Forest.

212

ADMINISTRATION

OFFICE FOR RECORDS AND INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Director of the Office for Records

and Institutional Research and
Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Mississippi Delta State College; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.
OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR
Mrs. Margaret R. Perry (1947) Registrar

B.S., South Carolina.

OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS AND FINANCIAL AID

William C. Starling (1958) Director of Admissions and

Financial Aid

B.B.A., Wake Forest.

Mrs. Shirley P. Hamrick (1957) Associate Director of Admissions

B.A., North Carolina; M.A. in Ed., Wake Forest.

Ross A. Griffith (1966) Associate Director of Admissions

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina.

Charles M. Carter (1972) Admissions and Financial Aid Counselor

B.S., Winston-Salem State; M.S., Indiana.

Thomas O. Phillips (1974) Scholarships Officer

B.A., Wake Forest.

UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES

Merrill G. Berthrong (1964) Director of Libraries and Associate

Professor of History

B.A., Tufts; M.A., Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy; Ph.D., Pennsylvania.

Carlton P. West (1928) Librarian

B.A., Boston University; M.A., Yale; B.S. in L.S., North Carolina.

Mrs. Ethel T. Crittenden (1915-1946) Librarian Emerita

Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson (1960) Law Librarian

A.B., Coker; B.S. in L.S., George Peabody.

Jean B. Hopson (1970) Librarian of the Babcock Graduate

School of Management

B.S., Murray State University; M.A., George Peabody.

Michael D. Sprinkle (1972) Librarian of the Bowman

Cray School of Medicine

B.A., M.S. in L.S., North Carolina.

OFFICE OF THE CHAPLAIN
Edgar D. Christman (1956, 1961) University Chaplain

T3.A., J.D., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., Union Theological
Seminary.

Richard W. McBride (1969) Assistant Chaplain and

Director of the Baptist Student Union

B.S. Ed., University of Virginia; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary

CENTER FOR PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES

David W. Catron (1963) Associate Director of the Center for

Psychological Services and Associate Professor of Psychology

B.A., Furman; Ph.D., Peatody.

Peter D. Bullard (1971) Associate Director of the Center for

Psychological Services and
Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.S., Hobart; Ph.D., Washington.

213

ADMINISTRATION

UNIVERSITY HEALTH SERVICE
Howard A. Jemison, Jr. (1964) Medical Director

M.D., Bowman Gray.

Mary Ann Hampton Taylor (1961) Staff Physician

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Andrew J. Crutchfield (1968) Consultant in Clinical Services

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Virginia.

OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR OF COMMUNICATIONS

Russell H. Brantley, Jr. (1953) Assistant to the President and

Director of Communications
B.A., Wake Forest.

Martha W. Lentz (1973) Publications Assistant

B.A., North Carolina.

J. Rodney Meyer (1970) Publications Assistant and Assistant

Professor of English

B.A., Brown; M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota.

OFFICES OF DEVELOPMENT AND ALUMNI AFFAIRS
J. William Straughan, Jr. (1969) Director of Development

B.A., j.D., WakeTorest; B.D., Union Theological Seminary.

Julius H. Corpening (1969) Director of Estate Planning

B.A., Wake Forest; BX>., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.

George William Joyner, Jr. (1969) Director of Alumni Affairs

B.A., Wake Forest.

H. Douglas Lee (1973) Director of University Relations

B.A., Richmond; B.D., S.T.M., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Iowa.

Robert D. Mills (1972) Assistant Director of Alumni Affairs

B.A., Wake Forest.

Nancy R. Parker (1974) Foundations Officer

OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR OF ATHLETICS

G. Eugene Hooks (1956) Director of Athletics and Associate

Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody.

Jessie I. Haddock (1952, 1954) Associate Director of Athletics

B.S., Wake Forest.

Dorothy Casey (1949) Director of Women's Athletics

and Assistant Professor of
Physical Education
B.S., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina.

Charles M. Dayton (1974) Sports Information Director

B.A., Wake Forest.

THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Harold S. Moore (1953) Director of the Physical Plant

B.M.E., Virginia.

Woodford T. Moseley (1973) Assistant to the Director

B.S., Western Kentucky; M.S., Georgia Tech; M.A., George Washington.

Royce R. Weatherly (1947) Superintendent of Buildings

Melvin Q. Layton (1951) Superintendent of Grounds

B.S., Wake Forest.

Robert B. Scales (1956) Superintendent of Building Services

214

ADMINISTRATION

OTHER ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICIALS

William C. Archie (1935, 1956, 1974) Consultant to the University and

Visiting Professor of Humanities

A.B., Davidson; M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University.

Ivey C. Gentry (1949) Director of the Office for Research

and Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Wake Forest; B.S., New York; M.A., Ph.D., Duke.

Paul M. Cross, Jr. (1959) Coordinator of the Honors Program and

Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Duke; Ph.D., Brown.

Robert N. Shorter (1958) Director of the Spring Curriculum and

Associate Professor of English

B.A., Union College; M.A., Ph.D., Duke.

Charles M. Allen (1941) Director of Concerts and Lectures and

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke.

Professor of Biology

Herman J. Preseren (1953) Director of the Educational Media Center

and Professor of Education
B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pennsylvania; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia; Ph.D., North
Carolina.

Thomas M. Elmore (1962) Director of Counselor Education and

Associate Professor of Educational
and Counseling Psychology

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabody; Ph.D., Ohio State.

Jerry A. Hall (1958, 1961, 1967) Director of Undergraduate Teacher

Education and Associate Professor of Education

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ed.D., George Peabody.

Claude U. Broach (1974) Director of the Ecumenical

Institute

B.A., Georgia; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.

Julian C. Burroughs, Jr. (1958) Director of Radio and

Professor of Speech Communication and Theatre Arts

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan.

David M. Smith (1972) Executive Director of Academic

Urban Affairs Consortium

B.A., Bowdoin; J.D., Columbia Univ. School of Law.

Nicholas B. Bragg (1970) Executive Director of Reynolda

House and Lecturer in the American
Foundations Program
B.A., Wake Forest.

James L. Ferrell (1975) Director of Personnel

A.B., North Carolina; M.S., Virginia Commonwealth.

John T. Dawson (1973) Equal Opportunity Officer

B.S., University of Illinois

Joseph L. Bumbrey (1973) Placement Manager

B.S., Winston-Salem State University.

Manuel R. Cunard (1972) Director of the College Union and

Assistant to the Dean of Men

B.S., M.A., Rhode Island.

Edward R. Cunnings (1974) Director of Housing

B.S., M.Ed., St. Lawrence.

Robert Jackson (1974) Data Processing Manager

B.S., Wake Forest.

Richard T. Clay (1956) Manager of the College Book Store

B.B.A., Wake Forest.

215

COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY

1975-76
Effective September 1, 1975

The terms of members, except where otherwise shown, expire
on August 31 of the year indicated. Each committee selects its own
chairman except where the chairman is designated. All members
of a committee vote except as otherwise indicated.

Admissions

Non-voting. Director of Admissions, Associate Dean of the Col-
lege, Dean of Women, and one student in Wake Forest College.
Voting. 1978 Fleer, Owen; 1977 ^Carter, Tedford; 1976 Hadley,
Kenion, and one student in Wake Forest College. _ %*< .' -^ ilcrt
\ . C i L - i • */\^\ a -

Advisory Council to Lower Division '-^rgxcl^

Waddill, Chairman; Angell, Barefield, Brehme, Broyles, Car-
michael, Collins, Covey, Dimmick, Dimock, Ewing, Falkenberg,
Frey, P. J. Hamrick, Harris, Hayashi, Hester, Horton, Hottinger,
Kerr, Kuhn, Kuzmanovich, Litcher, McDowell, Maultsby, W. G.
May, Milner, Mitchell, Noftle, Nowell, Olive, Pritchard, Reeves,
M. F. Robinson, P. S. Robinson, W. D. Sanders, Sellner, J. H.
Smith, Steintrager, Sullivan, Taylor, Tedford, Thomas, A. S. Tillett,
Weigl, West, Whitchurch, Wolfe, Woodall, Woodmansee, Wyatt.

Athletics

Administrative: Vice President for Business and Finance, Dean of
the College, Faculty Representative to ACC; 1980 Beck, Perricone;
1979 Sears, Wagstaff; 1978 Brehme, Reinhardt; 1977 Milner,
Preseren; 1976 Baxley, Crisp.

Buildings and Grounds-

Administrative: Provost>Pean of the' College, Treasurer, Registrar,
Director of the Physical Plant; 1980 Moorhouse; 1979 Weigl; 1978
Patrick; 1977 Mitchell; 1976 0-vyen and two students from Wake
Forest College (one voting and one non-voting).

/VU • ; . ^ 6 & / •

' :

»-

COMMITTEES

College Review Board

S 7 tu^dyT (jr *S& Jw> &■* ££-

Dimock 1976 and Taylor 1975 (from the Student Life Committee);
Andronica 1976 and Catron 1975 (from the Executive Committee);
Weigl 1976 and Cage 1975 (from the University Senate); and, two ,
student members, selected by the Student Legislature. y6

- -JpwrtcululTr~• / *, ->

Provost, Dean of the College, Registrar, and the^hairman of each
department of Wake Forest College as follows: Division I. Art, ~ •

Classical Languages, English, German, Music, Romance Lan- ^
guages, Speech Communication and Theatre Arts; Division II. ix^x. 4><
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physical Education, Physics;^, >t /^
Division III. Educaticm, History, Military Science, Philosophy, Re-
ligion; Division /V/Business & Accountancy, Economics, Politics;
Psychology, Sociology & Anthropology.

A^*-^ ^xeetrtive-

Non-voting. Provost, Associate Dean of the College, Dean of Men,
Dean of Women, and one student in Wake Forest College.
Voting. Dean of the College; 1978 Baird, Turner; 1977 Barrow,
Shorter; 1976 Andronica, Hendricks; and one student in Wake
Forest College. iTufi^-^ Pfi^J. (ArtJL, •'-?<> ; 'twvl ird4> §JU^

Graduate Council

Dean of the Graduate School, Chairman; Provost, Coordinator of
Graduate Studies of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine; 1979
Miller; 1978 Esch; 1977 Gossett, Love; 1976 Reeves; 1975 Waddill.

Honors

Dean of the College; Coordinator of the Honors Program; 1979
Kerr, 1978 Barefield, 1977 Red+wrtt; 1976 Collins, and two students
in Wake Forest College (one voting and one non-voting). , . .

ltd .^(^fl'/fifjOO

Library Planning ***W M*Unf\,4

Regular. Director of Libraries; Librarian; 1978 McDowell, Talbert;
1977 Flory, Miller; 1976 Fosso, Harris; and two students in Wake

217

COMMITTEES

Forest College (one voting and one non-voting).
Occasional. Provost, Dean of the Graduate School, Dean of the
College, Chairmen of all departments (as under Curriculum Com-
mittee above).

Nominations

1978 Barefield, Fraser; 1977 E. W. Hamrick, Reinhardt; 1976 Hills,
Weigl.

Open Curriculum

j. H. Smith, Chairman; Evans, Frey, P. J. Hamrick, Phillips,
Pritchard, Tedford, Thomas.

Orientation

Chairman of the Advisory Council to the Lower Division, Chair-
man; Dean of the College, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, Presi-
dent of the Student Government.

Publications

Dean of the College, Treasurer, Director of Communications;
Faculty advisers of Old Gold and Black, Howler, and Student; 1978
Johnston, 1977 Milner, 1976 Gossett.

ROTC Board

Coordinator Helm, Professor of Military Science, 1978 Hall, 1977
Preseren, 1976 J. G. May.

/cnC * 9-<5b$kD Scholarships and Student Aid

Director of Admissions and Financial Aid, Associate Dean of the
College, Dean of Women: 1978 Litcher, Thomas; 1977 Giles, Tal-
bert; 1976 Kuhn, Schoonmaker; 1975 Broyles, W. G. May; and two
students in Wake Forest College (one voting and one non-voting).

Student Life ffiM U^ '\

Non-voting. Provost, Dean of the College, Dean of Women, Dean
of Men, Chaplain.

Voting. 1978 McDowell, Noftle, Ribisl; 1977 Dimock, Falkenberg,
Woodall; 1976 Perricone, Steintranger, Taylor; and six students in
Wake Forest College. _j_ p^/^c kw

Committee on Academic Planning: .^v - ^

"TDv^T T ~~SZ7JZ^~ — 1^<- '?fc\v <

Division I Andromca (Term ending ] 978) ^ ^

PJb ill i ps (Term ending 1 976) -^ •

Division II. Kerr (Term ending l 978) ^ v^s

Hegstrom (Term ending 1976)"^"jj

Division III. Pritcherd (Term ending 1979) j^ ■

McDowell (Term ending 1977) 0^

Division IV. Frey (Term ending 1979) ^ ^

Richards (Term ending 1977)iop-

Committee on_ Institutional £lannnn£: ^

Division J. Johnston (Term ending 1978)^

West (Term ending 1976) £ o

Division II. Carmichael (Term ending 1978)^ -.

Shields (Term ending 1976) r j^

Division IIL Milner (Term ending 1979)^*^

R. Wood (Term ending 1977) <tf-^

Division IV, Moorhouse (Term ending 1979)^ 3

Sears tl n . > ■'< (Term ending 1977)^^

Com mittee cm Student Governance:

Bidwell (Term ending 1977.)
Miller (Term ending 1978)
M- F, Robinson (Term ending 1978)

Hayes.

Representatives of the Graduate School: 1978 Angell; 1977 L. R.

Tillett; 1976 Shields; 1975 Nowell.

A : - J : siudc. . \ ■:'-

U)^r v • ^ u ' [fV f) n

219

INSTRUCTION*

Charles M. Allen

(See Administration)

Professor of Biology and Director of
Concerts and Lectures

Ralph D. Amen (1962) Associate Professor of Biology

A.B., A.M., University of Northern Colorado; M.B.S., Ph.D., Colorado.

Visiting Professor of English

Associate Professor of
Classical Languages

A. R. Ammons (1974)

B.S., Wake Forest College.

John Louis Andronica (1969)

B.A., Holy Cross; M.A., Boston College; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins.

John William Angell (1955) Professor of Religion

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological
School; Ph.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.

William C. Archie (1935, 1956, 1974) Visiting Professor of Humanities and

Consultant to the University

A.B., Davidson; M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Princeton; Ph.D., Princeton

Bianca Artom

H. Wallace Baird (1963)

A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Wisconsin.

Eugene Pendleton Banks (1954)

^.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard.

James Pierce Barefield (1963)

B.A., M.A., Rice; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins.

Richard Chambers Barnett (1961)

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Ed., Ph.D., North Carolina.

Harold M. Barrow (1948)

A.B., Westminster; M.A., Missouri; P.E.D., Indiana.

William P. Baumgarth (1973)

A.B., Fordham; M!A., Harvard.

John V. Baxley (1968)

B.S., M.S., Georgia Tech; Ph.D., Wisconsin.

Bernard L. Beatty (1974)

Instructor in Italian
Associate Professor of Chemistry

Professor of Anthropology

Associate Professor of History

Professor of Physical Education

Instructor in Politics

Associate Professor of Mathematics

Assistant Professor of Management

B.S., Ohio State University; M.B.A., Ph. D., Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.

Robert Clarence Beck (1959) Professor of Psychology

B.A., Ph.D., Illinois.

Veryl E. Becker (1969) Assistant Professor of Biology

B.S., Gustavus Adolphus; M.S., South Dakota State; Ph.D., Michigan State.
Richard Gordon Bell (1965) Professor of Law

B.A., Kentucky; J.D., U.M., Western Reserve.

Meyer William Belovicz (1974) Associate Professor of Management

B.S., Illinois Institute of Technology; M.B.A., Northwestern University; Ph.D., Purdue University.

James M. Benett (1973) Instructor in Art

B.F.A., Virginia Commonwealth; M.F.A., U.N.C. -Greensboro.

Merrill C. Berthrong

(See Administration)

Deborah L. Best (1973)

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest.

Miles O. Bidwell (1972)
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Columbia.

Rhoda Bryan Billings (1973)

B.A., Berea; J.D., WaVe Forest.

Associate Professor of History and Director

of Libraries

Instructor in Psychology

Assistant Professor of Economics

Assistant Professor of Law

"Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following names indicates year ot appointment. More than one date
indicates separate appointments.

220

FACULTY

Ronald L. Blankespoor (1973)

B.A., Dordt; Ph.D., Iowa Stale.
James E. Bond (1974)

A.B., Wabash; LL.B., Harvard; LL.M., J.S.D., Virginia.

Dale E. Bonnette (1970)

A.B., M.A., Missouri.

William Thomas Boone (1973)

B.S., M.Ed., Northwestern State University.

Pasco Middleton Bowman, II

(See Administration)

Sterling M. Boyd (1968)

B.A., Sewanee; M.A., Oberlin; Ph.D., Princeton.

Jesse C. Brackett, Jr. (1975)

B.S., N.C. State; MBA, Wake Forest.

Nicholas B. Bragg (1967)

(See Administration)

Cermaine Bree (1973)

Licence, D.E.S., Agregation, University of Paris.

Robert W. Brehme (1959)

B.S., Roanoke; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina.

George W. Brooker, Jr. (1973)

B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Northwestern.

Visiting Assistant Professor of
Chemistry

Visiting Associate Professor of Law

Instructor in English

Lecturer in Physical Education

Professor of Law and
Dean of the School Law

Associate Professor of Art History

Captain, Ordnance, U.S. Army;
Assistant Professor of Military Science

Lecturer in the American Foundations
Program and Director of Reynolda House

Kenan Professor of Humanities

Professor of Physics

Assistant Professor of Management,
Babcock Graduate School of Management

David B. Broyles (1966)

B.A., Chicago; B.A., Florida; M.A., Ph.D., UCLA.

George McLeod Bryan (1956)

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Ph.D., Yale.

**Shasta M. Bryant (1966)

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.

Peter D. Bullard (1971)

(See Administration)

George Leslie Burke (1973)

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest University.

Julian C. Burroughs, Jr. (1958)

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan.

William E. Cage (1967)

B.A., Rockford; Ph.D., Virginia.

Robert S. Carlson (1969)

S.B., M.I.T.; M.B.A., Ph.D., Stanford.

Richard D. Carmichael (1971)

B.S., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Duke.

Associate Professor of Politics

Professor of Religion

Associate Professor of Spanish

Assistant Professor of Psychology and
Assistant Director of the Center for Psychological Services

Instructor in Physical Education

Professor of Speech Communication
and Theatre Arts

Associate Professor of Economics

Professor of Management, Babcock
Graduate School of Management

Associate Professor of Mathematics

"Absent on leave, Spring 1975

221

FACULTY

John Archer Carter, Jr. (1961) Professor of English

B.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton.

Dorothy Casey (1949) Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina.

David W. Catron (1963) Associate Professor of Psychology and

Associate Director of the Center for Psychological Services

B.A., Furman; Ph.D., Peabody.

Kanak K. Chopra Assistant Professor of Management,

Babcock Graduate School of Management

B. Tech., Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay, India; M.E., Ph.D., Cornell University.

Joe P. Coffman (1973) Lieutenant Colonel, Infantry, U.S. Army;

Professor of Military Science

B.B.A., Marshall; M.A.Ed., Wake Forest.

John E. Collins (1970) Associate Professor of Religion

B.S., M.S., Tennessee; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Princeton.

Leon P. Cook, Jr. (1957) Associate Professor of Accountancy

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic; M.S., Tennessee; C.P.A., Arkansas.

Paul E. Cook, Jr. (1974) Captain, Field Artillery, U.S. Army;

Assistant Professor of Military Science

B.S., Kansas State; M.A.Ed., Wake Forest.

Leon Henry Corbett, Jr. Associate Professor of Law

(See Administration)

Cyclone Covey (1968) Professor of History

B.A., Ph.D., Stanford.

Marjorie Crisp (1947) Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Appalachian State Teachers College; M.A., George Peabody.

W. Harriet Critchley (1974) Visiting Assistant Professor of Politics

B.S., M.I.A., Ph.D., Columbia.

James A. Dervin (1970) Instructor in English

B.A., M.A., Ph.L, St. Louis; S.T.L., St. Mary's; Ph.D., University of North Carolina.

Anne Dickason (1974) Instructor in Philosophy

B.A., University of Denver; M.S. in L.S., Simmons College; M.A., University of Colorado.

John F. Dimmick (1961) Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., M.S., Western Illinois; Ph.D., Illinois.

Ronald V. Dimock, Jr. (1970) Assistant Professor of Biology

B.A., New Hampshire, M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., California.

Hugh William Divine (1954) Professor of Law

B.S., Georgia State College for Men; M.A., Louisiana State; ).D., Emory; LL.M., S.I.D., Michigan.

•Robert H. Dufort (1961) Professor of Psychology

B.A., Ph.D., Duke.

Robert Allen Dyer Associate Professor of Religion and

Associate Dean

(See Administration)

John R. Earle (1963) Associate Professor of Sociology

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.

Neal F. Earls (1973) Instructor in Physical Education

B.A., University of South Florida; M.A., Wake Forest University.

Edwin L. Earp (1972) Captain, Armor, U.S. Army;

Assistant Professor of Military Science

B.A., Western Maryland; M.Ed., Georgia State.

W. Franklin Edwards (1970) Associate Professor of Management,

Babcock Graduate School of Management

B.S., Clemson; M.B.A., Indiana; Ph.D., Florida.

'Absent on leave, Fall 1974

222

FACULTY

Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) Assistant Professor of Physical Education;

Swimming Coach

B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College.

Thomas M. Elmore (1962) Associate Professor of Educational and

Counseling Psychology; Director of Counselor Education;

Associate Director for Counselor Training

(See Administration) of the Center for Psychological Services

'♦Gerald W. Esch (1965)

B.S., Colorado College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma

Associate Professor of Biology

Herman E. Eure (1974)

B.S., Maryland State College: Ph.D. Wake Forest.

David K. Evans (1966)

B.S., Tulane; Ph.D., California.

Stephen Ewing (1971)

B.S., Howard Payne; M.B.A., Baylor; D.B.A., Texas Tech

Ruth A. Fairfield (1974)

Assistant Professor of Biology
Associate Professor of Anthropology
Assistant Professor of Business

B.S., Springfield College.
Toni Falbo (1974)

B.A., George Washington; M.A., Ph.D., University

Philippe R. Falkenberg (1969)

B.A., Queen's (Ontario); Ph.D., Duke.

Esron McCruder Faris, Jr. (1957, 1967)

B.A., J.D., Washington and Lee; L.L.M., Duke.

Jack D. Ferner (1971)

(See Administration)

Susan-Jane Finkel (1974)

B.S., M.A., Columbia; M.A., Princeton.

John M. Fisher (1974)

B.A., Bucknell; LL.B., Dickinson.

Jack D. Fleer (1964)

Instructor
Physical Education

Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology

ity of California at Los Angeles.

Assistant Professor of Psychology

Professor of Law

Lecturer in Management and
Director of Career Education

Instructor in English

Lecturer in Law

Associate Professor of Politics

A.B., Oklahoma Baptist; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., North Carolina.

Walter S. Flory (1963) Babcock Professor of Botany; Director

of Reynolda Gardens

B.A., Bridgewater; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia; Sc.D., Bridgewater.

Doyle Richard Fosso (1964)

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard.

Ralph S. Fraser (1962)

B.A., Boston; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Illinois.

Donald E. Frey (1972)

B.A., Wesleyan; M. Div., Yale; Ph.D., Princeton.

Stephen J. Gamble (1973)

B.A., Siena College.
Ivey C. Gentry (1949)

(See Administration)

Christopher Giles (1951)

B.S., Florida Southern; M.A., George Peabody.

Sandra K. Gill (1974)

B.S., Auburn University; M.A., University of Alabama.

Kathleen Glenn. (1974)
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Stanford.

Associate Professor of English

Professor of German

Assistant Professor of Economics

Major, Field Artillery, U.S. Army;
Assistant Professor of Military Science

Professor of Mathematics

Assistant Professor of Music

Instructor in Sociology

Assistant Professor of Spanish

"Absent on Leave, 19744-75

223

FACULTY

'Balkrishna Govind Cokhale (1960) Professor of History and

Asian Studies

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Bombay.

"Thomas Frank Gossett (1967) Professor of English

B.A., M.A., Southern Methodist; Ph.D., Minnesota.

Murray C. Greason, Jr. (1973) Lecturer in Law

B.S., J.D., Wake Forest.

Floyd L. Griffin, Jr. (1975) Captain, Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army

Assistant Professor of Military Science

B.S., Tuskegee Institute; M.S., Florida Institute of Technology.

George J. Griffin (1948) Professor of Religion

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.B., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; B.D., Yale; Ph.D., Edinburgh.

Penny Crawford Griffin (1969) Instructor in Art History

B.A., Appalachian; M.A., Florida State.

Paul M. Gross, Jr. Associate Professor of Chemistry

(See Administration) and Coordinator of the Honors Program

William H. Gulley (1966) Associate Professor of Sociology

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.

***David Warren Hadley (1966) Assistant Professor of History

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard.

Jerry A. Hall (1958, 1961, 1967) Associate Professor of Education

(See Administration)

Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952) Professor of Religion

A.B., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke.

Phillip J. Hamrick, Jr. (1956) Professor of Chemistry

B.5., Morris Harvey; Ph.D., Duke.

Francoise Hansberger (1972) Lecturer in French

Licence, Agregation, Paris.

Carl V. Harris (1956) Professor of Classical Languages and Literature

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., S.T.M., Yale; Ph.D., Duke.

Ysbrand Haven (1965) Professor of Physics

Candidate, Doctorandus, Doctor, Groningen.

Elmer K. Hayashi (1973) Assistant Professor of Mathematics

A.B., U.C. at Davis; M.S., San Diego State; Ph.D., Illinois.

Merwyn A. Haynes (1967) Associate Professor of Management

B.S., Macalester; M.A., Oregon; Ph.D., Illinois, (Formerly with Speech Department, WFU; appointment at
Babcock effective 1974.)

Michael D. Hazen Assistant Professor of Speech Communication

and Theatre Arts

B.A., Seattle Pacific College; M.A., Wake Forest University; Ph.D., University of Kansas.

J. Timothy Heames (1971) Lecturer in Management and

Associate Dean of the Babcock Graduate School

of Management

(See Administration)

Nathan Rick Heatley (1970) Instructor in Classical Languages

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Texas.

Roger A. Hegstrom (1969) Associate Professor of Chemistry

A.B., St. OlaT; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard.

Robert Meredith Helm (1940) Professor of Philosophy

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke.

J. Edwin Hendricks (1961) Associate Professor of History

B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia.

'Absent on leave. Fall, 1974.
"Absent on leave, Spring, 1975.
'""Absent on leave 19/4-75.

224

FACULTY

Marcus B. Hester (1963) Associate Professor of Philosophy

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt.

David Allen Hills (1960) Associate Professor of Psychology and

Director of the Center for Psychological Services
A.B., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa.

Donald Dennis Hoirup (1972) Instructor in Music

B.M., M.S., luilliard.

Fred L. Horton, Jr. (1970) Assistant Professor of Religion

A.B., North Carolina; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Duke.

William L. Hottinger (1970) Associate Professor of

Physical Education

B.S., Pennsylvania State College; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois.

Fredric T. Howard (1966) Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.A., M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Duke.

C. Dudley Humphrey, Jr. (1973) Lecturer in Law

A.B., Duke; J.D., North Carolina.

Delmer P. Hylton (1949) Professor of Accountancy

B.S., M.B.A., Indiana; C.P.A., Indiana.

Charles Philip Johnson (1971) Assistant Professor of Spanish

B.A., Colorado; M.A., Ph.D., Florida State.

Patricia Adams Johnson (1969) Instructor in English

B.A., Winston-Salem State; M.A., Wake Forest.

Dillon Johnston (1973) Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Vanderbilt; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Virginia.

H. Russell Johnston, Jr. (1971) Assistant Professor of Management,

Babcock Graduate School of Management

(See Administration)

Alonzo W. Kenion (1956) Associate Professor of English

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Duke.

William C. Kerr (1970) Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S., Wooster; Ph.D., Cornell.

Harry Lee King, Jr. (1960) Professor of Spanish

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.

Theodore D. Klastorin Assistant Professor of Management,

Babcock Graduate School of Management

B.S., Carnegie-Mellon University; Ph.D., University of Texas.

Raymond E. Kuhn (1968) Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., Carson-Newman; Ph.D., Tennessee.

James Kuzmanovich (1972) Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Rose Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., Wisconsin.

Hugo C. Lane (1973) Assistant Professor of Biology

Licenciate of the Biological Sciences; Doctorate of the Biological Sciences, Geneva.

Henry Conrad Lauerman (1963) Professor of Law

B.S., U.S. Naval Academy; J.D., LL.M., Georgetown; LL.M., Duke.

Robert E. Lee (1946) Professor of Law

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; M.A. in Public Law, Columbia; LL.M., S.J.D., Duke.

'Charles M. Lewis (1968) Assistant Professor of Philosophy

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt; Th.M., Harvard.

John Hannibal Litcher (1973) Assistant Professor of Education

B.S., Winona State College; M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota.
Gary Richard Ljunequist (1972) Assistant Professor of French

ry Richard Ljunequist (1972)
B.A., Clark; Ph.D., Cornell.

225

FACULTY

Marvin D. Loper (1970) Assistant Professor of Management,

Babcock Graduate School of Management

B.S., New Mexico; M.S., California State (San Diego); Ph.D., UCLA.

Robert William Lovett (1962, 1968) Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Oglethorpe; M.A., Ph.D., Emory.

Nancy lane McCaskey (1969) Instructor in English

B.A., Marshall; M.A., North Carolina.

James C. McDonald (1960) Associate Professor of Biology

B.A., Washington University, St. Louis; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri.

Thane McDonald (1941) Professor of Music

B.M., M.M., Michigan; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia.

James G. McDowell (1965) Associate Professor of History

B.A., Colgate, Ph.D., lohns Hopkins.

Dolly A. McPherson (1974) Lecturer in English

B.A., Southern; M.A., Boston.

Kenneth Richard McWilliams (1972) Instructor in Anthropology

B.A., M.A., University of Oklahoma.

Laurence S. Mannis (1975) Assistant Professor of Management

B.E., Stevens Institute of Technology; M.S., Florida State University; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.

Don M. Maultsby (1970) Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., Wofford; Ph.D., Tulane.

Associate Professor of Mathematics

J. Caylord May (1961)

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D.,

Virginia.

W. Graham May (1961) Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia.

*J. Rodney Meyer (1970) Instructor in English

B.A., Brown; M.A., Minnesota.

Harry B. Miller (1947) Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Ph.D., North Carolina.

Joseph O. Milner (1969) Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Davidson; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.

Carlton T. Mitchell (1961) Associate Professor of Religion

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale; S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary, New York;
Ph.D., New York University.

John C. Moorhouse (1969) Assistant Professor of Economics

A.B., Wabash; Ph.D., Northwestern.

Ernest Pierre Morenon (1973) Instructor in Anthropology

B.A., Johns Hopkins University; M.A., Southern Methodist University.

Carl C. Moses (1964) Associate Professor of Politics

A.B., William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.

William M. Moss (1971) Instructor in English

B.A., Davidson.

Richard D. Mounts (1974) Instructor in Philosophy

B.S., Wheaton College; M.S., Arizona State University; Ph.D. candidate, University of Arizona.

Thomas E. Mullen Associate Professor of History

and Dean of the College

(See Administration)

Ronald E. Noftle (1967) Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.S., New Hampshire; Ph.D., Washington.

John W. Nowell (1945) Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Wake Forest; Ph.D., North Carolina.

James C. O'Flaherty (1947) Professor of German

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Kentucky; Ph.D., Chicago.

•Absent on leave, 1974-75.

226

FACULTY

Howard L. Oleck Professor of Law

A.B., Iowa; J.D., New York Law School; LL.D., Baldwin-Wallace; Litt.D., John Marshall.

Aulsey Thomas Olive (1961) Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State.

Malcolm E. Osborn Lecturer in Law

B.A., Maine; ).D., LL.M., Boston.

Margaret J. Osier (1974) Assistant Professor of History

A.B., Swarthmore; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana.

Jeanne Owen Professor of Business Law,

Babcock School of Business Administration

B.S., U.N.C.-Greesboro; M.C.S., Indiana; ).D., U.N.C.-Chapel Hill.

John Ernest Parker, Jr. (1950) Professor of Romance Languages

and Education

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Syracuse.

Marco Fidel Parra (1974) Visiting Instructor in Spanish

B.A., Universidad Pedagogica de Colombia; M.A., U.C.L.A.

Clarence H. Patrick (1946) Professor of Sociology

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Andover Newton; Ph.D., Duke.

Rosemarie Anderson Patty (1973) Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., Central (Iowa); M.A., Ph.D., Nebraska.

Peter R. Peacock (1970) Instructor in Management,

Babcock Graduate School of Management

A.B., Northeastern; M.S., Georgia; M.B.A., Chicago.

Sharron A. Perkins (1974) Instructor Physical Education

B.A., Emory and Henry; M.S., Tennessee.

Philip J. Perricone (1967) Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.S., M.A., University of Florida; Ph.D., Kentucky.

Percival Perry Professor of History and Dean of the Summer Session

(See Administration)

Sylvester Petro (1973) Professor of Law

A.B., J.D., Chicago; LL.M., Michigan.

Elizabeth Phillips (1957) Professor of English

A.B., Women's College, North Carolina; M.A., State University of Iowa; Ph.D., Pennsylvania.

M. Elizabeth Place (1969) Instructor in German

A.B., Duke; M.A., Vanderbilt.

Dominique Plassard (1973) Instructor in French

Licence, University of Dijon, France.

Edward H. Platte (1968) Instructor in History

B.A., Princeton; M.A., Stanford.

Lee Harris Potter (1965) Associate Professor of English

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.

Herman J. Preseren (1953) Professor of Education

(See Administration)

Gregory D. Pritchard (1968) Associate Professor of Philosophy

ETA., Oklahoma Baptist; B.D., Southern Baptist Theol. Seminary; Ph.D., Columbia.

Ray Prohaska (1969) Artist in Residence

Patrick Quarteaux (1974) Instructor in French

DUEL, Licence, Maitrise, U. of Dijon.

Beulah Lassiter Raynor (1946) Assistant Professor of English

B.A., East Carolina Teachers College; M.A., Wake Forest.

J. Don Reeves (1967) Associate Professor of Education

A.B., Mercer; B.D., Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ed.D., Columbia.

Jon M. Reinhardt (1964) Associate Professor of Politics

B.A., Birmingham-Southern;M.A., Ph.D., Tulane.

227

FACULTY

Harold C. Rhea (1968) Assistant Professor of Physical Education

and Cross Country and Track Coach

B.S., Midland Lutheran; M.A., Ed.D., Colorado Slate.

Robert Glenn Rhyne, jr. (1974) Instructor in Business

B.S., Western Carolina; M.A., Appalachian.

Paul M. Ribisl (1973) Associate Professor of Physical Education

B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.A.. Kent State; Ph.D., University of Illinois.

Claud Henry Richards, Jr. (1952) Professor of Politics

B.A., Texas Christian; M.A., Ph.D., Duke.

Charles L. Richman (1968) Associate Professor of Psychology

B.A., Virginia; M.S., Yeshiva; Ph.D., Cincinnati.

Jennie Lou Robinson (1973) Instructor in Spanish

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Middlebury College.

Mary Frances McFeeters Robinson (1952) Professor of French

B.A., Wilson College; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse.

Paul S. Robinson (1952) Professor of Music

B.A., Westminster College; Mus.B., Curtis Institute of Music; M.Sac. Mus., D.Sac. Mus., School of Sacred
Music, Union Theological Seminary.

Eva Maria Rodtwitt (1966) Lecturer in French

Cand. Philol., Oslo.

Michael Roman (1973) Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Harvard; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania.

Charles P. Rose, Jr. (1973) Assistant Professor of Law

A.B., William and Mary; J.D., Case Western Reserve.

Laura V. Rouzan Instructor of Speech Communication

and Theatre Arts

B.A., Xavier; M.A., Univ. of Georgia.

Franklyn F. Sanders (1971) Instructor in Classical Languages

A.B., Wofford; M.A., Georgia.

Wilmer D. Sanders (1954, 1964) Associate Professor of German

B.A., Muhlenberg; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana.

John W. Sawyer (1956) Professor of Mathematics

A.B., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri.

Frank J. Schilagi (1971) Associate Professor of Management and

Dean of the Babcock Graduate School
of Management

(See Administration)

*Donald O. Schoonmaker (1965) Associate Professor of Politics

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton.

Frank L. Scott (1969) Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.A., Tulane; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State.

•Richard D. Sears (1964) Assistant Professor of Politics

A.B., Clark; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana.

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Professor of Mathematics

(See Administration)

William S. Sekely (1974) Instructor in Business and Accountancy

B.S., Allegheny; M.B.A., Case Western Reserve.

Timothy F. Sellner (1970) Assistant Professor of German

B.A., Michigan; M.A., Wayne State; Ph.D., Michigan.

Bynum Gillette Shaw (1965) Lecturer in Journalism

B.A., Wake Forest.

Howard William Shields (1958) Professor of Physics

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Duke.

•Absent on Leave, 1974-75.

228

FACULTY

Phillip Stanley Shinoda Instructor in Management,

Babcock Graduate School of Management

B.A., University of California; M.B.A., University of California.

Franklin R. Shirley (1948) Professor of Speech Communication

and Theatre Arts

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Florida.

Robert W. Shively (1970) Associate Dean, and Associate Professor

of Management, Babcock Graduate School of Management

(See Administration)

Richard Lee Shoemaker (1950) Professor of Romance Languages

B.A., Colgate; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Virginia.

David F. Shores (1972) Associate Professor of Law

B.B.A., J.D., Iowa; LL.M., Georgetown.

Robert N. Shorter (1958) Associate Professor of English

(See Administration)

Michael L. Sinclair (1968) Assistant Professor of History

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Stanford.

James E. Sizemore (1953) Professor of Law

B.S., East Tennessee State; J.D., Wake Forest; LL.M., New York University.

David L. Smiley (1950) Professor of History

B.A., M.A., Baylor; Ph.D., Wisconsin.

Charles W. Smith (1969) Instructor in Music

B.M., Wyoming; M.A., New York University.

J. Howell Smith (1965) Associate Professor of History

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Tulane; Ph.D., Wisconsin.

Robert Lance Snyder (1974) Instructor in English

B.A., Michigan; M.A., Northwestern.

Blanche C. Speer (1972) Instructor in Linguistics

B.A., Howard Payne; M.A., Ph.D., Colorado.

James A. Steintrager (1969) Associate Professor of Politics

B.A., Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago.

Henry Smith Stroupe (1937) Professor of History and

Dean of the Graduate School

(See Administration)

Robert L. Sullivan (1962) Associate Professor of Biology

B.A., Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State.

Charles H. Talbert (1963) Professor of Religion

B.A., Howard; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Vanderbilt.

Thomas C. Taylor (1971) Assistant Professor of Accounting

B.S., M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Louisiana State; C.P.A., North Carolina

Harold C. Tedford (1965) Associate Professor of Speech Communication

and Theatre Arts

B.A., Ouachita; M.A., Arkansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State.

•Stanton K. Tefft (1964) Associate Professor of Anthropology

B.A., Michigan State; M.S., Wisconsin; Ph.D., Minnesota.

Dan R. E. Thomas (1972) Assistant Professor of Management,

Babcock Graduate School of Management

B.S., U.S. Air Force Academy; M.B.A., Qhio State University; Ph.D., University of Washington.

Mary Beth Thomas (1971) Assistant Professor of Biology

B.A., Agnes Scott; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.

Neal B. Thornton (1967) Assistant Professor of Politics

B.A., Ph.D., Virginia.

Anne S. Tillett (1956, 1960) Associate Professor of Romance

Languages

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Northwestern University.

•Absent on Leave, Fall 1974.

229

FACULTY

Lowell R. Tillett (1956) Professor of History

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina.

***Thomas ). Turner (1952) Professor of Physics

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Clemson; Ph.D., Virginia.

Robert Warren Ulery, Jr. (1971) Assistant Professor of Classical

Languages

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Yale.

Lorraine Van Meter (1968) Instructor in History

B.A., M.A., U.C.L.A.

** Robert H. Vorsteg (1970) Assistant Professor of Philosophy

B.A., Florida State; MTA., Ph.D., Ohio State.

Marcellus E. Waddill (1962) Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.A., Hampden-Sydney; M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh.

J. Van Wagstaff (1964) Associate Professor of Economics

B.A., Randolph-Macon; MB. A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Virginia.

George K. Walker (1972) Associate Professor of Law

B.A., Alabama; LL.B., Vanderbilt; M.A., Duke; LL.M., Virginia.

James A. Webster, Jr. (1951, 1954) Professor of Law

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; S.J.D., Harvard.

Peter D. Weigl (1968) Associate Professor of Biology

A.B., Williams; Ph.D., Duke.

David Welker (1969) Professor of Speech Communication

and Theatre Arts

B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.

Larry E. West (1969) Assistant Professor of German

A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Vanderbilt.

Frank H. Whitchurch (1971) Instructor in Spanish

B.S., M.A., Minnesota; M.A., Ohio State.

Robert N. White Associate Director of Executive Programs, and

Lecturer, Babcock Graduate School of Management

A.B., Harvard College; I. A., Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.

Pamela A. Wiegardt (1974) Instructor Physical Education

B.S., Madison; M. A., Sam Houston.

Alan John Williams (1974) Assistant Professor of History

B.A., Stanford; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.

A. Tennyson Williams (1971) Instructor in Speech Communication

and Theatre Arts

A.B., Duke; M.A., Wake Forest.

George P. Williams (1958) Professor of Physics

B.S., Richmond; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina.

John Edwin Williams (1959) Professor of Psychology

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa.

Edwin Graves Wilson Professor of English and Provost

(See Administration)

Suzanne Chamier Wixson (1974) Instructor in Romance Languages

B.A., Missouri; M.A., North Carolina.

Donald H. Wolfe (1968) Associate Professor of Speech Communication

and Theatre Arts

B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois; Ph.D., Cornell.

Frank B. Wood (1971) Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Div., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Wake Forest; Pn.D., Duke.

Ralph C. Wood, Jr. (1971) Instructor in Religion

B.A., M.A., East Texas State; M.A., University of Chicago.

"Absent on leave, Spring 1975.
""Absent on leave 1974-75.

230

J. Ned Woodall (1969)

B.A., M.A., Texas; Ph.D., Southern Methodist.

John J. Woodmansee (1965)

B.A., Westminster; M.A., Denver; Ph.D., Colorado.

Raymond L. Wyatt (1956)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.

Wilfred Buck Yearns, Jr. (1945)

B.A., Duke; M.A., Georgia; Ph.D., North Carolina.

John M. Zerba (1973)

FACULTY

Assistant Professor of Anthropology

Associate Professor of Psychology

Associate Professor of Biology

Professor of History

Director of Admissions and Student Affairs,
Babcock Graduate School of Management

B.A., University of New Hampshire, M.B.A., Columbia.

Richard L. Zuber (1962)

B.S., Appalachian; M.A., Emory; Ph.D., Duke.

Associate Professor of History

V'-„;~-.

Reynolda Hall, South

^7-2

231

PART-TIME STAFF MEMBERS

Marjorie S. Angell (1972)

B.M., Louisville

Alfred T. Brauer (1965)

Ph.D., Berlin.

Ralph Causby (1974)

Instructor in Violin
Visiting Professor of Mathematics

Instructor in Speech Communication
and Theatre Arts

A.B., Lenoir Rhyne College, 1957; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1963.

John S. Compere (1972) Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., Mississippi College; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D.,
North Carolina.

Marjorie Felmet (1964)

A.B., North Carolina; M.A., Eastman School of Music.

Caroline S. Fullerton (1969)

B.A., Rollins; M.A., Texas Christian.

Beena B. Gokhale (1972)

B.A., B.T., M.Ed., Ph.D., Bombay.

Lucille S. Harris (1957)

B.A., B.M., Meredith.

Ludmilla Jasenovic (1973)

B.A.,U. of Belgrade; M.A., Ph.D., University of Montreal.

Andrew D. Lester (1972) Visiting Lecturer in Religion

B.A., Mississippi College; B.D., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.

Visiting Teacher of Piano

Instructor in Speech
Communication and Theatre Arts

Instructor in Hindi

Instructor in Piano

Visiting Lecturer in Russian

Randolph Edward Lobb (1973)

B.A., Toronto; M.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton.

Betty Jo May (1972)

Assistant Professor of English

Instructor in Speech Communication
and Theatre Arts

B.S., University of Virginia; M.A., University of North Carolina Greensboro.

Roberta Vest (1971)

B.S., East Tennessee State.

Sadie Elizabeth Welch

B.A., Greensboro; M.A., Duke; Ph.D., North Carolina.

O'Hara B. Wilkiemeyer (1971)

B.A., Duke; M.A., lohns Hopkins.

Marianne Mithun Williams (1975)

B.A., Pomona; M.A., Ph.D., Yale.

Stacy Williams (1971)

B.F.A., North Carolina School of the Arts.

Donna B. Woodmansee (1971)

B.A., Denver; M.A.Ed., Wake Forest.

Instructor in Physical Education

Visiting Lecturer in Education

Instructor in Art History

Lecturer in Anthropology

Instructor in Physical Education

Counselor in the Center for
Psychological Services

Til

PROFESSORS EMERITI

Andrew Lewis Aycock (1928-1971) Professor Emeritus of English

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Tulane.

Dalma Adolph Brown (1941-1973) Professor Emeritus of English

B.A., M.A., North Carolina.

Ruth F. Campbell (1962-1974) Professor Emerita of Spanish

B.A., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke.

Forrest W. Clonts (1922-24; 1925-1967) Professor Emeritus of History

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ohio State.

Elton C. Cocke (1938-1971)** Professor Emeritus of Biology

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia.

Ethel T. Crittenden (1915-1946) Librarian Emerita

Cronje B. Earp (1940-1971) Professor Emeritus of Classical Languages

and Literature

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia.

J. Allen Easley (1928-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion

B.A., D.D., Furman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.

Edgar Estes Folk (1936-1967) Professor Emeritus of English

d.A., Wake Forest; M.S., Columbia; Ph.D., George Peabody.

Roland L. Gay (1933-1972) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., North Carolina State.

Ralph Cyrus Heath (1954-69) Professor Emeritus of Marketing,

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration

A.B., Princeton; M.B.A., D.B.A., Indiana.

Owen F. Herring (1946-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; D.D., Georgetown
College.

Lois Johnson (1942-1962) Dean of Women Emerita

B.A., Meredith; M.A., North Carolina.

Henry Broadus Jones (1924-1959) Professor Emeritus of English

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago.

Jasper L. Memory, Jr. (1929-1971) Professor Emeritus of Education

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Columbia.

Harold Dawes Parcell (1935-1970) Professor Emeritus of French

B.A., North Carolina; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard.

Grady S. Patterson (1924-1972) Registrar Emeritus

B.A., Wake Forest.

Kenneth Tyson Raynor (1926-1961) Professor Emeritus

of Mathematics
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Duke.

John F. Reed (1963) Director of Personnel and Placement

A.B., Pennsylvania State; M.A., Washington and Jefferson.

Albert C. Reid (1917-18; 1920-1965) Professor Emeritus of Philosophy

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Cornell.

Harold Wayland Tribble (1950-1967) President Emeritus

B.A., Richmond; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary;M.A., Louisville; Ph.D., Eden-
burgh; D.D., Stetson, LL.D., Union University, Wake Forest, Richmond, Duke, North Carolina.

Carroll W. Weathers (1950-1972) Professor Emeritus of Law and

Dean Emeritus of the School of Law
B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest.

*Dates following names indicate period of service.
"Died, January 23, 1975.

233

STAFFS OF THE LIBRARIES

Merrill G. Berthrong, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Director of Libraries

Richard J. Murdoch, B. A., M.S. in I. S., Assistant to the Director and Curator of Rare
Books

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library
(General Library)

Mrs. Anne M. Nicholson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Technical Services Librarian

James M. Nicholson, M.A., M.S. in L.S., Circulation Librarian

William K. Ach, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Microtext Librarian

Michael J. LaCroix, A.B., M.S. in L.S., Acquisitions Librarian

Minnie M. Huggins, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Documents Librarian

Mrs. Margaret V. Shoemaker, B.S., A.B. in L.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian

Mrs. Deborah E. Luck, B.S. in L.S., M.S. in L.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian

John R. Woodard, Jr., B.A., Director of the Ethel Taylor Crittenden Collection in
Baptist History

Library of the School of Law

Mrs. Vivian L. Wilson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Librarian
Melanie Laura Sale, M.S. in L.S.

Bowman Gray School of Medicine
Main Library and Allied Health Library

Michael D. Sprinkle, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Librarian

Mrs. Soo Lee, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Chief, Technical Services

Mrs. Suzanne Pickett, M.L.S., Cataloger

Virginia Anne Jones, M.Ln., Chief, Public Services

Babcock Graduate School of Management

Mrs. Jean B. Hopson, B.S., M.A. in L.S., M.B.A., Librarian

234

COACHING STAFF

C. Eugene Hooks (1956)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody

Jessie I. Haddock (1954)

B.S., Wake Forest.

Carl Tacy (1972)

B.S., Davis & Elkins; M.S., Radford.

Larry Williams (1972)
A.B., Clenville State.

Neill McGeachy (1974)

B.S., Lenoir Rhyne.

Harold C. Rhea (1968)

B.S., Midland Lutheran; M.A., Ed.D., Colorado State.

Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957)

B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College.

Director of Athletics

Associate Director of Athletics and Coif Coach

Head Basketball Coach

Assistant Basketball Coach

Cross Country and Track Coach;
Instructor in Physical Education

Swimming Coach; Instructor in
Physical Education

William Beattie Feathers (1961)
B.S., Tennessee.

James H. Leighton, Jr. (1962)

A.B., Presbyterian College.

Robert T. Bartholomew (1969)
B.A., Wake Forest.

Lewis Martin (1958)

David Tinga (1973)

:huck Millls (1973)

B.S., Illinois State; M.A., California State

m LaRue (1974)

B.S., Duke; M.Ed., Maryland.

teve Bernstein (1973)
M.A., Utah State.

larry Elliott (1973)

B.A., Syracuse.

like Ellison (1973)

M.A., Utah State.

iarth Hall (1973)
M.S., Utah State.

Villiam Hayes (1973)

B.S., N. C. Central.

]ene McKeehan (1973)
M.A., Utah State.

3 aul Wargo (1973)
M.A., Utah State.

Cliff Yoshida (1973)

B.S., California State Polytechnic.

Zeno Martin, Jr. (1973)

B.A., Wake Forest; M.S., Purdue.

Julie Mason (1974)
B.A., Wake Forest.

Joe Lee Puckett (1974)

B.A., Wake Forest.

Baseball Coach

Tennis Coach

Director of Deacon Club

Trainer

Supervisor of Athletic Equipment and Facilities

Head Football Coach

Associate Head Football Coach

Assistant Football Coach

Business Manager

Director of Deacon Club Promotions

Academic Advisor and
Assistant Trainer

236

ALLIED HEALTH

Leland E. Powers (1968) Professor of Community Medicine

m.d., lowa; m.s.p.h., Michigan. Director of Division of Allied Health

Katherine H. Anderson (1969) Associate Professor

Associate Medical Director of Physician Assistant Program

B.S., Carnegie; M.D., Cornell.

Richard Beckham (1972) Instructor

B.S., M.Ed., University of Florida.

Paul E. Benoit (1972) Associate Professor

B.S., M.S., Saint Louis University; Ph.D., MisL

David Booth (1973) Instructor

B.A., University of Missouri; P. A., Bowman Cray.

Patricia Dane Hale Breedin (1969) Instructor

T. R. Bryan (1974) Clinical Instructor

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.

William H. Burch (1974) Clinical Instructor

M.D., Western Reserve.

James O. Burke, Jr. (1974) Clinical Instructor

B.S., Davidson; M.D., University of North Carolina.

Clifton W. English (1974) Instructor

B.A., University of Dayton.

Jack C. Evans (1974) Clinical Instructor

B.A., M.D., Duke.

Thomas S. Guy, III (1974) Instructor

B.A., Wake Forest.

Gale Harkness (1974) Lecturer

J. Edward Holl (1973) Assistant Professor

B.S., M.S., University of Georgia; Ph.D., Medical University of South Carolina.

Julian F. Keith (1972) Professor of Family Medicine

M.D., Bowman Gray.

Chauncey M. Lane, Jr. (1969) Instructor

A.B., University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; M.A., Appalachian State University.

Jack L. Mason (1973) Assistant Professor

Assistant Director of Evaluation for Physician Assistant Program

B.S., Mansfield State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University; Pn.D., Syracuse University.

Victor D. Morris (1974) Associate Professor

B.A., University of Denver; M.A., Stanford; Ph.D., Florida State University.

Phyllis Draper Newport (1969) Assistant Professor

A.B., Ohio Wesleyan; M.Sc, Oklahoma.

Pamela Ogburn (1972) Assistant Instructor

A.G.S., A.S., Daytona Beach Junior College.

Jimmie L. Pharris (1971) Associate Professor

Director of Evaluation for Physician Assistant Program

B.S., Rhode Island State, M.S., Eastern New Mexico; .'h.D., Connecticut.

Clyde F. Ritchie, Jr. (1971) Instructor and Assistant

B.S., Alderson-Broaddus. Director of the Program in Radiologic Technology

Helen Pauline Vos (1969) Assistant Professor

B.S., Calvin.

Hal T. Wilson (1971) Associate Professor

Associate in Community Medicine, Associate in Medicine

Medical Director of Physician Assistant Program

A.B., Michigan; M.D., Michigan Medical School.

James R. Winning (1972) Lecturer

B.S., Clemson; M.A., East Tennessee.

237

FACULTY
THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE

INSTRUCTION*

James C. Abell (1973)

A.B., M.D., North Carolina.

Jean Dofflemoyer Acton (1964)

B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Virginia.

Carlton N. Adams (1951)
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Duke.

Richard M. Aderhold (1971)
M.D., North Carolina.

Eben Alexander, Jr. (1949)

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard.

Elms L. Allen (1973)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Harvey H. Allen (1970)

B.A., Lincoln; M.D., Meharry.

Katherine H. Anderson (1944)
B.S., Carnegie; M.D., Cornell.

Stephen C. Anderson (1970)

M.D., Emory.

Carol A. Appolone (1974)

B.A., University of Tennessee; M.S.W., Tulane.

John R. Ausband (1952)

B.A., Asbury; M.D., Bowman Gray.

E. Reid Bahnson (1953)

Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics

Associate Professor of Microbiology

Clinical Associate Professor of
Obstetrics and Gynecology

Assistant Professor of Psychiatry

Professor of Neurosurgery

Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

Clinical Instructor in Surgery

Associate Professor of Pediatrics

Associate Professor of Obstetrics
and Gynecology

Instructor in Pediatrics(Social Work)

Professor of Otolaryngology

Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., University of Pennsylvania.

Khosrow Bahrani (1972)

M.D., Tehran University.

Ralph W. Barnes (1969)

Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry

B.S.E.E., Duke; M.S.E., Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Duke

Harold B. Bates (1970)

A.B., Mercer; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Edward S. Beason (1972)

B.A., Vanderbilt; M.D., Alabama.

David L. Beavers (1955)

B.S., Wake Forest; D.D.S., Northwestern.

Daniel R. Beerman (1973)

Research Assistant Professor of Neurology

B.A., St. Andrews; M.Div., Princeton; M.S.W., Rutgers University.

Clinical Instructor in Urology

Assistant Professor of Surgery
(Plastic Surgery)

Assistant Professor of Dental Surgery

Instructor in Pediatrics (Social Work)

Jerry Lee Bennett (1970)

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray.

David Merrill Biddulph (1970)

B.S., Utah; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois.

Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics
Assistant Professor of Anatomy

'Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following names indicates year of appointment. More than one
date indicates separate appointments.

238

FACULTY

Alexander A. Birch (1972)

B.S., M.D., University of Michigan.

Ignacio Bird (1965)

A.B., Cornell; M.D., Yale.

Robert F. Blackard (1974)

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Thomas L. Blair (1945)

B.S., D.D.S., M.S., University of Pittsburgh.

Damon D. Blake (1956)

B.S., Washington; M.D., Columbia.

Delmar E. Bland (1964)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Frederick A. Blount, Jr. (1954)

Associate Professor of Anesthesia

Assistant Professor of Radiology

Clinical Assistant Professor
of Anesthesia

Clinical Assistant Professor of Periodontia
and Dental Surgery

Professor of Radiology

Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., University of Pennsylvania.

Walter J. Bo (1960)

B.S., M.S., Marquette; Ph.D., Cincinnati.

William R. Bodner (1972)

B.A., St. Vincent; M.D., St. Louis.

Meredith G. Bond (1974)

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Ohio State.

Vernard F. Bond, Jr. (1954)

A.B., George Washington; M.D., Johns Hopkins.

Richard B. Boren, III (1971)

M.D., Duke.

J. Frances Bounous (1974)

B.A., St. Andrews Presbyterian; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Edwyn T. Bowen, Jr. (1964)

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Emory.

William H. Boyce (1952)

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Vanderbilt.

Gray T. Boyette (1974)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

George E. Bradford (1950)

M.D., University of Tennessee.
William A. Brady (1974)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Ralph W. Brauer (1966)

A.B., Columbia; M.Sc, Ph.D., Rochester.

Robert S. Brice, Jr. (1969)

A.B., M.D., Duke.

Tilman C. Britt, Jr. (1974)

M.D., Bowman Gray.

Vardaman M. Buckalew, Jr. (1973)

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., University of Pennsylvania.

Paul C. Bucy (1974)

B.A., M.S., M.D., Iowa.

Clinical Assistant Professor of
Pediatrics

Professor of Anatomy

Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry

Instructor in Comparative Medicine
Associate in Anatomy

Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine
Associate in Physiology

Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry

Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics

Clinical Assistant Professor of
Pediatrics

Professor of Urology

Clinical Instructor in Medicine

Clinical Assistant Professor pf
Otolaryngology

Instructor in Neurology

Associate in Biochemistry
Associate in Physiology

Clinical Instructor in Medicine

Professor of Medicine
and Physiology

Clinical Professor of Neurology
and Neurosurgery

239

FACULTY

Billy C. Bullock (1965)

D.V.M., Texas A & M.

Richard L. Burt (1949)

B.S., Springfield; M.S., Ph.D., Brown; M.D., Harvard

James E. Byrum, Jr. (1974)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

James P. Caldwell (1974)

B.S.E.E., Newark; M.D., University of Vermont.

Kenneth P. Carlson (1970)

B.A., M.D., Emory.

John L. Carter (1972)

B.S., M.D., Howard University.

Philips J. Carter, Jr. (1973)

B.S., M.D., Tulane.
David Caver (1945)

B.A., M.D., Duke.

Robert T. Chambers (1970)

B.A., M.D., Duke.

Associate Professor of Comparative Medicine

Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology

Instructor in Emergency Services
and Medicine

Clinical Instructor in Medicine

Clinical Instructor in Urology

Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry

Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic
Surgery

Clinical Professor of Medicine

Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics

ShengH. Chang (1973) Assistant Professor of Pathology

Ph!"D., University of Alabama; M.D., National Taiwan University.

Assistant Professor of Pharmacology

Lecturer in Pharmacology

Clinical Assistant Professor of Surgery

Yi-Chi Chang (1969)

B.S., Southeast Missouri; Ph.D., Connecticut

Donald K. Chapman (1973)

B.S., North Carolina.

Jesse P. Chapman, Jr. (1973)
A.B., Alabama; M.D., Pennsylvania.

James A. Chappell (1963)

A.B., Vanderbilt; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Robert E. Chase (1973)
B.S., M.S., M.D., Marquette.

R. Perry Clark (1972)

A.B., Princeton; M.D., Kentucky.

Thomas E. Clark (1971)

Associate Professor of Community Medicine,
Associate in Pediatrics

Clinical Assistant Professor of Anesthesia

Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics and Gynecology

Associate Professor of Community Medicine

(Sociology)

B.A., Mississippi College; B.D., New Orleans Baptist Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State.

Thomas L. Clarke (1970)

M.D., Meharry.

Thomas B. Clarkson, Jr. (1957)
D.V.M., Georgia.

Ronald Leroy Collins (1974)

B.S., University of South Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins

W. Stuart Collins (1973)

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Duke.

Paul B. Comer (1973)

B.A., Arizona; M.D., Baylor.

John S. Compere (1973) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry (Psychology)

A.B., Mississippi; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., University
of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.

Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics and
Gynecology

Professor of Comparative Medicine

Instructor in Medicine

Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry

Assistant Professor of Anesthesia

240

FACULTY

Elizabeth Conrad (1949) Clinical Associate Professor of Pediatrics

A.B., Duke; M.D., Johns Hopkins.

M. Robert Cooper (1967) Associate Professor of Medicine

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray

A. Robert Cordell (1957) Professor of Surgery

Associate in Physiology

B.S., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins.

Maurice Couturier (1967) Clinical Assistant Professor of Obstetrics

and Gynecology

M.D., Bowman Gray.

Robert J. Cowan (1970) Associate Professor of Radiology

A.B., M.D., North Carolina.

Robert W. Cowgill (1962) Professor of Biochemistry

B.A., Kansas; M.S., Rensselaer; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins.

Hylton K. Crotts (1951) Clinical Instructor in Dental Surgery

D.D.S., University of Pennsylvania.

James E. Crowe (1972) Assistant Professor of Radiology

and Pediatrics
B.S., Belmont College; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Andrew J. Crutchfield (1955) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Virginia.

Carol C. Cunningham (1970) Assistant Professor of Biochemistry

B.S., M.S., Oklahoma State; Ph.D., Illinois.

Jerome J. Cunningham (1974) Assistant Professor of Radiology

B.S., Florida; M.D., Florida.

D. Patrick Currie (1973) Instructor in Urology

B.S., Davidson College; M.D., Duke.

Robert M. Dacus, III (1972) Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics

and Gynecology

B.S., Furman; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Ivan W. F. Davidson (1961) Professor of Pharmacology

Associate in Physiology

B.S., Manitoba; M.A., Ph.D., Toronto.

Courtland H. Davis, Jr. (1952) Professor of Neurosurgery

A.B., George Washington; M.D., Virginia.

E. L. Davis (1971) Clinical Instructor in Medicine

B.S., Morehouse; M.D., Howard.

John P. Davis (1951) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

A.B., Washington & Lee; M.D., University of Pennsylvania.

Wayne E. Davis (1970) Clinical Instructor in Urology

ivne

M.D.,

William H. Davis, Jr. (1959) Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics

B.S., M.D., Duke.

Lawrence R. Dechatelet (1969) Associate Professor of Biochemistry,

Research Associate in Medicine

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Loyola.

Ernesto E. De La Torre (1960) Clinical Instructor in Neurosurgery

B.S., La Salle School; M.D., Havana Meical School.

John W. Denham (1972) Assistant Professor of Community Medicine

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Bowman Gray
John H. Dilworth (1973) Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery

B.A., M.D., University of Virginia.

Elia Dimitri (1970) Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics

B.A., East Tennessee State; M.D., University of Tennessee.

Robert Diseker (1972) Assistant Professor of Community Medicine

A.B., South Carolina; Dr.P.H., M.S.P.H., UNC School of Public Health.

241

FACULTY

Robert L. Dixon (1970) Assistant Professor of Radiology (Physics)

B.S., Ph.D., South Carolina

William H. Dodge (1974) Adjunct Assistant Professor

of Microbiology
B.S., Millsaps; M.S., Ph.D., University of Mississippi.

Owen William Doyle (1974) Clinical Assistant

Professor of Radiology

B.S., Notre Dame; M.D., Yale.

Henry Drexler (1964) Associate Professor of Microbiology

B.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Rochester.

Presley Z. Dunn (1968) Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics

B.S., M.D., North Carolina.

Ira Cordon Early (1960) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

M.D., Bowman Cray.

James F. Earnhardt (1969) Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics

B.S., Davidson; M.D., North Carolina.

John H. Edmonds, Jr. (1970) Professor of Medicine

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Kenneth E. Ekstrand (1973) Assistant Professor of Radiology

(Radiologic Physics)

Ph.D., Cornell University.

Louise C. Eskridge (1973) Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry

M.D., Bowman Cray; B.S., North Carolina State.

William S. Farabow (1972) Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics

and Gynecology

M.D., Emory.

John C. Faris (1973) Clinical Instructor in Radiology

A.B., Duke; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Richard R. Fay (1974) Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology

(Physiological Acoustics)

B.A., Bowdoin; M.A., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Princeton.

John H. Felts (1955) Professor of Medicine

B.S., Wofford; M.D., Medical College of South Carolina.

Carolyn Ferree (1974) Instructor in Radiology

(Radiation Therapy)

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Robert A. Finch (1970) Assistant Professor of Anatomy

A.B., Oberlin; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve.

James A. Finger (1967) Lecturer in Community Medicine

(Public Health)

B.S., South Carolina; M.D., Medical College of South Carolina; M.P.H., North Carolina.

Robert V. Ford, Jr. (1974) Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics.

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

H. Francis Forsyth (1946) Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery

A.B., M.D., Michigan.

J. H. Smith Foushee, Jr. (1954) Clinical Associate Professor of Pathology

and Associate in Obstetrics and Gynecology
M.D., Jefferson.

James W. Fredrickson (1974) Instructor in Medical

Systems Planning

B B.A., Wake Forest; M.B.A., W.F.U.— Babcock Graduate School of Management.

David H. Fuller, Jr. (1972) Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray; M.P.H., North Carolina.

James C. Caither (1970) Clinical Instructor in Medicine

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Washington University.

242

FACULTY

Paul Geniec (1971) Clinical Instructor in Otolaryngology

B.S., Arizona; M.D., Utah.

Nitya R. Ghatak (1974) Associate Professor of Pathology

M.B., University of Calcutta.

Robert L. Gibson (1971) Assistant Professor of Anesthesia

B.S., Richmond; M.D., Medical College of Virginia.

Robert W. Gibson, Jr. (1972) Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Frederick W. Glass (1973) Assistant Professor of Emergency Services

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Richard R. Glenn (1962) Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics

M.D., Bowman Gray.

Albert P. Glod (1953) Clinical Instructor in Surgery

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Thomas R. Gnau (1972) Assistant Professor of Radiology (Radiopharmacy)

B.S., Ohio State; M.S., North Carolina.

Richard J. Godfrey (1973) Instructor in Psychiatry

B.A., Atlantic Christian College; M.S.W., North Carolina.

Harold O. Goodman (1958) Professor of Medical Genetics (Pediatrics)

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota.

Joseph G. Gordon (1968) Associate Professor of Radiology

M.D., Meharry.

Louis Gottlieb (1968) Clinical Instructor in Ophthalmology

B.S., Brooklyn College of Pharmacy; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Willis J. Grant, III (1971) Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry

A.B., M.D., North Carolina.

John H. Gray (1968) Clinical Instructor in Medicine

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Francis W. Green (1964) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

A.B., M.D., North Carolina.

Harold D. Green (1945) Cordon Gray Professor of Physiology

Associate in Pharmacology
B.S., D.Sc, Wooster; md„ Western Reserve. Associate in Medicine

Frank C. Greiss, Jr. (1960) Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology

A.B., M.D., Pennsylvania.

Albert O. Griffin (1970) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Mary I. Griffith (1946) Clinical Associate Professor of

Obstetrics and Gynecology

M.D., University of Tennessee.

Anthony G. Gristina (1971) Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery

B.A., New York University; M.D., Albany Medical College.

David L. Groves (1969) Assistant Professor of Microbiology

B.S., Marietta; M.S., Ph.D., Wisconsin,

Marcus M. Gulley (1957) Associate Professor of Psychiatry

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Charles G. Gunn, Jr. (1961) Lecturer in Industrial Medicine

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Duke.

John P. Gusdon, Jr. (1967) Professor of Obstetrics

b.a., m.d., Virginia. and Gynecology; Associate in Microbiology

Paul Gwyn, Jr. (1970) Clinical Instructor in Surgery (Plastic Surgery)

A.B., Princeton; M.D., Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons.

Richard E. Hall (1973) Assistant Professor of Physiology

A.B., Indiana; Ph.D., University of California.

243

FACULTY

Robert W. Hamilton (1974)

B.A., Delaware; M.D., State University of New York.

Assistant Professor of Medicine

B.S., Jacksonville; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State.

Clyde T. Hardy, Jr. (1941)
B.A., Richmond.

Paul D. Harkins (1974)

B.S., M.D., Pittsburgh.

James A. Harrill (1941)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania.

Lloyd H. Harrison (1971)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.

John W. Hartz (1974)

A.B., Albion; Ph.D., Wisconsin; M.D., Harvard

Donald C. Hartzog (1964)

B.S., Salem; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Donald M. Hayes (1959)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Mary Ann Hayes (1972)
A.B., A.M., Michigan.

Robert N. Headley (1963)

B.S., M.D., Maryland.

Joseph R. Hedgpeth (1973)

A.B., Duke; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Clara M. Heise (1972)

B.S., Brooklyn College; Ph.D., State University of Iowa.

Eugene R. Heise (1969)

B.S., Wittenberg; M.S., Iowa; Ph.D., Wake Forest.

Belmont A. Helsabeck (1970)

M.D., Medical College of Virginia.

John F. Hennessy (1974)

A.B., Rockhurst College; M.D., Kansas.

C. Nash Herndon (1942)

Lecturer in Clinic Management

Clinical Instructor In Orthopaedic Surgery

Professor of Otolaryngology

Assistant Professor of Urology

Assistant Professor of Pathology

Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

Professor of Community Medicine
Associate Professor of Medicine

Instructor in Pediatrics

Professor of Medicine

Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics and
Gynecology

Assistant Professor of Radiology
(Biochemistry)

Assistant Professor of Microbiology
Associate in Surgery

A.B., Duke; M.D., Jefferson.
(See Administration)

Felda Hightower (1944)

B.S., wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania.

A. Theodore Hill, Jr. (1968)

B.S., Miami; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Alanson Hinman (1952)

B.A., Stanford; M.D., Johns Hopkins.
Ivan L. Holleman, Jr. (1960)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

George W. Holmes (1941)

A.B., Duke; M.D., Medical College of Virginia.

Clinical Instructor in Ophthalmology

Assistant Professor of Medicine

Professor of Medical Genetics (Pediatrics)
Instructor in Medicine
Associate Dean for Research Development

Professor of Surgery

Clinical Instructor in Medicine

Associate Professor of Pediatrics
Associate in Neurology

Associate Professor of Pathology

Clinical Assistant Professor of
Orthopaedic Surgery

244

FACULTY

Charles M. Howell, Jr. (1954)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania.

Julius A. Howell (1957)

LL.B., B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania.
A. Sherrill Hudspeth (1963)

M.D., Bowman Cray.

Frank H. Hulcher (1958)

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic.

David Hunter (1974)
M.S., Emory.

Benjamin F. Huntley (1961)
M.D., Harvard.

Carolyn C. Huntley (1957)

A.B., Mount Holyoke; M.D., Duke.

Phillip M. Hutchins (1970)

Professor of Medicine (Dermatology
and Allergy); Associate in Pathology

Professor of Surgery (Plastic Surgery);
Lecturer in Medical Jurisprudence

Associate Professor of Surgery

Associate Professor of Biochemistry

Instructor In Radiology
Nuclear Medicine Technology

Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

Professor of Pediatrics

B.S., North Carolina State; M.S., Ph.D., Wake Forest.

Assistant Professor of Physiology
(Biomedical Engineering)

Professor of Anesthesia
Associate in Pharmacology

Clinical Instructor in Ophthalmology

H. Samuel Imamura (1970) Clinical Instructor in Medicine

B.A., Seinan Gakuin University; B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Thomas H. Irving (1967)

B.A., Pennsylvania; M.D., Hahnemann.

Harold N. Jacklin (1969)

B.S., Muskingum; M.D., State University of New York

Fabian B. Jackson (1973)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., Emory; Ph.D., Bowman Cray

Francis M. James, III (1968)

B.S., Swarthmore; M.D., Hahnemann.

George W. James (1951)
B.S\, M.D., Tennessee.

Paul M. James, Jr. (1970)

A.B., Swarthmore; M.D., Hahnemann.

Richard Janeway (1966)

A.B., Colgate; M.D., Pennsylvania.
(See Administration)

Azmi S. Jarrah (1971)

B.S., M.D., American University of Beirut.

Howard A. Jemison, Jr. (1970)

B.A., Ohio Wesleyan; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Royal G. Jennings (1970)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Henry W. Johnson (1959)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Joseph E. Johnson, III (1972)

B.A., Vanderbilt; M.D., Vanderbilt University School of Medicine

Frank R. Johnston (1950)

B.S., Presbyterian; M.D., Duke.

Don Carl Jones (1971)

B.S., Tufts University; Ph.D., Bowman Gray.

Instructor in Physiology
Associate Professor of Anesthesia
Clinical Associate Professor of Dermatology
Associate Professor of Surgery
Professor of Neurology and Dean

Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics

Clinical Instructor in Community
Medicine (Student Health)

Clinical Instructor in Dermatology

Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics

Professor of Medicine

Professor of Surgery

Instructor in Pathology (Biochemistry)

245

FACULTY

Associate Professor of Clinical Cytology

Clinical Instructor in Medicine

Assistant Professor of Medicine
and Pharmacology

Zelma A. Kalnins (1956)

M.D., University of Latvia.

C. Hege Kapp (1964)

B.S., North Carolina; CM., M.D., McCill.

John S. Kaufmann (1962, 1970)

B.S., Ph.D., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Paul R. Kearns (1967) Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics and Gynecology

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Professor of Family Medicine

Associate Professor of Neurosurgery

Associate Professor of Pediatrics

Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics

Associate Professor of Medicine

Assistant Professor of Pathology

Clinical Instructor In Surgery

Assistant Professor of Microbiology

Julian F. Keith (1972)
M.D., Bowman Cray.

David L. Kelly, Jr. (1965)

B.S., M.D., North Carolina.

Doris Sanders Kelsey (1966)

B.A., Austin Peay State; M.D., Vanderbilt.

Charles L. Kennedy (1970)

B.S., Johnson C. Smith; M.D., Meharry.

Robert M. Kerr (1966)

B.S., Bucknell; M.D., Cornell.

Bok Soo Kim (1969)

M.D., M.S., Yonsei University, Korea.

Thomas J. Koontz (1974)

B.A., M.D., North Carolina.

Arnold S. Kreger (1971)

B.S., Brooklyn College of Pharmacy; M.S., Ph.D., Michigan.

Frederick W. Kremkau (1971) Research Assistant Professor

of Medicine and Research Associate in Neurology

B.E.E., Cornell; M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester.

Claire M. Kretschmann (1972) Instructor in Neurology (Stroke

Epidemiology)

B.A., University of Kansas.

Wayne A. Krueger (1970)

B.S., M.S., lohn Carroll; Ph.D., Illinois.

Louis K. Kucera (1970)

B.A., St. John's; M.S., Creighton; Ph.D., Missouri

William A. Lambeth, Jr. (1957)

M.D., Duke.

Ralph R. Landes (1953)

B.S., Wisconsin; M.S., M.D., Chicago.

Michael R. Lawless (1974)

A. A., Lee College; B.A., M.D., Texas.

Eva S. Leake (1963) Reserch Associate Professor of Microbiology

B.S., Universidad Autonoma de Mexico; Ph.D., Instituto Politecnico, Mexico, D F.

Norman H. Leake (1972)

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia.

Noel D. M. Lehner (1966)

B.S., D.V.M., Illinois; M.S., Wake Forest.

Assistant Professor of Anatomy

Associate Professor of Microbiology

Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

Lecturer in the History of Medicine

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics

Laurence B. Leinbach (1957)

A B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard.

James C. Leist (1974)

Ed.D., M.S., Indiana; B.S., Southeast Missouri State.

Melvin Levitt (1970)

B.S., M.A., Roosevelt; Ph.D., Michigan State.

Edward M. Lieberman (1968)

B.S., Tufts; M.A., Massachusetts; Ph.D., Florida

Adjunct Associate Professor of
Pharmacology

Associate Professor of Comparative
Medicine

Associate Professor of Radiology

Instructor in Community Medicine

Associate Professor of Physiology

Associate Professor of Physiology
Associate in Neurology

246

FACULTY

Eugene B. Linton (1962) Clinical Associate Professor of Obstetrics

and Gynecology

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Medical College of Virginia.

J. Maxwell Little (1941) Professor of Pharmacology

Associate in Physiology

A.B., M.S., Emory; Ph.D., Vanderbilt.

Hugh B. Lofland, Jr. (1952)

B.S., M.S., Texas A & M; Ph.D., Purdue.

Paul D. Long (1973)

M.D., University of Michigan Medical School

William B. Lorentz, Jr. (1974)

B.A., West Virginia; M.D., Jefferson Medical College.

Samuel H. Love (1955)

B.A., Virginia; M.S., Miami, Ohio; Ph.D., Pennsylvania

Stephen C. Lowder (1974)

B.A., University of North Carolina; M.D., Virginia.

George C. Lynch (1954)

Professor of Pathology (Biochemistry)
Associate in Biochemistry

Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics

Associate Professor of Microbiology

Assistant Professor
of Medicine

Professor of Medical Illustrations

John E. Lynch (1973) Lecturer in Hospital Administration

B.S., University of North Dakota; M.A., University of Missouri; L.L.B., Blackstone School of Law.

Arthur S. Lynn, Jr. (1970)

B.S., Davidson; M.D., North Carolina.

David R. Mace (1967)

B.Sc, London; B.A., M.A., Cambridge; Ph.D., Manchester.

Rembert H. Malloy (1970)

B.S., Johnson C. Smith; M.D., Howard.

James M. Marlowe (1974)

B.S., M.D., University of North Carolina.

James F. Martin (1950)

A.B., Marietta; M.D., Western Reserve.

Julian B. Martin (1973)

B.A., Virginia; Ph.D., Medical University of South Carolina.

Edwin H. Martinat (1963)

M.D., Bowman Cray.

James D. Mattox, Jr. (1973)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.

James A. Maultsby (1973)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.

W. Joseph May (1961)

B.A., High Point; M.D., Bowman Cray.

C. Douglas Maynard (1966)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.
(See Administration)

David R. Maynard (1972)

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Duke.

Kenneth F. McCain (1968)

B.S., M.D., North Carolina.

Charles E. McCall (1968)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.

William McCall, Jr. (1959)

M.D., Duke.

Clinical Instructor in Medicine

Professor of Family Sociology
(Community Medicine)

Clinical Instructor in Surgery

Clinical Instructor in
Orthopaedic Surgery

Professor of Radiology

Instructor in Physiology

Clinical Associate Professor of
Orthopaedic Surgery

Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry

Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery

Associate Professor of Obstetrics and
Gynecology

Professor of Radiology
Associate in Neurology, and Associate Dean

Clinical Assistant Professor of Anesthesia

Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics (Allergy)

Associate Professor of Medicine

Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

247

FACULTY __

James C. McCormick (1970) Research Associate Professor of

Otolaryngology (Experimental Psychology)

B.S., Bucknell; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton.

Charles E. McCreight (1954) Associate Professor of Anatomy

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., George Washington.

Charles P. McCraw (1973) Research Assistant Professor of Neurology,

Associate in Anatomy, Associate in Neurosurgery,
and Associate in Physiology

B.S., Belmont Abbey; M.S., East Texas State University; Ph.D., Texas A & M.

Lawrence McHenry (1972) Professor of Neurology

B.A., Pomona College; M.D., University of Oklahoma, School of Medicine.

William M. McKinney (1963) Associate Professor of Neurology

Research Associate in Radiology

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Virginia.

Robert C. McKone (1961) Associate Professor of Pediatrics

B.A., B.S., North Dakota; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Ross L. McLean (1971) Professor of Medicine

B.S., Bowdoin College; M.D., |ohns Hopkins.

William T. McLean, Jr. (1966) Associate Professor of Neurology

Associate in Pediatrics

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Mary R. McMahan (1974) Instructor in Pathology

B.S., Stetson University; M.A., Kansas; Ph.D., Iowa State.

James T. McRae (1972) Assistant Professor of Emergency Services

B.A., Mississippi College; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Manson Meads (1947) Professor of Medicine and Vice President

for Medical Affairs

A.B., University of California; M.D., Temple; D.Sc, Temple.
(See Administration)

Robert L. Means (1970) Clinical Instructor in Surgery

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Jesse H. Meredith (1958) Professor of Surgery

B.A., Elon; M.D., Western Reserve.

Isadore Meschan (1955) Professor of Radiology

B.A., M.A., M.D., Western Reserve.

Rachel F. Meschan (1971) Clinical Assistant Professor of Obstetrics

and Gynecology; Research Associate in Radiology

M.B., B.S., University of Melbourne; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Virgil M. Messer (1973) Clinical Instructor in Medicine

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

David D. Meyer (1973) Clinical Instructor in Neurology

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Robert L. Michielutte (1970) Research Associate Professor

of Sociology (Medicine)

B.A., Knox; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State.

Alma E. Miller (1972) Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry

B.S., Le Moyne; M.D., Meharry.

Emery C. Miller, Jr. (1955) Professor of Medicine

Associate in Physiology and Associate Dean

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins.
(See Administration)

Henry S. Miller, Jr. (1960) Professor of Medicine

Associate in Physiology

M.D., Bowman Gray.

Inglis J. Miller, Jr. (1971) Assistant Professor of Anatomy

B.S., Ohio State; Ph.D., Florida State.

248

FACULTY

Crover R. Mims, III (1973)

B.S., Carson-Newman; M.D., Bowman Cray.

John H. Monroe (1956)

B.S., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard.

William C. Montgomery (1971

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman

Dixon M. Moody (1973)

Cray.

Assistant Professor of Anesthesia

Clinical Associate Professor of
Obstetrics and Gynecology

Clinical Associate Professor of Urology

M.D., University of Texas, Southwestern Medical School.

John A. Moore (1970)

B.S., D.V.M., M.S., Michigan State.

Lathan T. Moose (1970)

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Robert P. Morehead (1941)

B.S., M.A., B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Jefferson.

Lemuel Morrison (1973)

B.S., Auburn; M.D., Medical College of Alabama.

John C. Mueller (1971)

A.B., Harvard; M.D., Tufts.

Hyman B. Muss (1974)

B.A., Lafayette; M.D., New York Downstate Medical Center

Richard T. Myers (1950)

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Pennsylvania.

Quentin N. Myrvik (1963)
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Washington.

Clay H. Napper (1964)

A.B., Missouri; M.D., Bo

Associate Professor of Radiology
(Neuroradiology)

Lecturer in Comparative Medicine

Clinical Instructor in Urology

Clinical Professor of Pathology

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics

Clinical Instructor in Medicine

Assistant Professor of Medicine

Professor of Surgery

Professor of Microbiology

Clinical Instructor in Medicine

Instructor in Otolaryngology

Clinical Assistant Professor of
Emergency Services

Clinical Instructor in
Medicine

Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics and Gynecology

Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

Bowman Cray.

Brooks E. Neff, Jr. (1972)

B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of Southern Mississippi.

David S. Nelson (1971)

B.S., Geneva; M.D., Bowman Gray.
A. Ray Newsome (1974)

M.D., North Carolina.

J. Isaac Newton (1972)

B.S., M.D., North Carolina.

John H. Nicholson (1961)

B.S., Citadel; M.D., Medical College of Virginia.

H. Bryan Noah (1974)

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Robert E. Nolan (1961)

B.S., Adelbert College of Western Reserve; M.D., Western Reserve

Abdel M. Nomeir (1974) Instructor in Neurology (Sonic Medicine)

Instructor in Medicine (Ultra-Sound)

M.B., Ch.B., D.M., M.D., Faculty of Medicine, Egypt.

Clinical Instructor in
Orthopaedic Surgery

Clinical Instructor in Surgery

Charles M. Norfleet, Jr. (1946)
B.S., Davidson; M.D., Pennsylvania.
Thomas M. Nosek (1973)

B.S., Notre Dame; Ph.D., Ohio State University.

Joseph A. Noto (1971)

B.S., University of Scranton; M.D., Pennsylvania.

Clinical Associate Professor of
Urology

Instructor in Physiology

Clinical Instructor in Surgery

249

FACULTY

Thomas F. O'Brien, Jr. (1961)

B.A., Princeton; M.D., Yale.

John J. O'Connor (1974)

Associate Professor of Medicine

Director of Prosthetics
and Orthotics

Ruth O'Neal (1954) Associate Professor of Pediatrics

A.B., Transylvania; M.D., Medical College of Virginia; M.S., Minnesota.

William C. Park, Jr. (1974) Instructor in

Community Medicine
B.S., The Citadel; M.B.A., Wake Forest University, Babcock Graduate School of Management.

Michael D. Parker (1974)

B.S., Florida State; M.D., Duke.
Peter E. Parker (1970)

B.A., Ohio Wesleyan; M.D., Ohio State.

Roger E. Parker (1972)

B.S., Ph.D., University of Tennessee.

Charles E. Parkin (1967)

B.S., Memphis State; M.D., Tennessee.

Gray.

Betsy A. Parsley (1972)

B.A., Elon; M.D., Bowman

Richard B. Patterson (1961)

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Larry A. Pearce (1969)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

William S. Pearson (1966)

B.S., M.D., North Carolina.

Timothy C. Pennell (1966)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

D. Russell Perry, Jr. (1956)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Darwin W. Peterson (1973)

Assistant Professor of
Medicine

Clinical Instructor in Surgery

Assistant Professor of Physiology and
Pharmacology

Associate Professor of Anesthesia

Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics

Associate Professor of Pediatrics

Assistant Professor of Neurology
Associate in Pharmacology

Associate Professor of Psychiatry
Associate in Obstetrics and Gynecology

Associate Professor of Surgery

Clinical Assistant Professor of
Pediatrics

Assistant Professor of Physiology

B.S., M.S., University of Nevada; Ph.D., University of Alabama School of Medicine

Tom A. Petty (1958)

A.B., Austin; M.D., University of Arkansas.

Keith M. Phillips (1974)

B.S., Nebraska; M.D., Western Reserve.

James R. Philp (1973)

M.B., Ch.B., B.Sc, M.R.C.P., M.D., Edinburgh.

Clinical Assistant Professor of
Obstetrics and Gynecology

Assistant Professor
of Pediatrics

Associate Professor of Medicine

Clinical Instructor
in Medicine

Carl S. Phipps (1974)

B.S., University of North Carolina; M.D., North Carolina.

Clinical Instructor in Surgery (Neurosurgery)

Louis Pikula (1971)

B.S., John Carroll; M.D., Bowman Gray

William R. Pitser (1972)

A.B., Davidson; M.D., North Carolina.

John M. Pixley (1961)

B.A., Denison; M.D., Ohio State.

George Podgorny (1971)

B.S., Maryville, M.D., Bowman Gray.

Clinical Instructor in Otolaryngology

Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry

Clinical Assistant Professor of
Emergency Services

250

Michael J. Pollak (1974)

B.A., Adelphi; M.D., Medical College of Virginia.

FACULTY

Clinical Instructor in
Obstetrics and Gynecology

Frank E. Pollock (1963)

B.A., M.D., Ohio State.
Joseph G. Poole (1972)

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Thomas L. Presson (1973)

B.S., M.D., North Carolina.

Robert W. Prichard (1951)

M.D., George Washington.

Clinical Assistant Professor of Orthopaedic

Surgery

Associate Professor of Radiology
(Neuroradiology)
Associate in Neurology

James T. Proctor (1973)

B.A., M.D., University of Kansas.

Richard C. Proctor (1950)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Milton Raben (1970)

B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic; M.D., Tufts.

Angus C. Randolph (1948)

B.A., Princeton; M.D., Virginia.

Carlos E. Rapela (1959)

Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery

Professor of Pathology

Clinical Professor of Psychiatry
(Child Psychiatry)

Professor of Psychiatry

Professor of Radiology (Radiation Therapy)

Professor of Psychiatry

M.D., Faculty of Medical Sciences of the University of Buenos Aires

Charles N. Remy (1962)

B.S., Syracuse; Ph.D., New York Upstate Medical Center.

Martin I. Resnick (1975)

Professor of Physiology
Associate in Pharmacology

Professor of Biochemistry

B.A., Alfred University; M.D., Bowman Gray; M.S., Northwestern University.

Instructor in Urology

Joyce H. Reynolds (1974)

B.S., North Carolina; M.D., Bowman Gray.

A. Leonard Rhyne (1964)

B.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., North Carolina State.

Frederick Richards, II (1970)

B.S., Davidson; M.D., South Carolina.

Stephen H. Richardson (1963)

B.A., California; M.S., Ph.D., Southern California.

Robert P. Rieker (1974)

A.B., College of the Holy Cross; M.D., Tufts.

R. Winston Roberts (1947)
M.D., Duke.

Jack M. Rogers (1969)

B.S., Alabama; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Bryant H. Roisum (1972)

B.S., M.D., Wisconsin.

Walter M. Roufail (1970)

M.D., Cairo University.

George D. Rovere (1973) Assistant Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery

BA., Syracuse; M.D., State University of New York, College of Medicine at Syracuse.

Theodore C. Rowe (1974) Assistant Professor of

Community Medicine

B.S., Richmond; M.D., Medical College of Virginia; M.P.H., North Carolina School of Public Health.

Clinical Instructor in
Emergency Services

Associate Professor of Biostatistics
(Community Medicine)

Assistant Professor of Medicine

Professor of Microbiology

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics

Professor of Ophthalmology

Assistant Professor of Psychiatry

Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry

Clinical Instructor in Medicine

251

FACULTY

Lawrence L. Rudel (1973) Assistant Professor of Comparative Medicine

B.S., Colorado; M.S., Ph.D., University of Arkansas Medical Center.

Alfred J. Rufty, Jr. (1972)

M.D., Louisiana State University School of Medicine.

Richard W. St. Clair (1967)

B.S., Ph.D., Colorado State.

William M. Satterwhite, Jr. (1970)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Duke.

Robert T. Savage (1970)

A.B., M.D., North Carolina.

C. Glenn Sawyer (1952)

M.D., Bowman Cray.

William F. Sayers (1972)

A.B., M.D., North Carolina.

Assistant Professor of Medicine

Associate Professor of Pathology
(Physiology); Associate in Physiology

Clinical Assistant Professor of
Otolaryngology

Assistant Professor of Anesthesia
Associate in Community Medicine

Professor of Medicine
Associate in Physiology

Modesto Scharyj (1962)

B.A., Cracow; M.D., Vienna, Austria.

John L. Schultz (1972)

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Frank B. Sellers (1972)

A.B., Erskine; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Louis DeS. Shaffner (1951)

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard.

Zakariya K. Shihabi (1972)

Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics

Associate Professor of Pathology

Clinical Assistant Professor of Radiology

Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery

Professor of Surgery

B.S., Alexandria; M.S., Texas A & M; Ph.D., South Dakota.

Assistant Professor of Pathology
(Clinical Chemistry)

Professor of Pediatrics

A.B., California (Berkeley); M.D. University of California School of Medicine.

Clinical Instructor in Surgery

Professor of Physiology
Professor of Medicine

Jimmy L. Simon (1974)
Thomas E. Simpson (1972)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.

N. Sheldon Skinner, Jr. (1972)

B.S., Auburn University; M.D., Medical College of Alabama.

M. Madison Slusher (1973) Assistant Professor of Ophthalmology

B.A., Harvard; M.D., University of Kentucky School of Medicine.

J. Baldwin Smith (1974) Assistant Professor of Neurology and

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics

B.S., Old Dominion; M.D., Medical College of Virginia.

Leo B. Snow (1963)

M.D., Temple.

M. Frank Sohmer, Jr. (1956)

M.D., Bowman Cray.

Jack B. Spainhour, Jr. (1973)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Clinical Assistant Professor of Radiology
Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

Richard L. Spencer, Jr. (1970)

B.S., Belmont Abbey; M.D., Medical College of Virginia.

William J. Spencer (1967)

B.S., Duke; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Clinical Instructor in Medicine
(Gastroenterology)

Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry

Associate Professor of Medicine

Riley E. Spoon (1946)
B.S., Wake Forest; D.D.

Clinical Instructor in Dental Surgery

S., Baltimore College of Dental Surgery.

252

FACULTY

Edward V. Spudis (1958)

B.S., M.D., Maryland; M.S., Minnesota.

Charles L. Spurr (1957)

B.S., Bucknell; M.S., M.D., Rochester.

Charles C. Stamey (1962)

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard.

John Allen Stanley (1967)

A.B., Dartmouth; M.D., Harvard.

Howard M. Starling (1941)

M.D., Medical College of Virginia.

J. Michael Sterchi (1974)
B.A., M.D., Cincinnati.

Loyd J. Story (1970)

B.A., East Tennessee State; M.D., Tennessee.

Sandra Stoterau (1974)

B.A., Montana; M.S., Arizona.

Jack W. Strandhoy (1973)

Clinical Associate Professor of Neurology

Professor of Medicine

Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics

Associate Professor of Ophthalmology

Clinical Assistant Professor of Surgery

Instructor in Surgery

Clinical Instructor in Medicine

Instructor in Pediatrics
(Speech Pathology)

Assistant Professor of Pharmacology
(Neuropharmacology)

B.S., University of Illinois; M.S., Ph.D., University of Iowa.

Wilford P. Stratten (1974)

B.S., Rose Polytechnic; Ph.D., Indiana University.

Llewellyn S. Stringer, Jr. (1971)

M.D., Medical College of Virginia.
Cornelius F. Strittmatter, IV (1961)

B.S., Juniata; Ph.D., Harvard.

H. Ray Sturkie (1974)

M.D., Medical College of Alabama.

Assistant Professor of
Pharmacology

Clinical Assistant Professor of
Anesthesia

Odus M. Mull Professor of
Biochemistry

Clinical Instructor in
Obstetrics and Gynecology

Samuel A. Sue (1973)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Norman M. Sulkin (1952)

B.A., M.A., Alabama; Ph.D., Iowa.

David Tate (1968)

B.A., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.
Blucher E. Taylor (1968)

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Mary H. Taylor (1970)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Thomas B. Templeton (1964)

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Jefferson.

James J. Thomas (1964)

B.A., M.D., Illinois.

Benjamin E. Thompson (1973)

Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery

William Neal Reynolds Professor of
Anatomy

Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics

Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics
and Gynecology

Clinical Instructor in
Community Medicine

Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics

Clinical Instructor in Surgery
(Dentistry-Prosthodontics)

A.B., North Carolina; D.D.S., M.S., University of North Carolina School of Dentistry.

Helen L. Tinnin (1970) Adjunct Associate Professor of Community Medicine

B.A., California (Berkeley); Ph.D., Ohio State.

John D. Tolmie (1970) Associate Professor of Anesthesia

B.A., Hobart; M.D., McGill, Montreal.

253

FACULTY

James F. Toole (1962)

B.A., Princeton; M.D., Cornell, LL.B., La Salle.

Parks DeW. Trivette (1956)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.

B. Lionel Truscott (1968)

Walter C. Teagle Professor of Neurology

Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics

Professor of Neurology
Assistant Dean

Assistant Professor of Anesthesia

B.A., Drew; M.A., Syracuse; M.S., Ph.D., M.D., Yale.
(See Administration)

Henry C Turner (1967)

A.B., M.D., North Carolina.

James E. Turner (1974) Assistant Professor of Anatomy

B.A., Virginia Military Institute; M.S., Richmond; Ph.D., Tennessee.

Robert A. Turner, Jr. (1971) Assistant Professor Medicine

Associate in Rehabilitation Medicine

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Medical College of Alabama.

Kenneth V. Tyner (1970)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Temple.

Clinical Instructor in Surgery

Robert C. Underdal (1970) Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery

B.A., Concordia College; B.S., North Dakota; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Henry L. Valk (1950)

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Duke.

Clarke E. Vincent (1964)

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., California (Berkeley).

Professor of Medicine
Professor of Sociology

William D. Wagner (1972) Assistant Professor of Comparative Medicine

B.S., Geneva College; M.S., Ph.D., West Virginia University.

B. Moseley Waite (1967)
B.S., Rollins; Ph.D., Duke.

Lawrence C. Walker, Jr. (1972)

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Duke.
Roscoe L. Wall, Jr. (1953)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Jefferson.
Keeling A. Warburton (1974)

M.D., Michigan.

Walter A. Ward (1967)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray

Benedict L. Wasilauskas (1971)

B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College; Ph.D., Connecticut.

Finley C. Watts (1967)

B.S., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Walden University.
Lester Earl Watts (1965)

M.D., Bowman Cray.

Frederick B. Weaver (1970)

A.B., Catawba College; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Richard C. Weaver (1954)

M.D., Washington.

Duke B. Weeks (1972)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Associate Professor of Biochemistry

Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics
and Gynecology

Clinical Associate Professor of
Obstetrics and Gynecology

Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics and Gynecology

Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology

Assistant Professor of Pathology
Associate in Microbiology

Research Instructor in Radiology
(Health Physics)

Associate Professor of Medicine
Associate in Community Medicine

Clinical Instructor in Medicine

Professor of Ophthalmology

Assistant Professor of Anesthesia

254

FACULTY

Charles R. Welfare (1951)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania.
O. Theodore Wendel, Jr. (1974)

Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

Instructor in Neurology
(Neuropharmacology)
B.A., St. Andrews Presbyterian College; M.S., Ph.D., Wake Forest.

Assistant Professor of Anesthesia

Robert T. Westmoreland (1974)

B.A., Furman; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Charles M. Westrick (1970)

D.D.S., Michigan.

Douglas R. White (1974)
B.5., M.D., Chicago.

Emmett R. White (1970)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Donald L. Whitener (1951)

A.B., Catawba; M.D., Johns Hopkins.

Joseph E. Whitley (1960)

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.

Nancy O'N. Whitley (1969)

M.D., Bowman Cray.

John C. Wiggins, Jr. (1951)

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard.

Kathryn H. Williams (1973)

B.A., Miami; M.A., Wake Forest.

Kenan B. Williams (1954)

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Jefferson.

Rodney C. Williams (1972)

Clinical Instructor in Dental Surgery

Assistant Professor of Medicine

Clinical Assistant Professor of Radiology

Clinical Associate Professor of
Obstetrics and Gynecology

Professor of Radiology

Associate Professor of Radiology
(Diagnostic Radiology)

Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

Instructor in Psychiatry
(Marriage Counseling)

Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics

Instructor in Radiology (Electronics)

B.S., Atlantic Christian; M.S., Syracuse; M.A., Wake Forest.

S. Clay Williams, Jr. (1955) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine

A.B., Princeton; M.D., Pennsylvania.

Richard L. Witcofski (1961) Professor of Radiology

(Radiological Physics); Associate in Neurology

B.S., Lynchburg; M.S., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Wake Forest.

Fred M. Wood (1972)

B.A., Mississippi; M.D., Tennessee.

Donna B. Woodmansee (1973)

B.A., University of Denver; M.A., Wake Forest.

Wallace Chi-li Wu (1974)

M.B., B.S., University of Hong Kong.

James D. Yopp, Jr. (1972)

Caro'

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Cray.

Ernest H. Yount (1948)

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Vanderbilt.

Robert Zammit (1968)

Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery

Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry
(Marriage Counseling)

Assistant Professor of Medicine

Clinical Instructor in Medicine

Professor of Medicine

Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics and
Gynecology

B.S., St. Peter's College; M.D., Creighton University.

Hasan I. Zeya (1973) Research Assistant Professor of Medicine

I.Sc, CM. College, India; M.D., Darbhanga Medical College, India; Ph.D., University of North Carolina
School of Medicine.

255

THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
*PROFESSORS EMERITI

Fred K. Carvey (1941-1969) Professor Emeritus of Urology

M.D., University of Cincinnati School of Medicine.

Lucile W. Hutaff (1948) Professor Emeritus of Community Medicine,

Assistant Professor Emeritus of Medicine

B.S., Wisconsin; M.D., Rochester.

Frank R. Lock (1941-1973) Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics and Gynecology

A.B., Cornell; M.D., fulane.

Robert L. McMillan (1941-1971) Professor Emeritus

of Clinical Medicine
B.S., M.D., Duke.

William H. Sprunt, Jr. (1941-1963) Professor Emeritus

of Clinical Surgery

B.S., Davidson; M.D., University of Pennsylvania.

Roscoe L. Wall (1942-1956) Professor Emeritus

of Anesthesia
B.S., Wake Forest, M.D., Jefferson Medical College.

'Dates following names indicate period of service.

256

DEGREES CONFERRED MAY 27, 1974

Orren Beaty III
Herman Edward Eure

Doctor of Philosophy

Rick Howard Martin
Robert Edward Morcock

Master of Arts

David A. Bearinger
Liane Davis Bidwell
Donna Ann Boswell
Deborah Grey Caskey
Elizabeth Taylor Daves
Kathie Elizabeth deNobrigs
Thomas Nelson Hickman
Karen Lee Hollifield
Gerald James Jackson

Donald Joseph Kobos
Sam Thomas Manoogian
John Egan Morrison
James Clarke Murphy
Jerry Carl Nack
Suezanne Tangerose Orr
Ronald Wayne Riggs
Mary Jo Sheridan Walker
Jane Carter Warfford

Master of Arts in Education

Teresa Katherine Currin
Ronald J. Davis
Sarah Huss Mayse

Richard Lyon Morgan
Phillip Laurence Saylor
Rennie Lois Wolfe

Lloyd B. Gallimore, Jr.
Phillip Carl Hoopes

Master of Science

Phyllis Melvin

Doctor of Medicine

Richard Steeves Ackart
Patricia Lee Adams
Bruce Edward Albright
George Bishop Albright III
Mary Sue Amos
Ernest Woodrow Arnold, Jr.
Philip Eugene Ashburn
Linda Claire Bartlett
Jerry Wayne Biddix
William Reid Black
Charles Wilson Bruton, Jr.
Grace Stevenson Burgess
Russell Earle Burgess
Jimmy Maxwell Carter
Robert Morris Clayton, Jr.
Richard Lewis Cox, Jr.
John Littlefield Crawford III
Joseph Jacob Dobner
Kenneth Dale Dykstra
William Leonard Ebbeling
Rodney Darwin Edwards, Jr.
Clyde Hugh Everhart
Russell Wayne Faulkenberry

Jesse Neve Fox
James Madison Galloway, Jr.
Charles Eli Gregg
Barry Thomas Hackshaw
Bahnson David Hall
Edward Francis Haponik
Howard Jay Hassell
Tolliver Laney Higgins
Terrance Lee Hough
Stephen Thomas Howarth
Nelson Nolan Isenhower
Wayne Thomas Jarman
John Simpson Kelley
William Rick Lambeth
Blucher Lee Linder
Donald Earle Linder
August Maurcie Mantis
Richard Samuel Marx
Susan Lee McLeod
William Elbert Means
Harold Steven Miller
Joel Byron Miller
David Clark Oliver

257

Lynn Huie Orr, Jr.
Margaret Lucille Parrish
John Milton Roberts, Jr.
Richard Hopper Robertson, Jr.
James David Rogers
Leslie Schofferman
Earl Schwartz
Donald Thornton Shafer
Douglas Wayne Shiflett
Robert Charles Silver
Steven David Silverman
Timothy James Silvester
David Gordon Skowronek
Ronald Lee Snow

Joseph Milton Spruill, Jr.
David Samuel Stephens
Paul Howard Stevenson
James Scott Strohecker
Dowzell Medford Swayngim, Jr.
Randall Scott Teague
David Walter Termotto
Tracy Lee Trotter
Bruce Douglas Walley
Demming Morton Ward
Alan Preston White
Wayne Brown Wooten
Paul Harlan Wright

Juris Doctor

Roy Alston Archbell, Jr.

David Bee Ashcraft

Jane Sisco Atkins

Charles Clark Baker

Mathew Elmer Bates

George Joseph Bauer

Beverly Tate Beal

Charles Christopher Bean

Henry Ignacy Belch, Jr.

Gordon Louis Belo

Charlotte S. Bennett

Richard Vernon Bennett

Kenneth Robert Benton

Malcolm Brittain Blankenship, Jr.

Larry W. Bowman

Robert Monroe Brady

Raymond Arthur Bretzmann

Charles Robinson Brewer

John Wayne Brown

Roger Kent Brown

William Joseph Burns

Sam Quinley Carlisle II

Grover Anderson Carrington

James Oliver Carter

David Albert Chambers

Richard Lee Coffinberger

James Lowell Cole

Walter Thompson Comerford, Jr.

Charles Dudley Coppage

James Calvin Cunningham

Kevin Barry Curley

James A. Curran

Mary Jane Divine

Carole Buchanan Dotson

Wilton Russell Duke, Jr.

Stacy Clyde Eggers III

Michael Aljournan Ellis

lames Arnold Everett

Lee Austin Faulkner

Lucian Holt Felmet, Jr.

Edwin Hall Ferguson, Jr.

William Halsey Freeman

Robert E. Fuller, Jr.

Joseph Stephen Gaydica III

Jimmy Franklin Gaylor

Arba Sherwood Godwin, Jr.

Henry Wise Gorham

Gary Carleton Gough

Robert Maurice Grant, Jr.

Woodrow Henry Griffin

Gary Evans Grubb

Roger Thomas Haley

George Nye Hamrick

Edward Johnston Harper II

David Lawrence Hill

Jimmie Warren Hi Hard

Edgar Bruce Hinkle

Kenneth David Knight

Laura Antoinette Kratt

Lokie Charles Lackey

Durwood Swindell Laughinghouse

Terry Hart Lee

Lynn Russell Mader

Michael Bruce Magers

David Huff Maner

Edward Marcus Marsh, Jr.

Hiram Johnson Mayo, Jr.

Joel Caldwell McConnell, Jr.

Kathrine Sue Miller

Page Allen Mitchell

Joseph Calhoun Moore III

William Richard Moore

Donald M. Nelson

John Burke O'Donnell, Jr.

Douglas Floyd Osborne, Jr.

258

John Richard Parker
Raymond Albert Parker II
Carl Franklin Parrish
William Daniel Pate
Ronald Limer Perkinson
Bonnie Jean Bridges Peter
Carl Arthur Peterson
Steven Edward Philo
Paul Emerson Pinson
Robert Wayland Pitts
William Edward Poe, Jr.
Thomas Lawrence Pollard
Edward Eugene Raymer, Jr.
Berrell Franklin Shrader
Ricky Franklin Shumate
Nicholas J. Staffieri
Paul Jerald Stainback
Richard A. Straser

Willie Allen Swann
Frank Lesesne Todd, Jr.
Roger Samuel Tripp
William Colon Tucker
Samuel James Villegas
Gary Joe Walker
Robert Dawes Walker, Jr.
John William Wall, Jr.
Alfred Decatur Ward, Jr.
James Smith Warren
Tyler Brown Warren
Alden Brannon Webb
Robert Michael Wells
Robert Newton Wells, Jr.
Thomas Squires Whitaker
Robert Elliott Whitley
Samuel Grayson Wilson
James William Yates

Master of Business Administration

Charles Edward Arrington, Jr.
Donald Coleman Baucom
William Robert Blevins
James Wesley Buchanan
James Cooper Carlisle
Philip Edward Cawley
Stanley Berrick Clifton
Grover Hodges Cole
Robert Elmo Craft, Jr.
John Pinkney Crowder
Stephen Porter Darnell
Bernell Cochran Dickinson
Reina Maria DuVal
Christopher S. Erb
George Barstow Flint
Frederick Keene Gilliam, Jr.
Hugh Franklin Grow
Robert Terry Hammond
Leigh Hantho

Carlisle Norwood Hastie III
Percy Benton Honeycutt, Jr.
James Allen Hooker
Raleigh Arlendo Hunter
Hilton Terry Hutchens
Ernest Sylvester James
John P. Jessup

Henry Harrison Jordan II
Simon Lanham Klebanow
Francis Chak-Man Leung
Donald H. Logue
James D. Lutz, Jr.
William Clarence Mann
Randolph Mills, Jr.
Peter Forney Moore
Ralph Barry Morrow
Thomas Victor Mukai
Christopher Robin Outlaw
Neville Paul
Turner C. Pigford
William Council Powell
Ralph Henderson Proffitt
Franklin David Robinson, Jr.
Duke Tyler Scott
David Bramwell Smith
Lowell Emerson Snider
Robert Howard Steele, Jr.
Richard Craig Steinwedel
John Thomas Storrier
Soungalo Traore
Joseph Hamilton Wilkinson
Roger Lance Wood
Wen-wa Yu

R. Craig Adams
Dennis Clark Allen
Joseph Edward Amiot

Bachelor of Science

Milynda Louise Armiger
Stephen Gill Ashworth
Christopher Charles Besche

259

Russell Lynn Bettini
Derry Simpson Bigby III
Michael Jefferson Blythe
Timothy Eugene Briggs
Walter Richard Bruce III
Gerald Wayne Campbell
Cayle Collette Chapman
Wendy Marian Clark
Hugh Woodrow Cline, Jr.
Debra Lynn Conrad
Karen Ruth Cooper
Teresa Kay Dail
Richard Scott Dalberth
Robert Myers Dearman
Richard Burr Eschen
David Paul Evans
Lisbeth Clark Evans
Jonathan Douglas Field
James Wainscott Fleming
Scott Warren Foster
George Michael Freeman
Walter Carl Freeman, Jr.
Patricia Ann Fritts
Linda Joyce Gholson
Gary J. Graf

Thomas Spencer Greene
Richard Albert Gulick, Jr.
Pamela Ann Hall
Randall Kenneth Halsall
Bruce L. Halverson
John Tharyle Hardin, Jr.
Larry Doran Hazen
Kenneth Theodore Hedrick
Jerry Marian Hodges
David Albert Holman
William Houston Holthouser
Thomas Michael Hutchison
Arlinda Cheryl Johnson
Nancy Elizabeth Jones
Robert Spurgeon Jones, Jr.
John Merritt Kane
Gregory Mark Kapfer
Johnson Hall Kelly
G. Douglas Kirkpatrick

Vipa Korpajarasoontorn
John Robert Koury
Carmen Arnold Labusohr
Junious Roscoe Lawson, Jr.
Vun Ing Leong
Thomas Alexander Little II
John Charles Loewenstein
Anthony J. Mangiaracina
James Thomas Marshall, Jr.
Jane Anne Miller
Steven Arthur Miller
John Roy Nixon
Franklin C. Norris III
Patricia Weeks Northrop
George Anthony Parker
Richard Clinton Parker
James Kenneth Phillips
William Farthing Polhamus
John William Rawls, Jr.
Kathryn Elaine Reed
Harvey Andrew Rineer
Louis Gordon Sasser III
Elizabeth Parker Shaw
William Arthur Shores
Murray Johnson Small, Jr.
Walton Wright Smith, Jr.
William David Stewart
Patricia Lake Hughes Stone
Joanne Margaret Sulek
Philip Timothy Triece
Joseph Charles Tuttle
Peter Johnson Vanderpool
Thomas Herbert Vann
James Robert Vaughan, Jr.
Roger Lee Vaughn
John Herbert Weierman
James Shelton Wells, Jr.
Jerome Alexander White
Dean Sherwood Wilkerson
David Sigmon Williams
John Rhoads Worster
Glenn Steven Wrightson
Lawrence Curtis Yow, Jr.

Bachelor of Arts

Susan Cheryl Adams
Elmore Rosebur Alexander III
Ralph Houston Alexander III
David Frederick Allen
John Claudius Allen, III
Gary Walter Andaas
Paul Stewart Anderson

Warren Keast Anderson, Jr.
Barbara Foster Ash
Minta Royall Aycock
Martha Alice Bagby
John Robert Bailey
Philip Reese Bailey
James Barber Banks

260

John William Barringer
Christopher Lance Basler
William Charles Batten
Angela Louise Battle
Donald Alan Baur
Gregg Chaplin Beasley
Linda Beatrice
Linda Lea Beavers
John Oliver Beckner
David Keith Bennett
John Cleveland Bennett
Stephen Douglas Berwind
Robert Douglas Bevan III
Richard Wayne Beyer
William Cecil Bilbro
Linda Kay Bingham
Lelia Annette Blackmon
Marsha Elizabeth Blackwell
Thomas Rannels Blank
Edward Bobertz
Joseph William Boone
Cynthia Lea Bowden
Lee Barnett Boyd
Nancy Dodd Boyd
Wallace McClure Boyd, Jr.
Charles Marion Brackett
Michael Frederick Brandau
David Bernard Brantley
Robert Dwight Brantley
Bruce Anderson Braswell
Michael Thomas Bridges
Clifford Marion Brown
Robert Dudley Brown
David Phillips Bruce
Stephen Daryl Bryant
Carolyn Hackney Buckland
Thomas Davis Bunn, Jr.
Edmond Cody Burnett, Jr.
Randy Hitt Butler
Sara Amelia Butler
Charles Doughty Byrd III
Mary Elise Cagle
Linda Maria Calos
Diane Elizabeth Carder
David Lee Carlson
Pamela Jane Carlson
James Arthur Carolina, Jr.
Kim Jean Carpenter
Thomas Beall Carpenter, Jr.
Robert James Carroll
Carolyn Landon Carter
Gerald Gene Carter
Nancy Lynne Castles
William Morris Catlett
Charles Francis Caudell III

Neil Craven Caudle
Jeffrey Don Chuska
Alan George Ciesla
Margaret Benjamin Clanton
Martha Elizabeth Clegg
Hugh McMahan Clement, Jr.
Edna Violet Cockburn
Stephen Michael Colavito
Judy Starr Cole
Kenneth Scott Coley
Shirley Althea Colquiett
Cathy Lee Colvig
William Merrill Comisky
Frances Susan Connelly
Elizabeth Bradley Conner
Robert Arthur Conner
Patricia Evon Cook
Susan Elizabeth Cook
Marylou Cooper
Thomas Richard Cooper
Carta Ann Cordero
Cheryl Lynn Cox
Robert Evan Crandall
John Hershell Crane
Robin Ellen Crawford
James Randolph Crews
Gerald Cox Crowder
Sarah Alice Crowder
Diane Katherine Curtis
James Nixon Daniel III
Carolyn Cecelia Davis
Harmon Conrad Davis
Stephen Howard Davis
Howard Thomas Dawkins
William Thomas Dawkins
Edward Benjamin Day
John Wayne Dinkins
Nancy Ellen Doda
Dorothy McDowell Douglas
Anita Gail Doyle
John Wesley Droneburg III
Sigsbee Walter Duck
Robert Thomas Dwyer
Roger Reid Earley
Charles Dewitt Eastman
Eugenia Eckard*
Debra Kay Edney
Lynn Jane Eickholt
Janet Ruth Ekstrom
David Walton English
David Calvin Ermey
Marcus Eugene Ethridge III
Leowen Evans
Alton Russell Fales, Jr.
Barbara Lee Farr

261

Timothy Ezzelle Fincher

George W. Finger, Jr.

Timothy Joseph Fischer

Robert Joseph Fix

Charles William Ford, Jr.

David Pratt Ford

Maria Eugenia Fornasier

Thomas Jacob Forney, Jr.

Cynthia Ann Foster

Phyllis Annette Foster

Deborah Anne Hood French

Samuel Hunt Fritschner

Donna J. Fuchsluger

Martha Cassandra Carlson Funk

Kathryn Kyle Carmon

Ann Elizabeth Garrison

Gregory Stuart Gelburd

Myra Jean Gillespie

Susan Cole Gillette

Douglas William Glass

Philip Pittman Godwin, Jr.

Dorothy Quincy Gooding

Thomas Edward Goodrich

Michael Riley Gordy

Catherine Elizabeth Green

Steven Thomas Green

Peggy Sue Greene

James Carl Gregory III

Deborah Jane Griffith

Christopher Jean-Philippe Grill

Steven Alan Grossman

John Morris Gulledge

Paul Hudson Gulley

Becky Denise Gwyn

Harry Jay Haar

Carol Smeltzer Habegger

J. Michael Hadley

Nanette Mary Haft

Jane Elizabeth Hagey

Wrenna Lancaster Haigler

Robert Earl Hamilton

Elisabeth Ross Hamrick

Robin Blaire Harman

Ann Eleanor Harris

James Watkins Harrison, Jr.

William Craig Harshbarger

James Norwood Harton

George William Harvey, Jr.

Nancy Witherspoon Hawkins

John Richardson Haworth, Jr.

Hugh Harrison Hayes III

Andrew Boyd Heath

Michael Brian Hemric

Janet Alice Henderson

Robert Birrell Hicks

Michael Jay Hiester
John Adams Highsmith
John Kenton Hill
Sandra Anita Hill
Mark Alexander Hofmann
Judith Anne Hogshead
Ann Ellett Home
David Howard Horner
Amy Louise Huffman
David Michael Hughes
Danita Dawn Hulon
Janice Lynn Hummel
John Gilbert Hutchens
Barbara Susan Hutchins
Nina Elizabeth Hutton
Kenneth Newell Hynson
Elizabeth Paige llderton
Carlyn Sue Jeffries
Deborah Jean Jennings
Elaine M. Jessee
Bruce Forrester Jobe
Donald Gornto Johnson
Donna Marie Johnson
James Theodore Johnson
Ralph Donald Johnson, Jr.
Joanne Johnston
Gaston Hobart Jones, Jr.
Linda Gail Jones*
Laurence Whitman Jones*
Malcolm Wheeler Jones, Jr.
Stephen Dennis Jones
Barbara Ann Josephson
Drew Albert Joyce
Richard Joe Karlsruher
Walter Douglas Kearney
Michael Joseph Kelley
Michael Archer Kent
Charles M. Kienzle
Jane Rapp Kiley
Carla Donna Kilgore
Elizabeth Martin King
Jeffrey Lynn King
Samuel Wait Brewer Kitchin
James Waco Knott
Lynn Evelyn Koenecke
William Christopher Kopp
Horace Robinson Kornegay, Jr.
Grace Elizabeth Kuhn
Kenneth Huey Kyle
James Royall Lambert
Wayne G. Landis
Robert Paul Laney
Patrick Joseph Lavin
Robert Lee Laws
Richard Freeman Layton

262

Charles John LeClaire
Cecelia Johnston Lee
Denise Lillian LeFebvre
Ronald Francis Lennon
Samuel Smith Lentz
Robert Bruce Levi
Brian Linton

Ronald Wilson Loftis, Jr.
Samuel Pingree Lortz
Gayla Sue Lowery
Scott Vincent McCormick
Gary Lee McCoy
Charles Russell McDarris
Dana Joy McCaffee
Deborah Anita McCrady
Katherine Dee McLeod
Clifton H. McMahan
Duncan Archibald McMillan
Frank Humphrey McNally
Jon B. McPhail
Mary Elizabeth McSwain
Douglas Bernard Mackie
Michael Alan Malpass
Richard A. Manger
Judith Ann Marlow
Alan Ralph Martin
Charles Hayward Martin
Sallie Adams Martin
Billy Hugh Mason
William Edward Mathers
Dean Talley Mathias
Janie Claire Matthews
Alan Clyde Mauney
Michael Creed Maxey
Richard D. May
Charles McCord Means
Sybil Melton
Frederick John Mende
Mary Alice Merritt
Bruce LaMar Miller
Glenn Bradley Miller
Lawrence Carl Miller, Jr.
Michael Britt Miller
Gary Joe Mills
Cynthia Lynne Millsaps
Carol Irene Mitchell
Jane Ellen Moore
Thadyus Robert Moore, Jr.
Harold Defore Moorefield, Jr.
Joel Clarence Morgan
Howard Glenn Morris
Mollie McKay Morrow
Philip Needham Morton
Barbara Jay Muldoon
Kathleen Ann Munro

James Joseph Murphy
Rebecca Jane Murphy
Beverly Jane Myers
Timothy Lee Myers
Mary Susan Nance
Bruce Edward Neal
Barbara Ann Neiwirth
Robert Osborn Nelson
Sheryl Stone Newcomb
Robert Michael Nix
Mary Susan Norman
Karen Lynne Nourse
Phillip Stanley Oakley
Samuel Theodore Oliver
Richard Steven Orr
Arthur Guyer Osberg
Larry Shield Overton
Michael Joseph Pappa
Laura Dell Parker
Howard William Paschal, Jr.
Mary Patricia Patrick
George Clifton Patterson III
Judith Ellen Paul
William Jacob Pence, Jr.
John Truxal Pennington III
David Dickinson Penny
Margaret Anne Pentecost
Frankie Laster Perry
Thomas Kennedy Perry
James Joseph Petillo
Paula Lynn Pfeiffer
Thomas Owen Phillips
Linda Kathryn Pierce
Leslie Ann Pittman
Nolan Lee Pittman, Jr.
Edith Plimpton
Terry Lynn Poe
Randolph Sprint Powers
Kathryn Louisa Pritchard
Sharon Jon Puckett
Sandra Lynn Pugh
Milton Otto Pyle, Jr.
Robert Wisser Ragan
Mark Utke-Ramsing
Betty Louise Rankin
Maria Cecilia Rapela
Judith Lynne Reed
Patricia Gaedeke Reeves
Jane Carole Reid
Douglas Kent Rexford
Janice Ruth Reynolds
Pamela Ann Richardson
Stephen Merritt Richmond, Jr.
Eric Alan Rickel
William Thomas Riddle

263

James Forrest Riggs

Robert Lynn Ritter

Claudia Parker Roberts

Barbara Helen Robinson

Susan Marie Rockett

Allen Eugene Rogers

Elizabeth Louise Rower

William Allen Rucker II

Jac Tyson Saltzgiver

Winfred Reece Saunders, Jr.

Terry Scarborough

Linda Lois Schneider

Susan Elizabeth Scholley

Karen Lee Schools

Mary Pickett Seawell

Alethea Gail Segal

Fred Raymond Shackelford, Jr.

John Chandler Shea

Steven Depriest Shelton

Thomas Howell Shelton

Mary Jane Sherrill

John Randall Short

Richard En/in Sievers

Gary Clayton Simon

Robert Gaines Slate

Donald Eugene Smallwood, Jr.

Madeline Ann Stewart Smallwood

Susan Kay Smiley

Darian Lance Smith

Gregory Leland Smith

Keith Mayes Smith

Nancy Christine Smith

Roland Wilson Smith, Jr.

William David Smith

Virgil Alan Smithers

Linda Gail Snavely

Peter Herbert Spaeth

Laura Jeanette Sprinkle

James William Stancil

Gary Franklin Stanley

Susan Elizabeth Starnes

Bruce Allen Stelle

Russell Lee Stephens

Terry Gwynn Stewart

Stewart Lea Stokes

Gary Hugh Strickland

Daniel Foster Stroup

Marilynn Elaine Strowd

Henry Wellington Sulser, Jr.

Allan Ray Tarleton

Annette Witherspoon Tate

Philip Murray Tate

Ann Ludlow Taylor

Sue Ellen Thomas

Fredrick Hale Thornhill

Wendell Howard Tiller, Jr.

John William Torchia, Jr.

Paul Bernard Townes

Cheryl Lee Turney

Herbert Maricm Tyler

Helen Kay Tyree

Margaret Kirkwood Valiant

Allyson Kay Van Wyk

Martha Ann Vaughan

Karen Milan Vaughn

John Frederick Vomacka

Edgar Clyde Voress

Jacqueline Waggoner

Lynne Ann Waldruff

Wayne Edward Walton

William Cecil Warden, Jr.

Phillip Lee Washburn

Patricia Carque Webb

Barry Nelson Weiss

Edward Brooks Weller

William Thomas Wells

David Kummen Welter

James Edgar Westbrook

Kyle Wesley Wheeler

Marcus Austin Whicker

Burt Helgaas Whitt

Christine Jo Wiggins

Joshua Whedbee Willey, Jr.

Edward Makepeace Williams, Jr.

Margaret Ann Williams

Nancy Carol Williams

Richard Alexander Williams, Jr.

Charles Edward Wilson

Kenneth Allen Wilson

Cheryl Ann Woford

Allen Wilton Wood III

John Horton Wood

Peter John Wood

Wyatt Edward Woody, Jr.

Douglas Alan Wright

Robert Lee Yancey

John Andrew Yingling

Stephen McMillan Zeigler

Richard Allen Zuber

264

HONORARY DEGREES, May 27, 1974

Owen Cooper Doctor of Humanities

Ralph Waldo Ellison Doctor of Letters

James Madison Hayes, Sr Doctor of Divinity

Alvin Martin Weinberg Doctor of Science

FROM THE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

Graduating with honors in Biology: Wayne G. Landis, Michael Alan Malpass,

James Forrest Riggs
Graduating with honors in Chemistry: James Randolph Crews,

James Wainscott Fleming
Graduating with honors in Economics: James Nixon Daniel, III, LynneJaneEickholt,
John Kenton Hill, Sallie Adams Martin, Richard Steven Orr
Graduating with honors in English: Donna Jean Fuchsluger, Dorothy Quincy

Gooding, Janie Claire Matthews, Alan Clyde Mauney, Stephen McMillan Zeigler
Graduating with honors in German: Nancy Lynne Castles, Cheryl Lee Turney
Graduating with honors in History: Samuel Theodore Oliver

Graduating with honors in Mathematics: Jane Anne Miller

Graduating with honors in Music: Kenneth Allen Wilson

Graduating with honors in Philosophy: Phillip Lee Washburn

Graduating with honors in Politics: Warren Keast Anderson, Jr.

Graduating with honors in Psychology: Diane Elizabeth Carder,

Pamela Jane Carlson, Kenneth Newell Hynson,
Elaine M. Jessee, John William Torchia
Graduating with honors in Religion: Robin Blaire Harman, David Michael Hughes
Graduating with honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts:

Carol Ann Baker

Awards and Honors

THE FORREST W. CLONTS AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE

IN HISTORY: Samuel Theodore Oliver, Ann Camille Wells

THE CLAUD H. RICHARDS AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE

IN POLITICS: Susan Cole Gillette

THE TOM BAKER AWARD IN DEBATE: Elmore Rosebur Alexander

THE TOM BAKER AWARD IN PUBLICATIONS: Thomas Owen Phillips

THE JOSEPH B. CURRIN MEDAL IN RELIGION: Mary Susan Nance

THE AMERICAN BIBLE SOCIETY AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE

IN BIBLICAL SCHOLARSHIP: David Michael Hughes

THE WILLIAM E. SPEAS MEMORIAL AWARD IN PHYSICS: William Farthing Polhamus
THE H. BROADUS JONES AWARD IN SHAKESPEARE: John D. Sykes, Jr.

THE RUTH FOSTER CAMPBELL AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE

IN SPANISH: Frederick John Mende

THE D. A. BROWN PRIZE IN POETRY: Neil Craven Caudle

ELECTED TO PHI BETA KAPPA (1974)
Seniors

Susan Cheryl Adams Janie Claire Matthews

Stephen Douglas Berwind Cynthia Lynne Millsaps

Nancy Dodd Boyd Joel Clarence Morgan

265

David Lee Carlson
Nancy Lynn Castles
Frances Susan Connelly
Cheryl Lynn Cox
James Randolph Crews
James Nixon Daniel III
Dorothy McDowell Douglas
Lynne Jane Eickholt
Scott Warren Foster
Donna Jean Fuchsluger
Kathryn Kyle Carmon
Susan Cole Gillette
David Michael Hughes
Kenneth Newell Hynson
Joanne Johnston
George Douglas Kirkpatrick
Samuel Smith Lentz
Gayla Sue Lowery
Gregory Philip Luck
Sallie Adams Martin

Mollie McKay Morrow
Beverly Jane Myers
Karen Lynne Nourse
Samuel Theodore Oliver, Jr.
Paula Lynn Pfeiffer
Nona Hanes Porter
Kathryn Louisa Pritchard
Patricia Gaedeke Reeves
James Forrest Riggs
Fred Raymond Shackelford
Richard Ervin Sievers
Martha Ramona Small Stowe
Joanne Margaret Sulek
Deborah Jennings Teague
Mark Stanton Thomas
Cheryl Lee Turney
Donna Jean Vandall
Roger Lee Vaughn
Nancy Carol Williams

Juniors

Joseph Craig Merrell
Elizabeth Lamar Moss
Lovetta Pugh
Susan Beauchamp Selvey
Gary Lee Summers
Jill Kathleen This
Nancy Warren Wellford

FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND ACCOUNTANCY

The Lura Baker Paden Medal: George Douglas Kirkpatrick

The A. M. Pullen Company Medal: Scott Warren Foster

The Wall Street Journal Award: Patricia Ann Fritts

FROM THE BABCOCK SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

Graduation with distinction: Stephen Porter Darnell, John Thomas Storrier

FROM THE SCHOOL OF LAW

Debra Lee Ann Barile
John Phillips Daniel
Pamela Jane Graham
Leslie Eve Hoffstein
Phi I lis Jean Lamberth
Albert Stanley Meiburg
Darlyne Menscer

Student Advocacy Award
The Warren A. Seavey Award:
United States Law Week Award:
Cum Laude Graduates:

Mathew Elmer Bates

Richard Vernon Bennett

Malcolm Brittain Blankenship, Jr.

Larry W. Bowman

Walter Thompson Comerford, Jr.

Edward Johnston Harper II

Walter Thompson Comerford, Jr.

Laura Antoinette Kratt

Kathrine Sue Miller

Kathrine Sue Miller
Joseph Calhoun Moore III
Ronald Limer Perkinson
Robert Wayland Pitts
Samuel Grayson Wilson

266

FROM THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE

Annie J. Covington Memorial Award: William Elbert Means

C. B. Deane Memorial Award: Philip Eugene Ashburn

David Samuel Stephens
Pediatric Merit Award: - Tracy Lee Trotter

Obstetrics-Cynecology Merit Award: John Milton Roberts, Jr.

Janet M. Glasglow Memorial Award: Grace Stevenson Burgess

Upjohn Achievement Award: Philip Eugene Ashburn

Faculty Award: Philip Eugene Ashburn

Seniors Elected to Alpha Omega Alpha:

Philip Eugene Ashburn Richard Samuel Marx

Grace Stevenson Burgess Joel Byron Miller

Joseph Jacob Dobner David Clark Oliver

Edward Francis Haponik James David Rogers

John Simpson Kelley James Scott Strohecker

William Rick Lambeth Bruce Douglas Walley

FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE

President's Trophy: Cadet Lieutenant Colonel William D. Stewart

Superior Cadet Decoration: Cadet Major James D. Cox

American Legion Award for Scholarship Excellence: Cadet Major James D. Cox

Daughters of the American Revolution Award for Scholarship

Excellence and Military Leadership: Cadet Captain Michael B. Miller

267

THE COMMENCEMENT MARSHALS

John E. Parker, Jr. — Chief Faculty Marshal
Lynne Elizabeth Baker — Chief Student Marshal

Jimmie Baynes Apple, Jr.
Rebecca Jean Armentrout
Mark Curtis Christie
Debra Gene Crittenden
Ned Daniel Danieley
Mutter Dametrice Evans
Guy Franklin Fain
Brenda Lou Farr
John Vaughan Ferguson
Linda Dail Fickling
Douglas Lee Gollehan
Pamela Jane Graham
Adrian Hugh Greene
Michael Sumner Gurney
Stephen Paul Jolley
Linda Jean Kalmbach
Isaac Franklin Kuhn, Jr.
Phillis Jean Lambeth
Sandy Norris McDonald, Jr.

James Malenkos
Albert Stanley Meiburg
Darlyne Menscer
Ollis Jon Mozon, Jr.
Roxanna Joy Moore
Pamela Diann Myers
Murray Anne Peeler
Charles Harley Pippitt, Jr.
Thomas David Quarles, Jr.
Jeanette Lannon Reavis
Allison Ann Rhyne
Patricia Frances Robinson
Christopher James Schubert
Barbara Ann Simpson
Stephen Walter Stroud
Phillip Carlisle Thraickill
Evelyn Joan West
John Kenneth Williford, Jr.

268

GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS

Elmore Rosebur Alexander III
Warren Keast Anderson, Jr.
Milynda Louise Armiger
Barbara Foster Ash
Stephen Douglas Berwind
Christopher Charles Besche
Richard Wayne Beyer
Linda Kay Bingham
Joseph William Boone
Nancy Dodd Boyd
Michael Frederick Brandau
Walter Richard Bruce III
Carolyn Hackney Buckland
Thomas Davis Bunn
Edmund Cody Burnett, Jr.
Charles Doughty Byrd III
Linda Maria Calos
Diane Elizabeth Carder
Pamela Jean Carlson
Kim Jean Carpenter
Thomas Beall Carpenter, Jr.
Jeffrey Don Chuska
Judy Starr Cole
Cathy Lee Colvig
Debra Lynn Conrad
Patricia Evon Cook
Susan Elizabeth Cook
Marylou Cooper
John Hershell Crane
Sarah Alice Crowder
Nancy Ellen Doda
Roger Reid Earley
Charles DeWitt Eastman
Marcus Eugene Ethridge III
Timothy Joseph Fischer
James Wainscott Fleming
Maria Eugenia Fornasier
Phyllis Annette Foster
George Michael Freeman
Patricia Ann Fritts
Martha Cassandra Carlson Funk
Ann Elizabeth Garrison
Myra Jean Gillespie
Dorothy Quincy Gooding
Michael Riley Gordy
Catherine Elizabeth Green
Steven Alan Grossman
Nanette Mary Haft
Wrenna Lancaster Haigler
Robin Blaire Harman
Ann Eleanor Harris
William C. Harshbarger
Nancy Witherspoon Hawkins

Cum Laude

John Kenton Hill
Ann Ellett Home
David Michael Hughes
Danita Dawn Hulon
Barbara Susan Hutchins
Elizabeth Paige llderton
Carlyn Sue Jeffries
Elaine M. Jessee
Arlinda Cheryl Johnson
Joanne Johnston
Linda Gail Jones
Malcolm W. Jones, Jr.
Robert Spurgeon Jones, Jr.
Gregory Mark Kapfer
Johnson Hall Kelly
Jane Rapp Kiley
Carla Donna Kilgore
Elizabeth Martin King
Grace Elizabeth Kuhn
Kenneth Huey Kyle
Wayne G. Landis
Robert Paul Laney
Robert Lee Laws
Richard Freeman Layton
Charles John LeClaire
Cecelia Johnston Lee
Denise Lillian LeFebvre
Samuel Smith Lentz
Vung Ing Leong
Brian Scott Linton
Dana Joy McCaffee
Katherine Dee McLeod
Duncan Archibald McMillan
Jon McPhail
Judith Ann Marlow
James Thomas Marshall, Jr.
Alan Ralph Martin
Billy Hugh Mason
Alan Clyde Mauney
Charles McCord Means
Lawrence Carl Miller, Jr.
Steven Arthur Miller
Gary Joe Mills
Thadyus Robert Moore, Jr.
Harold Defore Moorefield, Jr.
Joel Clarence Morgan
Howard Glenn Morris
Mollie McKay Morrow
Barbara Jay Muldoon
Beverly Jane Myers
Barbara Ann Neiwirth
Mary Susan Norman
Patricia Weeks Northrup

269

Karen Lynne Nourse
Richard Steven Orr
Michael ). Pappa
Mary Patricia Patrick
Judith Ellen Paul
John Truxal Pennington III
Paula Lynn Pfeiffer
James Kenneth Phillips
Thomas Owen Phillips
William Farthing Polhamus
Sandra Lynn Pugh
Jane Carole Reid
Pamela Ann Richardson
William Thomas Riddle
Claudia Parker Roberts
Barbara Helen Robinson
Susan Marie Rockett
Elizabeth Louise Rower
Louis Cordon Sasser III
Linda Lois Schneider
Alethea Gail Segal
Elizabeth Parker Shaw
John Chandler Shea
Steven Depriest Shelton

Thomas Howell Shelton
Mary Jane Sherrill
Richard Ervin Sievers
Linda Gail Snavely
Susan Elizabeth Starnes
Bruce Allen Stelle
Patricia Lake Hughes Stone
Joanne Margaret Sulek
Allan Ray Tarleton
Philip Murray Tate
Ann Ludlow Taylor
Sue Ellen Thomas
John William Torchia, Jr.
Helen Kay Tyree
Roger Lee Vaughn
Patricia Carque Webb
William Thomas Wells
Kyle Wesley Wheeler
Joshua Whedbee Willey, Jr.
David Sigman Williams
Charles Edward Wilson
Kenneth Allen Wilson
Allen Wilton Wood III
Stephen McMillan Zeigler

Magna Cum Laude

Susan Cheryl Adams
Lelia Annette Blackman
Randy Hitt Butler
David Lee Carlson
Nancy Lynne Castles
Frances Susan Connelly
Cheryl Lynn Cox
James Randolph Crews
James Nixon Daniel III
Dorothy McDowell Douglas
Scott Warren Foster
Donna J. Fuchsluger
Kathryn Kyle Garmon
Susan Cole Gillette
Kenneth Newell Hynson
G. Douglas Kirkpatrick
James Royall Lambert
Gayla Sue Lowery
Sallie Adams Martin

Janie Claire Matthews
Kathryn Sue Miller
Cynthia Lynne Millsaps
Sheryl Stone Newcomb
Samuel Theodore Oliver
Arthur Guyer Osberg
James Joseph Petillo
Kathryn Louisa Pritchard
Patricia Gaedeke Reeves
James Forrest Riggs
Fred Raymond Shackelford, Jr.
Daniel Foster Stroup
Wendell Howard Tiller, Jr.
Cheryl Lee Turney
Phillip Lee Washburn
Burt Helgaas Whitt
Nancy Carol Williams
Robert Lee Yancey

Summa Cum Laude

Elizabeth Bradley Conner
Lynne Jane Eickholt
Deborah Jean Jennings
John Charles Loewenstein

Michael Alan Malpass
Jane Ann Miller
Randolph Sprint Powers
Judith Lynne Reed

270

DEGREES CONFERRED JANUARY 29, 1974

Joseph Edwin Bourque

Doctor of Philosophy

Charles Henry Sloop

Ted W. Belch
Daniel Stancil Campbell
Jane Aaron Carmichael
Phyllis Foy Cherubini
William Albert Dickson
Timothy Joe Evans

Master of Arts

Philip Earl Green
William Marcellus Jordan III
Kevin Thomas O'Beirne
Elizabeth Leigh Wood Pate
Nellie Denise Pratt

Master of Arts in Education

Paul E. Cook, Jr.
Cheryl Danelle Coover
Dorilyn English
Sara Mae Engram
Gioia M. Frahm
Shirley Philbeck Hamrick

Elizabeth Hammond Jordan.
Barbara G. Lancaster
Glenda Jean McGuire
Jack Griffin Tesh
Michelle Anna Trahan
Elizabeth Slawter Wily

Amos Wayne Greene
Dianne Gucker Greene

Master of Science

Janice Marie Simonson

Bachelor of Arts

Benjamin Gray Allen

Nicholas Arcaro

Carol Ann Baker

Kathryn luele Banks

Amelia Jane Barber

Pamela Louise Beck

Dana Jean Bell

Phyllis Kay Blair

Vicki Crews Brill

Michael Irvin Brown

Thomas D. Case, Jr.

Michael Roy Collins

Sammy McKenzie Covington

Danny Ray Croom

Frank Amiss Dusch III

Murray Clinton Eisenhauer, Jr.

Dee Tuttle Evans

John Terrell Fulcher, Jr.

Susan Elizabeth Gamble
Burt Baskette Grenell
Suzanne Faris Heape
Patricia Ann Johnson
Barbara Ann Kackley

Margaret Pauline Corriher Laxton

Stephen Robert Little

Gregory Philip Luck

Beth Ann Martin

Kipp Ralph Matalucci

Karen Glass Minick

William Curtis Musten, Jr.

Edmund Leo Patrican

Patricia Ann Ruffing

Richard Arden Seybert

Dan Louis Siegel

Deborah Ford Sims

Roberta Lee Stephenson

Martha Ramona Small Stowe

Jerry Mack Taylor

Clarence Jeffrey Triplette

Frank Benjamin Turner

Donna Jean Vandall

Elizabeth Black Vermillion
Anne Elizabeth Watson
Ronda Elaine Williard
Garland Nelson Yates

271

Bachelor of Science

John Stedman Barton, Jr.
James Albert Benton
Ronald James DeBenedetti
Donald Newell Fritts
Kenneth Richard Griffith
Carolyn Collins Johnson
William Tunno Mixson III

Richard Theodore Mull
Charles Thomas Pullen
Jo Alexandria Reece
Richard Bruce Reinert
James Richard Strickland
Stephen Richard Swihart

'Thomas Niles Billings
*Steve Anderson Disher

Bachelor of Business Administration

John Erwin Paxton

Neil Wright Koonce*

Juris Doctor

Graduation Distinctions

Cum Laude

Benjamin Cray Allen

Carol Ann Baker

Kathryn luele Banks

Pamela Louise Beck

Dana Jean Bell

Phyllis Kay Blair

Vicki Crews Brill

John Terreli Fulcher, Jr.

Barbara Ann Kackley

Margaret Pauline Corriher Laxton

Stephen Robert Little
Gregory Philip Luck
Kipp Ralph Matalucci
Richard Ted Mull
Patricia Ann Ruffing
Richard Arden Seybert
Roberta Lee Stephenson
Martha Ramona Small Stowe
Anne Elizabeth Watson

Magna Cum Laude

Carolyn Collins Johnson Donna Jean Vandall

272

SUMMER DIVISION OF THE CLASS OF 1974

Saturday, August 3
DEGREES CONFERRED

Rebecca Chasteen Jann

Doctor of Philosophy

Master of Arts

Robert Claude Carpenter

Carolyn Howard Carter

John L. Carroll

Elinor V. Hanson

Barbara Biesecker Kelly

Richard Maddox Kissell

Everett Eugene Logue, II

Anne Christina Connelly McAdams

William Lloyd Miller
Thomas Holland O'Neal
Cynthia Anne Rousseau
Gerald Lomax Smith
Eddie Stuart Tessnear
David Blake Webb
Fred N. Wendelboe
Horng Chin Yeh

Master of Arts in Education

Philip Jennings Bottoms
Louisa Porter Branscomb
Elizabeth G. Carter
Larry Grady Causey
David Michael Cordier
Elizabeth German Cross
Bobbie Ann Kelly
Gorden Henry Malsbury, Jr.

Christian Roberts Abee

Geneva Nell Metzger
Elizabeth Crawford Myers
Samuel Oyedokun Omotoso
Patricia Wyman Scarborough
Barbara June Still
Paul Sidney Trivette
Ann Reece Wooten

Master of Science

Joseph Bateman Lumsden

Bachelor of Arts

William Palmer Armstrong
Barbara Anne Birdwell
Michael David Bland
Jan Kathy Miller Boyd
James Clarence Branch
Stamey Fulton Carter, III
Claude Thomas Corbitt
Robert Conner Daum
John Carlton Deaton
Deborah Anne Ellis
Samuel Hewitt Fulton, III
Barbara Ellen Garrison

Vincent Louis Greco
Sharon Ann Jubrias
Dennis Roger Lawson
Marvin Gaines Legare
John Clinton McCown
James Robert Matthews
Everett Mason Metz
Stephen Young Norwood
Mary Beth Clayfield Parks
Robert Kent Powley
Maria Ines Rapela
Stephanie Camille Roth

273

Robert Joseph Scofield
Deborah Darlene Tolbert
Ann Camille Wells

Elayne Lajuan Wright
Aaron Keith Young, )r.

Bachelor of Science

Larry William Birnbaum
Louise Forman Bradford
Karolen Ruth Church
Mark Edward Ellis
Adrian Mark Griffin

James Edward Hamby
James Walter Sink
Robert Steven Smith
Robert John Verdier
Thomas McKean Williams

Bachelor of Business Administration

George Madison Allen, Jr. Kurt Lantz Carlson

GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS

Cum Laude

Jan Kathy Miller Boyd
Karolyn Ruth Church
Mark Edward Ellis
Sharon Ann Jubrias
John Clinton McCown

Barbara Ellen Garrison
Adrian Mark Griffin

Stephanie Carille Roth
James Walter Sink
Robert John Verdier
Ann Camille Wells

Magna Cum Laude

Mary Beth Clayfield Parks

Honors in History

Ann Camille Wells

Honors in Anthropology

Sharon Ann lubrias

274

ROTC GRADUATES COMMISSIONED IN
THE UNITED STATES ARMY RESERVE

December 1973
James Richard Strickland

David Frederick Allen
Joseph William Boone*
James Darrell Cox*

May 1974

James Thomas Marshall, Jr.
William David Stewart*
John Andrew Yingling

Alton Russell Fales, Jr.

July 1974

Michael Britt Miller*

•Distinguished Military Graduates

ENROLLMENT — FALL 1974

Men
Graduate School

Wake Forest University:

Regular

Unclassified

Bowman Gray School of Medicine:

Regular

Unclassified

173

Wake Forest College

Seniors

Juniors

Sophomores

Freshmen

Unclassified ,

1,892

Women

145

Totals

105

108

213

—

318

426

280

706

480

230

710

454

234

688

517

262

779

1,025

2,917

275

School of Law

Third Year 127

Second Year 105

First Year 142

374

Bowman Cray School of Medicine

Fourth Year

Third Year

Second Year

First Year

300

Babcock Graduate School of

Management 160

TOTAL 2,899

143

123

168

1,296

434

347

179

4,195

276

SUMMER SESSION OF 1974

Men Women Totals

First Term:

Graduate Students

Wake Forest University

Regular 59 63 122

Unclassified 11 31 42

Bowman Gray School of Medicine

Regular 43 10 53

Unclassified — — —

Undergraduate Students

Regular 239 114 353

Unclassified 57 89 146

Law Students 48 6 54

Second Term:

Graduate Students

Wake Forest University

Regular 26 32 58

Unclassified 3 3 6

Undergraduate Students

Regular 148 68 216

Unclassified 35 57 92

669 473 1,142

Duplicates, attended both sessions 144 188 332

Duplicates, Summer Session

And Regular Session 267 162 429

FINAL TOTAL 4,908

277

Registration by Subject

Accounting 330

Anthropology 433

Art 117

Biology 821

Business 368

Chemistry 661

Chinese 7

Classics 73

Economics 451

Education 566

English 1,412

French 448

German 206

Creek 26

Hebrew 8

Hindi 5

History 1 ,051

Honors 46

Humanities 231

Latin 124

Mathematics 947

Military Science 106

Music 418

Philosophy 430

Physical Education 1 ,218

Physics 224

Politics 417

Psychology 797

Religion 745

Russian 20

Sociology 412

Spanish 439

Speech 429

278

Geographical Distribution

Counties in North Carolina

Alamance 46

Alexander 4

Alleghany 3

Anson 3

Ashe 10

Avery 3

Beaufort 10

Bertie 1

Bladen 5

Brunswick 3

Buncombe 28

Burke 13

Cabarrus 22

Caldwell 13

Camden 1

Carteret 7

Caswell 8

Catawba 31

Chatham 3

Cherokee 6

Chowan 2

Cleveland 37

Columbus 15

Craven 11

Cumberland 43

Currituck 1

Dare 1

Davidson 66

Davie 7

Duplin 4

Durham 31

Edgecombe 5

Forsyth 418

Franklin 14

Caston 36

Gates 3

Graham 1

Granville 7

Greene 20

Guilford 151

Halifax 14

Harnett 11

Haywood 19

Henderson 11

Wake 128

Hertford 9

Hoke 12

Hyde

Iredell 32

Jackson 3

Johnston 15

Jones 2

Lee 10

Lenoir 12

Lincoln 14

McDowell 7

Macon 4

Madison 2

Martin 5

Mecklenburg 168

Mitchell 3

Montgomery 10

Moore 12

Nash 17

New Hanover 20

Northampton 8

Onslow 9

Orange 14

Pasquotank 3

Pender 2

Perquimans

Person 9

Pitt 11

Polk 3

Randolph 29

Richmond 7

Robeson 30

Rockingham 35

Rowan 42

Rutherford 20

Sampson 11

Scotland 12

S*anley 7

Stokes 18

Surry 35

Swain 1

Transylvania 5

Union 16

Vance 6

Wilkes 25

279

Warren 2

Washington

Watauga 10

Wayne 19

Wilson 20

Yadkin 23

Yancey 1

States

Alabama 7

Alaska 2

Arizona 3

Arkansas 6

California 22

Colorado 6

Connecticut 45

Delaware 37

District of Columbia 13

Florida 189

Georgia 91

Hawaii

Idaho 2

Illinois 59

Indiana 15

Iowa 4

Kansas 5

Kentucky 24

Louisiana 9

Maine 6

Maryland 180

Massachusetts 29

Michigan 17

Minnesota 6

Mississippi 4

Missouri 8

Nebraska 4

Nevada 1

New Hampshire 8

New jersey 211

New Mexico 1

New York 135

North Dakota 1

Ohio 97

Oklahoma 7

Oregon 1

Pennsylvania 205

Rhode Island 5

South Carolina 118

South Dakota 1

Tennessee 67

Texas 15

Utah 6

Vermont

Virginia 311

Washington 5

West Virginia 40

Wisconsin 5

Wyoming

U. S. Citizens Abroad 11

Foreign Countries

Bolivia 1

Canada 2

Columbia 1

Egypt 1

Finland 1

France 1

Germany 1

Ghana 1

Hong Kong 2

India 4

Iran 1

Ivory Coast 1

Japan 2

Lebanon 1

Lesotho 1

Liberia 1

Malaysia 2

Nigeria 9

Pakistan 1

Phillipines 1

Portugal 1

Rhodesia 1

Senegal 2

Syria 1

Thailand 2

Turkey 1

Taiwan 5

Venezuela 1

Yemen 1

Zambia 1

280

The drawings in the bulletin were made by Stanislav Rembski, a promi-
nent artist of Baltimore, Maryland.

d/8P3*